% $Id: tex4ht-html-speech.tex 952 2021-06-17 21:47:06Z karl $ % Compile 3 times: latex tex4ht-html-speech % or xhlatex tex4ht-html-speech "html,3,sections+" % (html4*.4ht must be up to date.) % % Copyright 2009-2016 TeX Users Group % Copyright 2006-2009 Eitan M. Gurari % Released under LPPL 1.3c+. % See tex4ht-cpright.tex for license text. \ifx \HTML\UnDef \def\HTML{html-speech,html-speech-math,emacspeak} \def\CONFIG{\jobname} \def\MAKETITLE{\author{Eitan M. Gurari}} \def\OPTIONS{xhtml,3,sections+} \def\PREAMBLE{\usepackage{url}} \def\next{\input mktex4ht.4ht \endinput} \expandafter\next \fi \input{common-code} \input{common} \input{tex4ht-cpright} \def\.{\string\a:mathml:\space} \TocAt{section,subsection,likesubsection} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Needs{"ls -l tex4ht-*.tex > ls-links.log"} \openin15=ls-links.log \ifeof15 \else \closein15 \bgroup \catcode`\-=13 \def-#1tex4ht-{\bgroup \catcode`\-=12 \def-##1.tex{\egroup [\Link[tex4ht\string-##1.html]{}{}##1\EndLink]} -} \input ls\string-links.log \egroup \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{General} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \begin{center} \tt htlatex file "html,emspk" " -cemspkhtf -s4css -s4es" "-cemspk" \end{center} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Root} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< % html-speech.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2009-2016 TeX Users Group % Copyright |CopyYear.1997. Eitan M. Gurari | >>> \<<< % html-speech-math.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2009-2015 TeX Users Group % Copyright |CopyYear.2006. Eitan M. Gurari | >>> \<<< % emacspeak.4ht (|version), generated from |jobname.tex % Copyright 2009-2016 TeX Users Group % Copyright |CopyYear.2006. Eitan M. Gurari | >>> \<<< !*?: >>> \<<< cw:>>> \<<< \xdef\:cursec{|
}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Preamble} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{VERSION} {\HCode{ ?>\Hnewline \Hnewline}} >>> \<<< encoding="\expandafter\ifx \csname a:charset\endcsname\relax \expandafter\:encoding\A:charset \else \expandafter\:encoding\a:charset\fi" >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{math-} \if:Option \edef\Preamble{\Preamble,mathml-} \else \Log:Note{for sources failing to produce clean math code, try the command line option `math-'}% \fi >>> \<<< \def\CssSpeech#1{\Css{@media speech{#1}}} \def\add:description#1#2{\Hnewline #2\Hnewline} \def\add:vdescription#1#2{
\Hnewline #2\Hnewline
} >>> The attribute `{\tt title="speech-extra"}' is useful when there is a need to check just the content provided to the translation. \<<< \Css{.begin-math, .end-math {color:red;}} \Css{span.semi-math {color:red;font-style:italic;}} \Css{span[title="ch-verbose"] {color:red;}} \Css{.added-description {color:green;}} \Css{.begin-end {color:green;}} \Css{.begin-root, .end-root, .mid-root {color:green;}} \Css{.begin-stack, .end-stack, .mid-stack {color:green;}} \Css{.capital-description {color:green;}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.begin-end {stress:4; richness:4;}} \CssSpeech{.begin-math, .end-math {stress:3; richness:5;}} \CssSpeech{.semi-math {pitch: 8; pitch-range: 7; volume: 5;}} \CssSpeech{.begin-root, .end-root, .mid-root {stress:3;}} \CssSpeech{.begin-stack, .end-stack, .mid-stack {stress:3;}} \CssSpeech{.char-del {stress:4;}} \CssSpeech{.capital-description {stress:4;}} \CssSpeech{body {speak-punctuation: none}} >>> % \<<< % >>> \<<< \edef\Preamble{\Preamble,xhtml} >>> \<<< \Configure{DOCTYPE} {\HCode{% \Hnewline \Hnewline}} \def\xhtml:DOCTYPE{PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//|"\Hnewline \space\space "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"} >>> The DOCTYPE is not provided since we don't know how to hide it from Java SAX in stpipes. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Outline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | | | >>> \<<< | | | >>> \<<< | | | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | | | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | | | | | | | | >>> \<<< | | | | >>> \<<< | | | | >>> \<<< | | | | | >>> \<<< | | |%should appear before TocAt|% >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | | | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{HTML Head} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \let\Link\M:Link \let\M:Link\:UnDef \let\EndLink\M:EndLink \let\M:EndLink\:UnDef >>> \<<< \Configure{@HEAD}{} | \:CheckOption{css-in} \if:Option \Log:Note{the inline CSS code is extracted from the input of the previous compilation, so an extra compilation might be needed} \Configure{@HEAD}{|} \else \Log:Note{for inline CSS code, use the command line option `css-in'} \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{xht} \if:Option \:CheckOption{xhtml}\if:Option \else \:CheckOption{xml}\fi \fi | \def\:gobbleM#1->{} | \immediate\write-1{TeX4ht package options: \expandafter\:gobbleM\meaning\Preamble} \Configure{@HEAD} {\HCode{\Hnewline}} \:CheckOption{timestamp}\if:Option \Configure{@HEAD} {\HCode{\Hnewline}} \else \Log:Note{To print a timestamp, use the command line option timestamp} \fi >>> \<<< \Log:Note{for file extension name xht, use the command line option `xht'}% \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} >>> \<<< \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline \Hnewline}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \part{Prose} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Bibliography and Equation References} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\@cite#1#2{% \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:citation}}% {#1\if@tempswa , #2\fi}} \def\@biblabel#1{% \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:bib}}% #1} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:citation}{1} \Configure{speak:citation}{citation } \NewConfigure{speak:bib}{1} \Configure{speak:bib}{Bibliography entry } >>> \<<< \Configure{eqref} {\bgroup\let\tagform@\empty \HCode{ \add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:eqref}}} {\HCode{}\egroup} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:eqref}{1} \Configure{speak:eqref}{ equation } >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{@media speech{.cite, .biblabel {pitch: 5 ; pitch-range: 6; stress: 6; richness: 5;}}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{@media speech{.eqref {pitch: 5 ; pitch-range: 6; stress: 6; richness: 5;}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Cross Links} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{crosslinks}{ }{ }{next}{previous}{previous-tail}{front}{tail}{up} \Configure{crosslinks+} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{|% }\par\ShowPar} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{|% }\par\ShowPar} \:CheckOption{next} \if:Option \Configure{next+} {\ShowPar\par\noindent \HCode{ \add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:crosslinks}}} {\HCode{}} \fi >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:crosslinks}{3} \Configure{speak:crosslinks} {Navigation links} {End navigation links} {Navigation link} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{@media speech{.crosslinks a, .next a { pitch: 9; pitch-range: 4; volume: 5; stress:1; pause-after: 1000ms }}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Front Matter} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \CssSpeech{ .titleHead {pitch: 3; pitch-range: 4; richness: 8; stress: 3; volume: |}} \CssSpeech{ .author, .date {pitch: 5; pitch-range: 4; richness: 7; stress: 1; volume: |}} \CssSpeech{ .date {speak-date: dmy}} \CssSpeech{ div.abstract { pitch: 4; pitch-range: 3; speed: x-fast; volume: |}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{abstract} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{
}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
}} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Sections} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{\add:description{added-description} {\a:speak:section}}\@seccntformat{section}% \HCode{}\fi } \ConfigureMark{subsection} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{\add:description{added-description} {\a:speak:subsection}}\@seccntformat{subsection}% \HCode{}\fi } | >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsection} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{\add:description{added-description} {\a:speak:section}}\@ifundefined{sectionname}{}{% \ignorespaces\sectionname\space}% \@seccntformat{section}% \HCode{}\fi } | >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:section}{1} \Configure{speak:section}{section} \NewConfigure{speak:subsection}{1} \Configure{speak:subsection}{subsection} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{ .sectionHead {pitch: 4; pitch-range: 7: richness: 9; speed: slow; volume: |;}} \CssSpeech{ .subsectionHead {pitch: 5; pitch-range: 7; richness: 9; speed: slow; volume: |;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Tables} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{tabular} {|% \IgnorePar|\EndP } {\ShowPar |% |% }{}{} >>> \<<< \Configure{noalign}% {\f:tabular\d:tabular \HCode{}} {\HCode{}\pend:def\TableNo{0}\c:tabular\e:tabular}% >>> \<<< \Configure{noalign}{}{}% >>> \<<< \ifvmode\else\HCode{}\fi >>> \<<< \Configure{tabular} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
}|} {|\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}% |} {|\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}% |\HCode{
}\SaveEndP \par \ShowPar} {\IgnorePar \EndP \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{
}|% \HCode{
\Hnewline}\RecallEndP } >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-end}{begin table}}% >>> \<<< \HCode{|\add:vdescription{begin-end}{end table}}% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-end}{| row}}% >>> \<<< \HCode{% \add:vdescription{added-description}{% \ifnum \HMultispan>1 | cell, spans \HMultispan \space columns \else \ifnum \HCol>1 | cell \fi \fi }}% >>> \<<< >>> \<<< \ShowPar >>> \<<< \ShowPar \par{\HCondtrue\noindent}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Numbering} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \HAssign\HRow=0 >>> \<<< \PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo \gHAdvance\Next:TableNo by 1 \global\let\TableNo=\Next:TableNo >>> \<<< \PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo >>> \<<< \PushStack\Row:Stck\HRow \HAssign\HRow=0\relax >>> \<<< \PopStack\Row:Stck\HRow >>> \<<< \PushStack\Col:Stck\Prev:Col >>> \<<< \PopStack\Col:Stck\Prev:Col >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Matrices} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Aligned} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{aligned} {|% |% \HCode{
}% \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-array}{\a:speak:aligned}}} {\Tag{aligned-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% \HCode{|% \add:vdescription{end-array}{\b:speak:aligned}}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \Tg
% |% |} {\HCode{
}\c:speak:aligned}% {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}}% {\HCode{
}% \e:speak:aligned \HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}\f:speak:aligned \HCode{
\Hnewline}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:aligned}{6} \Configure{speak:aligned} {begin \ifTag{aligned-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{aligned-\TableNo}}{} aligned equations} {end equations} {|} {|} {|} {|} >>> \<<< \Configure{alignedat} {|% |% \HCode{
}% \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-array}{\a:speak:aligned}}} {\Tag{aligned-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% \HCode{|% \add:vdescription{end-array}{\b:speak:aligned}}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \Tg
% |% |} {\HCode{
}\c:speak:aligned}% {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}}% {\HCode{
}% \e:speak:aligned \HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}\f:speak:aligned \HCode{
\Hnewline}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Cases} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{cases} {}{} {\Tg}{\Tg} {\Tg}{\Tg} {\Tg}{\Tg} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{cases} {|% |% \HCode{
}% \bgroup |% |% |% } {\egroup\HCode{
}% |% |} {}{} >>> \<<< \Configure{array} {\HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-array}{begin \ifTag{cases-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{cases-\TableNo}}{} cases}}} % {\Tag{cases-\TableNo}{\HRow}% \HCode{|% \add:vdescription{end-array}{end cases}}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \Tg
} {\HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-end}{Case \HRow}}} {\HCode{
}}% {\HCode{
}% \bgroup |% |% } {\egroup \HCode{
\Hnewline}} >>> \<<< \Configure{left} {} {\bgroup} \Configure{right} {\egroup} {} >>> \<<< \let\sv:a:left=\a:left \let\sv:b:left=\b:left \let\sv:a:right=\a:right \let\sv:b:right=\b:right >>> \<<< \let\a:left=\sv:a:left \let\b:left=\sv:b:left \let\a:right=\sv:a:right \let\b:right=\sv:b:right >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{matrix} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{matrix} {|% |% \HCode{
}% \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-array}{\a:speak:array}}} {\Tag{array-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% \HCode{|% \add:vdescription{end-array}{\b:speak:array}}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \Tg
% |% |} {\HCode{
}\c:speak:array}% {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}}% {\HCode{
}% \e:speak:array\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}\f:speak:array \HCode{
\Hnewline}} >>> \<<< \HCode{}% >>> The grouping below is handle the case that the matrix is a base of an exponent. \<<< \Configure{pmatrix} {\bgroup\Tg
} {\Tg
\egroup} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:array}{6} \Configure{speak:array} {begin array with \ifTag{array-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{array-\TableNo}}{} rows} {end array} {|} {|} {|} {|} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | >>> \
<<< \Configure{eqalign} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode {
}} {\HCode{
}} {\HCode{}}{\IgnorePar\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \def\:eqalign:{\Configure{noalign} {\HCode{}}% {\HCode{}}} \Css{td.eqalign3 { text-align:right; margin-left:10em;}} \Css{.eqalign td { white-space: nowrap; }} \Css{div.eqalign {text-align:center;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{eqalignno} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}} {\HCode{}}{\IgnorePar\HCode{}} {\HCode{\ifnum \HCol=3 \fi }} {\HCode{}} \def\:eqalignno:{\Configure{noalign} {\HCode{}}% {\HCode{}}} \Css{td.eqalignno3, td.leqalignno3 { text-align:right; margin-left:10em;}} \Css{.leqalignno td, .eqalignno td { white-space: nowrap; }} \Css{.leqalignno td.noalign, .eqalignno td.noalign { width:5\%; white-space: normal; }} \Css{table.leqalignno, table.eqalignno {width:100\%;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{leqalignno} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}} {\HCode{}}{\IgnorePar\HCode{}} {\HCode{\ifnum \HCol=3 \fi }} {\HCode{}} \def\:leqalignno:{\Configure{noalign} {\HCode{}}% {\HCode{}}} >>> \<<< \Configure{array} {|% |% \HCode{
}% \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-array}{\a:speak:array}}} {\Tag{array-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% \HCode{|% \add:vdescription{end-array}{\b:speak:array}}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi |\Tg
% |% |} {\HCode{
}\c:speak:array}% {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}}% {\HCode{
}% \e:speak:array\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}\f:speak:array \HCode{
\Hnewline}} \ConfigureEnv{array} {\bgroup\Configure{$}{}{}{}} {\egroup} {}{} >>> \<<< \Css{.begin-array, .end-array {color:green;}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.begin-array, .end-array {stress:4; richness:4;}} >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-end}{Row \HRow}}% >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{array} {\PushStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins \bgroup\Configure{$}{}{}{}} {\egroup \PopStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins} {}{} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{array} {\PushStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins \bgroup\Configure{$}{}{}{}} {\egroup \PopStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins} {}{} >>> \<<< \expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter{\Clr}% \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \def\:MM{m} \Configure{HBorder} {} {|} {} {} {} {|} {} {} {
} {} >>> \<<< \def\:MM{\ifmathml m\fi} \Configure{HBorder} {<\:MM tr\Hnewline \ifmathml \expandafterclass\else class\fi="hline">} {\ifmathml|\else \fi} {} {<\:MM tr\Hnewline \ifmathml \expandafterclass\else class\fi ="cline">} {<\:MM td>} {\ifmathml|\else \fi} {} {<\:MM tr\Hnewline \ifmathml \expandafterclass\else class\fi="vspace" style="font-size:\HBorderspace">} {<\:MM td\Hnewline>\ifmathml\else\string&\#x00A0;\fi } {} \Configure{halign} {\EndP\halignTB{halign}} \t:HA \R:HA\r:HA\D:HA\d:HA >>> \<<< \string&\#x0332; >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Small Matrix} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< \Configure{multicolumn} {\let\sv:VBorder\VBorder \let\VBorder\empty \Configure{VBorder}{}{}{}{}% } {\let\VBorder\sv:VBorder} {\ifmmode \else \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \fi \HCode{
}} {\ifmmode \else \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\fi \HCode{
} } \def\gob:sp#1{#1} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{TeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{eqalignno} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \def\:eqalignno:{\Configure{noalign} {\HCode{}}% {\HCode{}}} >>> \<<< \Configure{leqalignno} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \def\:leqalignno:{\Configure{noalign} {\HCode{}}% {\HCode{}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Lists} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Shared} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{ .itemize, .enumerate, .description {pitch: 8; pitch-range: 4; volume: |; pause-after: 1000ms} } \CssSpeech{.added-list-description { pitch: 8; pitch-range: 4; volume: 5; pause-after: 1000ms }} \CssSpeech{.li-itemize, .li-enumerate, .li-description { pitch: 3; pitch-range: 6; volume: 5 }} >>> \<<< \ConfigureList{trivlist}% {\EndP\HCode{
}% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
}\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\HCode{
}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureList{list}% {\EndP\HCode{
}% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
}\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\HCode{
}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Itemized} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureList{itemize}% {\EndP|\HCode{
}% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
}|\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}% \HCode{
}|\DeleteMark } {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \HCode{
%
% \add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:itemize}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{
% \add:description{added-description}{\b:speak:itemize}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{% \add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:itemize}}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:itemize}{3} \Configure{speak:itemize} {begin \ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi list} {end \ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi list} {|%\ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi|% item} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Enumerate} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureList{enumerate}% {|} {|} {|} {|} >>> \<<< \EndP|\HCode{
}|\global\let\end:itm=\empty >>> \<<< |% \EndP\HCode{
}|\ShowPar >>> \<<< \end:itm \gdef\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}% \HCode{
}|%\DeleteMark >>> \<<< \HCode{}\HCode{}%\AnchorLabel >>> \<<< \PushMacro\end:itm >>> \<<< \PopMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm \end:itm >>> \<<< \HCode{
%
% \add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:enumerate}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{
% \add:description{added-description}{\b:speak:enumerate}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{% \add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:enumerate}}% >>> \<<< \Configure{enumiii} {\HCode{}% Roman numeral \HCode{}\the\c@enumiii \HCode{}\:gobbleII} {\HCode{}} \long\def\:tempc{(\theenumii)} \ifx \labelenumii\:tempc \def\:tempc{(\HCode{}\theenumii\HCode{})} \HLet\labelenumii\:tempc \fi >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:enumerate}{3} \Configure{speak:enumerate} {begin \ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi list} {end \ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi list} {|%\ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi|% item} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Description} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureList{description}% {\EndP|% \HCode{
}% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
}% |\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
}|\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\EndP\HCode{
}} >>> \<<< \HCode{
%
% \add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:description}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{
% \add:description{added-description}{\b:speak:description}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{% \add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:description}% }% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:description}{3} \Configure{speak:description} {begin \ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi list} {end \ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi list} {|%\ifcase\csname @listdepth\endcsname \or \or sub \or sub sub \or sub sub sub \else\fi|% item} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{verbatim} {} {\a:sp} \def\env:verb#1{\ifinner\else \vfill\break\fi \IgnorePar\EndP \HAssign\Verb:N=0 \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{begin verbatim}%
}\EndNoFonts}
\def\endenv:verb{\NoFonts
  \EndP \ht:special{t4ht=
% \add:description{added-description}{end verbatim}% }|} \def\start:fenv#1{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar \EndP}\HCode{
}} \def\end:fenv{\IgnorePar\HCode{
}\IgnorePar} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{ pre.verbatim { pitch: |; pitch-range: 0; stress: 0; richness: 8 }} >>> h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6 { voice-family: paul, male; stress: 20; richness: 90 } h1 { pitch: x-low; pitch-range: 90 } h2 { pitch: x-low; pitch-range: 80 } h3 { pitch: low; pitch-range: 70 } h4 { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 60 } h5 { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 50 } h6 { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 40 } li, dt, dd { pitch: medium; richness: 60 } dt { stress: 80 } pre, code, tt { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 0; stress: 0; richness: 80 } em { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 60; stress: 60; richness: 50 } strong { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 60; stress: 90; richness: 90 } dfn { pitch: high; pitch-range: 60; stress: 60 } s, strike { richness: 0 } i { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 60; stress: 60; richness: 50 } b { pitch: medium; pitch-range: 60; stress: 90; richness: 90 } u { richness: 0 } a:link { voice-family: harry, male } a:visited { voice-family: betty, female } a:active { voice-family: betty, female; pitch-range: 80; pitch: x-high } %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Figures} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{float} {\ifOption{refcaption}{}{\csname par\endcsname\ShowPar \leavevmode}} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP \HCode{
}\csname par\endcsname\ShowPar} \ConfigureEnv{figure} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{
|}% \bgroup \Configure{float}{\ShowPar}{}{}% } {\egroup \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{|
}% |\par} {}{} >>> % \<<< % \CssSpeech{ .caption {pitch: 5; % pitch-range: 9; % richness: 5; % volume: |; % voice-family: betty % } } % >>> % \<<< \Configure{caption}{\HCode{\if:nopar \else
\fi} \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
}% |} {: } {|\HCode{% % \add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:caption}}} {\HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\b:speak:caption}%
}|} >>> \<<<
\add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:figure}
% >>> \<<<
\add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:figure}
% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:caption}}% >>> \<<< \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:caption}{3} \Configure{speak:caption} {begin caption} {end caption} {caption of} \NewConfigure{speak:figure}{2} \Configure{speak:figure} {begin figure environment} {end figure environment} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Footnotes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{footnote-mark} {|\HCode{}} {\HCode{}|} >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\a:speak:footnote}}% >>> \<<< \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:footnote}{1} \Configure{speak:footnote} {footnote} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Margin Notes} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{marginpar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
}% |% \def\end:margp{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |\HCode{
}}% \par \else \SaveEndP \HCode{}|% \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar} {
} {\HCode{
}} {}{}% \def\end:margp{\egroup |\HCode{
}\RecallEndP}% \fi } {\end:margp} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.marginpar {pitch: 7; pitch-range: 4; richness: 3; stress: 2; volume: 4}} >>> \<<< \HCode{
\add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:marginpar}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{
\add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:marginpar}
}% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:marginpar}}% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:marginpar}}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:marginpar}{2} \Configure{speak:marginpar} {begin margin note} {end margin note} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \part{Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{The equation Environment} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{LaTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{equation} {\IgnorePar|\EndP |% \HCode{
% \add:description{begin-math}{\a:speak:equation}%
}\IgnorePar |} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{
}% \let\@eqnnum\empty } {\HCode{% \add:description{end-math}{\b:speak:equation}%
}% \Tag{eq-\TableNo-num}{\theequation}% |} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:equation}{2} \Configure{speak:equation} {begin equation \ifTag{eq-\TableNo-num}{\LikeRef{eq-\TableNo-num}}{}% } {end equation \theequation} >>> \<<< \ifvmode\else \HCode{}\fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{AmsMath} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ifx \mathdisplay@@pop\:UnDef \ifx \emdf@La\:UnDef | \else | \fi \else | \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{equation} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP |% \HCode{
% \add:description{begin-math}{\a:speak:equation}%
}% |% |% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{
}% \let\@eqnnum\empty } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{% \add:description{end-math}{\b:speak:equation}%
}% \Tag{eq-\TableNo-num}{\theequation}% |% \ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\par} >>> \<<< \Configure{equation*} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP |% \HCode{
% \add:description{begin-math}{\csname a:speak:equation*\endcsname}}% |% |% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{\add:description{end-math}{\csname b:speak:equation*\endcsname}
}% |% \ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\par} >>> \<<< \Configure{speak:equation} {begin equation \ifTag{eq-\TableNo-num}{\LikeRef{eq-\TableNo-num}}{}% } {end equation \theequation} \NewConfigure{speak:equation*}{2} \Configure{speak:equation*} {begin equation} {end equation} >>> \<<< \Configure{gather} {\HCode{
}\IgnorePar |} {\HCode{
}} {} {} {\ifnum\HCol=2 \IgnorePar \HCode{
}\fi } {} >>> \<<< \Configure{gather*} {\HCode{
}\IgnorePar |} {\HCode{
}} {} {} {\ifnum\HCol=2 \IgnorePar \HCode{
}\fi } {} >>> \<<< \Configure{$$} {\Configure{@math}{|% class="equation"}\IgnorePar\EndP\DviMath} {\EndDviMath\EndP} {\DisplayMathtrue}% >>> \<<< \Configure{@begin} {split} {\let\tagform@=\:gobble } >>> \<<< \Configure{split} {|% \HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-array}{begin \ifTag{split-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{split-\TableNo}}{} sub equations}}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \Tag{split-\TableNo}{\HRow:s}% \HCode{\add:vdescription{end-array}{end sub equations}
}% |% } {\HCode{}% \xdef\HRow:s{\HRow}% } {\HCode{
}} {\HCode{% \add:vdescription{begin-end}{% \ifnum \HCol=1 left \else right \fi | sub equation}}% } {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{multline} {\bgroup |} {\egroup} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{multline*} {\bgroup |} {\egroup} {}{} >>> \<<< \Configure{multline} {|% |% \HCode{% |}} {\Tag{multline-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% \HCode{|}% |% |} {\HCode{
% |}} {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}} {} \Configure{multline-num} {\Tag{multline-\TableNo-num}{\theequation}\let\tagform@\:gobble} {} >>> \<<< \Configure{multline*} {|% |% \HCode{% |}} {\Tag{multline-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% \HCode{|
}% |% |} {\HCode{% |}} {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{}} \Css{.begin-multline, .end-multline {color:red;}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.begin-multline, .end-multline {stress:3; richness:5;}} >>> \<<< \add:vdescription{begin-math}{begin equation \ifTag{multline-\TableNo-num}{\LikeRef{multline-\TableNo-num}}{} with \ifTag{multline-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{multline-\TableNo}}{} lines}%
% >>> \<<< \add:vdescription{begin-math}{begin equation with \ifTag{multline-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{multline-\TableNo}}{} lines}%
% >>> \<<<
% \add:vdescription{end-math}{end equation \ifTag{multline-\TableNo-num}{\LikeRef{multline-\TableNo-num}}{}% }% >>> \<<<
% \add:vdescription{end-math}{end equation}% >>> \<<< \add:vdescription{begin-end}{| line}% >>> \<<< \HAdvance\HRow by 1 >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{gather} {\bgroup |} {\egroup} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{gather*} {\bgroup |} {\egroup} {}{} \Css{.begin-gather, .end-gather {color:red;}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.begin-gather, .end-gather {stress:3; richness:5;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{gather} {|% |% \HCode{% \add:vdescription{begin-math}{begin group of \ifTag{gather-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{gather-\TableNo}}{} equations}%
% }} {\HCode{
\add:vdescription{end-math}{end equations}% }% \Tag{gather-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% |% |} {\HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-end}{| equation}% }} {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}} {\HCode{\Hnewline
>}% \ifnum \HCol>1 \let\tagform@\:gobble \fi } {\HCode{
}} >>> \<<< \Configure{gather*} {|% |% \HCode{% \add:vdescription{begin-math}{begin group of \ifTag{gather-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{gather-\TableNo}}{} equations}%
% }} {\HCode{
\add:vdescription{end-math}{end equations}% }% \Tag{gather-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% |% |} {\HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-math}{| equation}% }} {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}} {\HCode{\Hnewline
>}} {\HCode{
}} >>> \<<< \Configure{gathered} {|% |% \HCode{% \add:vdescription{begin-math}{begin group of \ifTag{gather-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{gather-\TableNo}}{} equations}%
% }} {\HCode{
\add:vdescription{end-math}{end equations}% }% \Tag{gather-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% |% |} {\HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-end}{| equation}% }} {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}} {\HCode{\Hnewline
>}% \ifnum \HCol>1 \let\tagform@\:gobble \fi } {\HCode{
}} >>> \<<< \ifnum \HCol=1 class="col-\HCol" \else class="content-less" title="col-\HCol" \fi >>> \<<< \ord:pos{\HRow}% >>> \<<< \ord:pos{\HCol}% >>> \<<< \def\ord:pos#1{% \ifcase #1 \or first \or second \or third \or fourth \or fifth \or sixth \or seventh \or eighth \or nineth \else #1th \fi } >>> \<<< \Css{.ord-row {color:red;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{subarray} {|% |% \HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-array}{\a:speak:subarray}% }} {\HCode{\add:vdescription{end-array}{\b:speak:subarray}%
}% \Tag{subarray-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% |% |} {\HCode{
% \add:vdescription{begin-end}{\c:speak:subarray}% }} {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:subarray}{3} | >>> \<<< \Configure{speak:subarray} {begin sub array with \ifTag{subarray-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{subarray-\TableNo}}{} rows} {end sub array} {| row} >>> \<<< \Configure{substack} {\bgroup \Configure{speak:subarray} {begin sub stack with \ifTag{subarray-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{subarray-\TableNo}}{} entries} {end sub stack} {| entry} } {\egroup} >>> \<<< \Configure{smallmatrix} {|% |% \HCode{
}% \HCode{\add:vdescription{begin-array}{\a:speak:smallmatrix}}} {\Tag{smallmatrix-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% \HCode{|% \add:vdescription{end-array}{\b:speak:smallmatrix}}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \Tg
% |% |} {\HCode{
}\c:speak:smallmatrix}% {\xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}\HCode{
}}% {\HCode{
}% \e:speak:smallmatrix \HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}\f:speak:smallmatrix \HCode{
\Hnewline}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:smallmatrix}{6} \Configure{speak:smallmatrix} {begin matrix with \ifTag{smallmatrix-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{smallmatrix-\TableNo}}{} rows} {end matrix} {|} {|} {|} {|} >>> \<<< \def\:tempc#1#2{% \ConfigureEnv{#1} {\def\end:al:env{}\ifmmode\else \ifvmode\else \def\end:al:env{\par\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent}\fi\fi} {\end:al:env } {}{}% \Configure{#1} {\IgnorePar \ifvmode \EndP \else \EndP \HCode{}\fi \ifmathml \Tg\def\end:mathalign{\Tg}% \else \DviMath \def\end:mathalign{\EndDviMath \DisplayMathfalse}% \DisplayMathtrue \fi |% |% \HCode{
% \add:description{begin-array}{\a:speak:align}% }} {\HCode{% \add:description{end-array}{\b:speak:align}%
}% \Tag{align-\TableNo}{\hrow:s}% |% |\end:mathalign } {\HCode{
|}} {\HCode{
}\ifst@rred\else \Tag{align-\TableNo-\HRow}{\theequation}% \fi \xdef\hrow:s{\HRow}} {\HCode{}% \ifnum \HCol>\maxfields@ \let\tagform@\:gobble \fi } {\HCode{}} } \:tempc{align}{align} \:tempc{alignat}{alignat} \:tempc{xalignat}{xalignat} \:tempc{xxalignat}{xxalignat} \:tempc{flalign}{flalign} \:tempc{align*}{align-star} \:tempc{alignat*}{alignat-star} \:tempc{xalignat*}{xalignat-star} \:tempc{flalign*}{flalign-star} \Css{.begin-aligned, .end-aligned {color:red;}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.begin-aligned, .end-aligned {stress:3; richness:5;}} >>> \<<< \add:description{begin-end}{\c:speak:align}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:align}{3} \Configure{speak:align} {begin \ifTag{align-\TableNo}{\LikeRef{align-\TableNo}}{} aligned equations} {end aligned equations} {\ifst@rred | equation \else equation number \ifst@rred\else \ifTag{align-\TableNo-\HRow}{\LikeRef{align-\TableNo-\HRow}}{} \fi \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Math Delimiters} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Full Expressions} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{DviMath} {\a:DviMathSpk \mathmltrue \ifOption{mml-fonts}{}{|%\mml:htfsym|%\NoFonts}% \IgnoreRule \HCode{}\a:math |\IgnorePar} {\EndIgnoreRule \mathmlfalse \b:DviMathSpk |} \NewConfigure{DviMathSpk}{2} >>> \<<< \edef\sv:ignore{\if:nopar \noexpand\IgnorePar\else \noexpand\ShowPar\fi}% >>> \<<< \sv:ignore >>> \<<< \Configure{math}{} \Configure{$} {|\DviMath} {\EndDviMath}{} \Configure{$$} {|\DviMath} {\EndDviMath \ShowPar\par{\csname HCondtrue\endcsname\noindent}} {\DisplayMathtrue} >>> \<<< \Configure{[]} {|\DviMath $$\DisplayMathtrue } {$$\EndDviMath} \Configure{()} {|\DviMath $} {$\EndDviMath} >>> \<<< \Configure{DviMathSpk} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-math}{\a:speak:math}}} {\HCode{\add:description{end-math}{\b:speak:math}}}% >>> \<<< \Configure{@math}{div}\IgnorePar |\EndP \Configure{DviMathSpk} {\HCode{
% \add:description{begin-math}{\a:speak:math}}} {\HCode{\add:description{end-math}{\b:speak:math}
}}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:math}{2} \Configure{speak:math} {begin math} {end math} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.inline-math, .display-math { pitch: 8; pitch-range: 7; stress:7; richness: 7; }} \CssSpeech{.space {pitch:0; pitch-range:0; richness:0; stress:0;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Left and Right} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{left} {} {\HCode{% |}\bgroup} \Configure{right} {\egroup} {\HCode{% |}} >>> \<<< \Configure{big} {}{} {} {} \Configure{Big} {}{} {} {} \Configure{bigg} {}{} {} {} \Configure{Bigg} {}{} {} {} >>> \<<< | \:CheckOption{mathml-} \if:Option | \else | \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{Biggl} {\bgroup \Configure{Bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{Biggr} {\bgroup \Configure{Bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{Bigl} {\bgroup \Configure{Big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{Bigr} {\bgroup \Configure{Big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{biggl} {\bgroup \Configure{bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{biggr} {\bgroup \Configure{bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{bigl} {\bgroup \Configure{big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{bigr} {\bgroup \Configure{big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} >>> \<<< \Configure{Biggl} {\bgroup \Configure{Bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{Biggr} {\bgroup \Configure{Bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{Bigl} {\bgroup \Configure{Big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{Bigr} {\bgroup \Configure{Big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{biggl} {\bgroup \Configure{bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{biggr} {\bgroup \Configure{bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{bigl} {\bgroup \Configure{big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathopen}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathopen}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{bigr} {\bgroup \Configure{big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathclose}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathclose}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} >>> \<<< \Configure{Biggm} {\bgroup \Configure{Bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathrel}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathrel}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{Bigm} {\bgroup \Configure{Big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathrel}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathrel}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{biggm} {\bgroup \Configure{bigg}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathrel}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathrel}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} \Configure{bigm} {\bgroup \Configure{big}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{mathrel}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathrel}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} >>> \<<< \Configure{mfenced}{\vert}{||} \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{mfenced}{\noexpand\{}{\string&\#x007B;}}\:temp \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{mfenced}{\noexpand\}}{\string&\#x007D;}}\:temp \edef\:temp{\noexpand \Configure{mfenced}{\noexpand\lbrace}{\string&\#x007B;}}\:temp \edef\:temp{\noexpand \Configure{mfenced}{\noexpand\rbrace}{\string&\#x007D;}}\:temp >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Math Inner} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\mathinner#1{\Tg#1\Tg} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Tokens} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{MathClass}{0}{*}{}% {}{} \Configure{MathClass}{1}{*}{ }{ }{} \Configure{MathClass}{2}{*}{}{}{} \Configure{MathClass}{3}{*}{}{}{} \:CheckOption{mathml-} \if:Option \Configure{MathClass}{4}{*}{} {}{} \Configure{MathClass}{5}{*}{} {}{} \else \Log:Note{for sources failing to produce clean mathml code, try the command line option `mathml-'}% \Configure{MathClass}{4}{*}{} {}{} \Configure{MathClass}{5}{*}{} {}{} \fi \Configure{MathClass}{6}{*}{}{}{} \Configure{MathClass}{7}{*}{}{} {0123456789} \Configure{FormulaClass}{0}{}{}{} \Configure{FormulaClass}{1}{}{}{} \Configure{FormulaClass}{2}{}{}{} \Configure{FormulaClass}{3}{}{}{} \Configure{FormulaClass}{4}{}{}{} \Configure{FormulaClass}{5}{}{}{} \Configure{FormulaClass}{6}{}{}{} >>> \<<< \Configure{qopname} {\Configure{mathop}{*} { } { } {}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{ .mo-open, .mo-close{ stress:3; }} \CssSpeech{ .mo-rel, .mo-bin { stress:4; }} \CssSpeech{ .mo-op { stress:4; }} \CssSpeech{ .mo-punc { stress:4; }} \CssSpeech{ .mo-qopname { stress:4; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Embedded Text} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\AA:text#1{|} \def\BB:text{|} >>> \<<< \mtexttrue \HCode{ }% |\PauseMathClass |% >>> \<<< \mtextfalse\EndPauseMathClass|\HCode {}% >>> \<<< \Configure{$}% {\EndPauseMathClass \HCode{}\mtextfalse |}% {\HCode{}|\PauseMathClass \mtexttrue}% {}% >>> \<<< \ht:special{t4ht@,&\#x00A0;}% >>> \<<< \ht:special{t4ht@,}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Fonts} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\bold:version{bold} \Configure{mathbf}% {\bgroup \Tg}% {\Tg\egroup }% \Configure{mathit}% {\bgroup \Tg}% {\Tg\egroup }% \Configure{mathrm}% {\bgroup \Tg}% {\Tg\egroup }% \Configure{mathsf}% {\bgroup \Tg}% {\Tg\egroup }% \Configure{mathtt}% {\bgroup \Tg}% {\Tg\egroup }% >>> \<<< \def\:tempd#1#2{% \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname{\mathchar"13#2\relax}% \MathSymbol\mathop{#1}% \expandafter\def\csname #1:limits\endcsname{\expandafter \:same \math:sym\mathop{#1}\limits}% \expandafter\def\csname #1:nolimits\endcsname{\expandafter \:same \math:sym\mathop{#1}\nolimits}% \expandafter\edef\csname n:#1:\endcsname{\noexpand\ifDisplayMath \noexpand\expandafter \expandafter\noexpand \csname #1:limits\endcsname \noexpand\else \noexpand\expandafter \expandafter\noexpand \csname #1:nolimits\endcsname\noexpand\fi}% \expandafter\pend:def\csname n:#1:\endcsname{\ifDisplayMath \mathop:prefix{mathsize-big}\fi}% } \:tempd{bigcap}{54} \:tempd{bigcup}{53} \:tempd{bigodot}{4A} \:tempd{bigoplus}{4C} \:tempd{bigotimes}{4E} \:tempd{bigsqcup}{46} \:tempd{biguplus}{55} \:tempd{bigvee}{57} \:tempd{bigwedge}{56} \:tempd{coprod}{60} \:tempd{intop}{52} \:tempd{ointop}{48} \:tempd{prod}{51} \:tempd{sum}{50} >>> \<<< \def\mathop:prefix#1{% \Configure{mathop}{*}{}{}% {\Configure{mathop}{*}{}{}{}}} >>> \begin{verbatim} sum \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Symbols} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\:tempc{\HCode{}\mathbin{mod} } \HLet\bmod\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{ (#1)} \HLet\pod=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{\pod{\mathop{mod} #1}} \HLet\pmod=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{ \mathop{mod} #1} \HLet\mod=\:tempc >>> \<<< \def\:tempc{\ifDisplayMath\mathop:prefix{big}\fi\o:n:iint::} \HLet\n:iint:\:tempc \def\:tempc{\ifDisplayMath\mathop:prefix{big}\fi\o:n:iiint::} \HLet\n:iiint:\:tempc \def\:tempc{\ifDisplayMath\mathop:prefix{big}\fi\o:n:idotsint::} \HLet\n:idotsint:\:tempc >>> \<<< \def\:tempc{\mathop{\underrightarrow\lim}\displaylimits} \HLet\varinjlim\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathop{\underleftarrow\lim}\displaylimits} \HLet\varprojlim\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathop{\overline\lim}\displaylimits} \HLet\varlimsup\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathop{\underline\lim}\displaylimits} \HLet\varliminf\:tempc >>> \<\><<< \HRestore\varinjlim \HRestore\varprojlim \HRestore\varlimsup \HRestore\varliminf >>> \<<< \Configure{hdotsfor}{\dots} >>> \<<< \def\:tempc{\HCode{\add:description{added-description}{real part symbol capital }}\o:Re:} \HLet\Re\:tempc \def\:tempc{\HCode{\add:description{added-description}{real part symbol capital }}\o:Im:} \HLet\Im\:tempc >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Spaces} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{quad}{\HCode{|}} \Configure{qquad}{\HCode{|}} \Configure{,}{\HCode{|}} \Configure{ }{\:nbsp} >>> \<<< \Configure{hspace}{ }{}{ } >>> \<<< \Configure{tmspace} {\HCode{|}} >>> \<<< \def\:nbsp{\leavevmode\special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0{59}}x} >>> \<<< \Configure{frenchb-nbsp} {\leavevmode\special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0{59}}x% \setbox\tmp:bx=\hbox\bgroup} {\egroup} >>> \<<< % >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Fractions and Stacks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Regular Ones} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{over} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{|}|} {|\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|}} \Configure{atop} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{|}|} {|\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|}} \Configure{above} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{|}% |\o:over:\:gobbleII} {|\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|}} >>> \<<< \Configure{frac} {\HCode{|}} {|\Configure{over}{}{}} {|} {\HCode{|}} >>> \<<< \Configure{above} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{|}% |\o:@@over:\:gobbleII} {|\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|}} >>> \<<< \Configure{choose} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{% \add:description{begin-stack}{\a:speak:choose}% }% \HCode{}\o:atop: \HCode{\add:description{added-description}% {\c:speak:choose}}% \Send{EndGROUP}{0}% {\add:description{end-stack}{\b:speak:choose}}% } >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:choose}{3} \Configure{speak:choose} {begin binomial coefficient} {end binomial coefficient} {choose} >>> \<<< \Configure{tbinom} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{% \add:description{begin-stack}{\a:speak:choose}% }% \HCode{}\o:@@abovewithdelims: ..\z@{}% \HCode{\add:description{added-description}% {\c:speak:choose}}% \Send{EndGROUP}{0}% {\add:description{end-stack}{\b:speak:choose}}% } >>> \<<< \Configure{dbinom} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{% \add:description{begin-stack}{\a:speak:choose}% }% \HCode{}\o:@@abovewithdelims: ..\z@{}% \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:choose}}% \Send{EndGROUP}{0}% {\add:description{end-stack}{\b:speak:choose}}% } >>> \<<< \Configure{binom} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{% \add:description{begin-stack}{\a:speak:choose}% }% \HCode{}\o:@@abovewithdelims: ..\z@{}% \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:choose}}% \Send{EndGROUP}{0}% {\add:description{end-stack}{\b:speak:choose}}% } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{With Delimiters} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\abovewithdelims:III#1#2#3{% \def\:temp{#2#3}\def\:tempa{..}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \Send{GROUP}{0}{|}% |\o:over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|} \else \Send{GROUP}{0}% {|% |}% |\o:over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|% |} \fi \tmp:dim } >>> \<<< \def\atopwithdelims:III#1#2#3{% \def\:temp{#2#3}\def\:tempa{..}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \Send{GROUP}{0}{|}% |\o:atop: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|} \else \Send{GROUP}{0}% {|% |}% |\o:atop: |% \Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|% |} \fi } >>> \<<< \def\overwithdelims:III#1#2#3{% \def\:temp{#2#3}\def\:tempa{..}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \Send{GROUP}{0}{|}|\o:over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|} \else \Send{GROUP}{0}% {|% |}% |\o:over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|% |} \fi } >>> \<<< \def\abovewithdelims:III#1#2#3{% \def\:temp{#2#3}\def\:tempa{..}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \Send{GROUP}{0}{|}% |\o:@@over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|} \else \Send{GROUP}{0}% {|% |}% |\o:@@over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|% |} \fi \tmp:dim } >>> \<<< \def\atopwithdelims:III#1#2#3{% \def\:temp{#2#3}\def\:tempa{..}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \Send{GROUP}{0}{|}% |\o:@@atop: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|} \else \Send{GROUP}{0}% {|% |}% |\o:@@atop: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|% |} \fi } >>> \<<< \def\overwithdelims:III#1#2#3{% \def\:temp{#2#3}\def\:tempa{..}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \Send{GROUP}{0}{|}% |\o:over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|} \else \Send{GROUP}{0}% {|% |}% |\o:@@over: |\Send{EndGROUP}{0}{|% |} \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Code Assignments} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:fraction}% % >>> \<<< \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-end}{\c:speak:fraction} }% >>> \<<< \add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:fraction}% >>> \<<< % \add:description{begin-stack}{\a:speak:atop}% % >>> \<<< \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{added-description}{\c:speak:atop}}% >>> \<<< \add:description{end-stack}{\b:speak:atop}% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< \expandafter \ifx \csname \string#1:lr del\endcsname\relax #1\else \csname \string#1:lr del\endcsname\fi >>> \<<< \expandafter \ifx \csname \string#2:lr del\endcsname\relax #2\else \csname \string#2:lr del\endcsname\fi >>> \<<< \expandafter \ifx \csname \string#3:lr del\endcsname\relax #3\else \csname \string#3:lr del\endcsname\fi >>> The following cases in mathml are translated directly to explicit caharacters and so donn't get there the speech interpretation provided in unicode.4hf. \<<< \Configure{mfenced}{\vert}{\string&\#x007C;} \Configure{mfenced}{\{}{\string&\#x007B;} \Configure{mfenced}{\}}{\string&\#x007D;} \Configure{mfenced}{\lbrace}{\string&\#x007B;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rbrace}{\string&\#x007D;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rgroup}{\string&\#x0028;} \Configure{mfenced}{\lgroup}{\string&\#x0029;} \Configure{mfenced}{(}{\string&\#x0028;} \Configure{mfenced}{)}{\string&\#x0029;} \Configure{mfenced}{[}{\string&\#x0058;} \Configure{mfenced}{]}{\string&\#x0059;} \Configure{mfenced}{||}{\string&\#x007C;} \Configure{mfenced}{\bracevert}{\string&\#x007C;} \Configure{mfenced}{\bracevert}{\string&\#x007C;} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:fraction}{3} \Configure{speak:fraction} {begin fraction} {end fraction} {over} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.mfrac{ pitch:7; pitch-range: 1; richness: 9; stress:4;}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:atop}{3} \Configure{speak:atop} {begin stack} {end stack} {over} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Theorems} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{newtheorem} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{
}\par\noindent \HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{
}\ShowPar\par} \Css{span.theorem-head { font-weight:bold; }} >>> \<<< \Configure{proof} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{
}\par\noindent \HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{
}\ShowPar\par} >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< \ifx \deferred@thm@head\:UnDef\else | \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{proof} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{
}\par\ShowPar \HCode{}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{}\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{
}\par} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Others} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{radical} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-root}{\a:speak:radical}}% \special{t4ht\string~!e<}% \special{t4ht\string~!e>% \add:description{end-root}{\b:speak:radical}}% \special{t4ht\string~!ee/}% \special{t4ht\string~!ese-}% } >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:radical}{2} \Configure{speak:radical} {begin root} {end root} >>> \<<< \Configure{root} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-root}{\a:speak:root}}} {\HCode{\add:description{mid-root}{\b:speak:root}% }} {\HCode{\add:description{end-root}{\c:speak:root}}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:root}{3} \Configure{speak:root} {root index} {begin root} {end root} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Boxed} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{boxed} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:boxed}}} {\HCode{\add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:boxed}}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:boxed}{2} \Configure{speak:boxed} {begin boxed} {end boxed} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Over and Under} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Subscrips and Superscripts (sub and super)} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{SUB} {\Send{BACK} {|}|} {|} \Configure{SUP} {\Send{BACK} {|}|} {|} \Configure{SUBSUP} {\Send{BACK} {|}|} {|} {|} \def\trap:base{{\HCode{}}} >>> \<<< % >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-script}{\b:speak:subsup}}\trap:base >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{end-script}{\c:speak:subsup}
}% >>> \<<< % >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-script}{\a:speak:subsup}}\trap:base >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{end-script}{\c:speak:subsup}}% >>> \<<< % >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-script}{\a:speak:subsup}}\trap:base >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{mid-script}{\b:speak:subsup}}\trap:base >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{end-script}{\c:speak:subsup}}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:subsup}{3} \Configure{speak:subsup} {subscript} {superscript} {baseline} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.mrow-super{ pitch:9; pitch-range:4; richness:9; stress:9;}} \CssSpeech{.mrow-base{ pitch:9; pitch-range:4; richness:5; stress:5;}} \CssSpeech{.mrow-sub{ pitch:9; pitch-range:0; richness:1; stress:1;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Limits of Sub- snd Super- Scripts (over/under - end - scripts)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Outline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{limits}{|} \def\disp:limits{|} >>> \<<< \let|=\:UnDef \let|=\:UnDef \ifx \:temp\sp |\else \ifx \:temp\sb |\fi\fi |% >>> \begin{verbatim} a under script b end script \end{verbatim} \begin{verbatim} a over script b end script \end{verbatim} \begin{verbatim} a under script b over script c end scripts \end{verbatim} \<<< \Css{.begin-limits-script, .end-limits-script, .mid-limits-script {color:green;}} \Css{.begin-script, .end-script, .mid-script {color:green;}} >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.begin-limits-script, .end-limits-script, .mid-limits-script {stress:3;}} \CssSpeech{.begin-script, .end-script, .mid-script {stress:3;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Simultaneously Sub- and Super- Scripts} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< |% \Configure{SUBSUP} {\ifx |\:UnDef\else |\fi \ifx |\:UnDef\else |\fi |% \Send{BACK} {|}|} {|} {|} >>> \<<< % >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-limits-script}{\a:speak:underover}}\trap:base >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{mid-limits-script}{\b:speak:underover}}\trap:base >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{end-limits-script}{\c:speak:underover}}% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:underover}{3} \Configure{speak:underover} {under script} {over script} {end scripts} >>> \<<< \let\pl:SUBSUP=\SUBSUP: >>> \<<< \ifx \pl:SUBSUP\:UnDef \else \let\SUBSUP:=\pl:SUBSUP \fi >>> \<<< \ifx \a:putSUB\:UnDef \else \pend:def\a:putSUB{\ifx \pl:SUBSUP\:UnDef\else \let\SUBSUP:=\pl:SUBSUP \let\pl:SUBSUP=\:UnDef \fi}% \fi \ifx \a:putSUP\:UnDef \else \pend:def\a:putSUP{\ifx \pl:SUBSUP\:UnDef\else \let\SUBSUP:=\pl:SUBSUP \let\pl:SUBSUP=\:UnDef \fi}% \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Superscripts} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< |% \Configure{SUP} {|\bgroup |% |\trap:base} {}% >>> \<<< \def\pl:SUP{\Configure{SUP}}% \expandafter\append:def \expandafter\pl:SUP\expandafter{\expandafter{\a:SUP}}% \expandafter\append:def \expandafter\pl:SUP\expandafter{\expandafter{\b:SUP}}% >>> \<<< \Configure{SUP} {|\bgroup |\trap:base} {\egroup|}% >>> \<<< \Configure{SUP} {|\bgroup \trap:base} {\egroup |}% >>> \<<< \Send{BACK}{|}% |% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-limits-script}{\b:speak:underover}}\trap:base >>> \<<< % >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{end-limits-script}{\c:speak:underover}}\aftergroup|% >>> \<<< \pl:SUP >>> \<<< \Send{BACK} {|}|% >>> \<<< \Send{BACK} {|}|% >>> \<<< |% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Subscripts} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< |% \Configure{SUB} {|\bgroup |% |\trap:base} {}% >>> \<<< \def\pl:SUB{\Configure{SUB}}% \expandafter\append:def \expandafter\pl:SUB\expandafter{\expandafter{\a:SUB}}% \expandafter\append:def \expandafter\pl:SUB\expandafter{\expandafter{\b:SUB}}% >>> \<<< \Configure{SUB} {|\bgroup |\trap:base} {\egroup|}% >>> \<<< \Configure{SUB} {|\bgroup \trap:base} {\egroup |}% >>> \<<< \Send{BACK}{|}% |% >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{begin-limits-script}{\a:speak:underover}}\trap:base >>> \<<< % >>> \<<< \HCode{\add:description{end-limits-script}{\c:speak:underover}}\aftergroup|% >>> \<<< \pl:SUB >>> \<<< \Send{BACK} {|}|% >>> \<<< \Send{BACK} {|}|% >>> \<<< |% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{On Arrows (over/under - end - scripts)} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \renewcommand{\xrightarrow}[2][]{% \if :#1: \HCode{|}% \rightarrow |#2% |% \else \HCode{|}% \leftarrow |#1% |#2% |% \fi } \renewcommand{\xleftarrow}[2][]{% \if :#1: \HCode{|}% \leftarrow |#2% |% \else \HCode{|}% \leftarrow |#1% |#2% |% \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{On Text (over/under - end - scripts)} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\overset#1#2{{% \HCode{|}% #2% |#1% |% }} \def\underset#1#2{{% \HCode{|}% #2% |#1% |% }} >>> \<<< \def\sideset#1#2#3{{\Tg{\HCode{}}#1{\HCode{}#3}#2\Tg}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Accents} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else | \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{accents} {\ifmmode \expandafter\mathord\fi {|% \ht:special{t4ht@[}\if!#1!x\else#2\fi \ht:special{t4ht@]}}} {\ifmathml \ifmtext |% \else \AccentMath{|}\fi \else |\fi } >>> \<<< \CssSpeech{.accented-char { pitch-range: 4; }} \CssSpeech{.math-over { pitch-range: 4; }} \CssSpeech{.mover-accent {pitch-range: 7; richness: 9;}} >>> \<<< \leavevmode \if !#1!\ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}x#2;}% \else \expandafter \ifx\csname U#2#1\endcsname\relax \ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}x#2;}% \else \ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}x\csname U#2#1\endcsname;}% \fi \fi x% >>> \<<< \expandafter\ifx \csname :#1:over\endcsname\relax \expandafter\ifx \csname :#1:under\endcsname\relax \AccentMath{|}% \else #3\csname :#1:under\endcsname \fi \else #3\csname :#1:over\endcsname \fi >>> \<<< \expandafter\ifx \csname :#1:over\endcsname\relax |% \else \expandafter\ifx \csname :#1:under\endcsname\relax |% \else |% \fi \fi >>> \<<< \HCode{}#3\HCode{}% \csname :#1:under\endcsname \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \HCode{}#3\HCode{}% \csname prefix:#1:over\endcsname \csname :#1:over\endcsname \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \HCode{}#3\HCode{}% \csname :#1:under\endcsname \csname :#1:over\endcsname \HCode{}% >>> \<<< \def\:temp#1#2{\expandafter\def\csname prefix:#1:over\endcsname {\HCode{\add:description{added-description}{ #2 }}}} \:temp{vec}{\b:speak:underover} \:temp{dddot}{\b:speak:underover} \:temp{ddddot}{\b:speak:underover} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Lines and Braces (With ...)} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \marginpar{See reordeing fix at jslatex} \<<< \Configure{overline} {\bgroup\ifmathml \HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:modified}% }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml \HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:line}}% \else \HCode{}\fi\egroup} \Configure{underline} {\bgroup \ifmathml \HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified}% }% \else |\HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml \HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:line}}% \else \HCode{}\fi \egroup} >>> \<<< \expandafter\everymath \expandafter{\expandafter\everymath \expandafter{\the\everymath}}% \let\o::@underline:\o:@@underline: \def\o:@@underline:{\let\o:@@underline:\o::@underline:}% >>> \<<< \Configure{overbrace} {\Configure{mathop*}{*} {% \add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:modified}% } {\add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:brace}} {\Configure{mathop}{}{}{}{}}% } {\let\o:overbrace:=\displaystyle} {} \Configure{underbrace} {\Configure{mathop*}{*} {% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified}% } {\add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:brace}} {\Configure{mathop}{}{}{}{}}% } {\let\o:underbrace:=\displaystyle} {} >>> \<<< \Configure{accent}\widetilde\widetilde{{}{}} {} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:modified}% }% #2% \HCode{\add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:tilde}}} \Configure{accent}\widehat\widehat{{}{}} {} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified}% }% #2% \HCode{\add:description{begin-end}{ \a:speak:modified:hat}}} |%circumflex|% >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:modified}{2} \Configure{speak:modified} {modified under} {modified above} \NewConfigure{speak:modified:line}{1} \Configure{speak:modified:line}{with bar} \NewConfigure{speak:modified:brace}{1} \Configure{speak:modified:brace}{with brace} \NewConfigure{speak:modified:hat}{1} \Configure{speak:modified:hat}{with wide hat} \NewConfigure{speak:modified:tilde}{1} \Configure{speak:modified:tilde}{with wide tilde} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Arrows (With ...)} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{overrightarrow} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:modified}% }\:gobble} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:rightarrow}}} \Configure{overleftarrow} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:modified}% }\:gobble} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:leftarrow}}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{speak:modified:rightarrow}{1} \Configure{speak:modified:rightarrow}{with right arrow} \NewConfigure{speak:modified:leftarrow}{1} \Configure{speak:modified:leftarrow}{with left right arrow} \NewConfigure{speak:modified:leftrightarrow}{1} \Configure{speak:modified:leftrightarrow}{with left right arrow} >>> \<<< \Configure{underrightarrow} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified}% }\:gobble} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:rightarrow}}} \Configure{underleftarrow} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified}% }\:gobble} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{speak:modified:leftarrow}}} >>> \<<< \Configure{overleftrightarrow} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\b:speak:modified}% }\:gobble} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:leftrightarrow}}} \Configure{underleftrightarrow} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified}% }\:gobble} {\HCode{% \add:description{begin-end}{\a:speak:modified:leftrightarrow}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \part{Loose Ends} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{halign} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{embedded-halign}{}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Problems with W3C / Emacspeak} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \begin{description} \item[Don't use Shortcuts of Empty Elements] The W3C browser is getting confused by the slash character, and takes the closing delimiter `\verb'+>+' for a content. So use, for instance, \verb+

instead of \verb+
+. \item [Html-Speech Rate] Resets to default whenever a web page is reset. The default is defined in \verb+dtk-speak.el+, line 164 (\verb+~/emacspeak-22.0/lisp/dtk-speak.el+). \item [Named Property Values not Recognized] The `loud' and `medium' properties are not supported for volume. (Wrong type argument: integerp, medium) \<<< 7 >>> \<<< 9 >>> \<<< 5 >>> See end of \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/aural.htm}. We provide values also for some unsupported attribute, with the expectation that at some point they'll be supported. \item[Delimiters] In equation 3, the left parenthsis does not get spoken (The parentheses around the product: ``( product under script j = 1 over script n end scripts x circumflex subscript j baseline )''. They should be spoken automatically by emacspeak, but the problem is that the punctuation mode for HTML is hardcoded to ``some'', which means that not all punctuation codes will be spoken. Convert ( and ) into ``left parenthesis'' (or ``enlarged left parenthesis'') and ``right parenthesis'' (or ``enlarged right parenthesis'') \end{description} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Baselines in Tables} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Normalize math tables to facilitate processing, such as removing `baseline' at end of rows. \begin{itemize} \item Use begin-array and end-array delimiters, to catch unneeded baseline indicators at end of tables \item Use `tr' class names to catch baseline indicators at end of non-final rows \item Use \verb+
+ roots, in case math environment is needed to be explictly mentioned. \item A `title="implicit-baseline"' attribute can aslo help. \end{itemize} \begin{verbatim}
...............
...
..... baseline
...
\end{verbatim} \begin{verbatim} \begin{multline} T=n^{p-2}\prod^p_{i=1} (n-n_i)^{n_i-1} \\ T=n^{p-2}\prod^p_{i=1} (n-n_i)^{n_i-1} \end{multline} \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Questions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \begin{itemize} \item Emacspeak + w3c on a mac? \item Emacspeak is being fed by w3c. What it takes to attach alternative browsaers? \end{itemize} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Resources} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \begin{itemize} \item \url{http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/aural.html} \item MathPlayer on MSIE (http://www.dessci.com) \item Nemeth's MathSpeak, \url{http://www.gh-mathspeak.com/} (\url{http://www.ghbraille.com/}), \url{http://www.rit.edu/~easi/easisem/talkmath.htm}, \url{http://www.math.virginia.edu/~arm4r/nemeth/nemeth.htm} \item \url{http://www.livemath.com/} Theorist Interactive, LLC, of Cambridge, developers of the LiveMath >> and >MathEQ >> computer algebra software line, introduced this tool with the release >> of MathEQ 4.0 for Windows and Macintosh computers. >> >> MathSpeak is a set of special HTML tags that all html-speech-to-text screen > >> readers can access on a webpage, and correctly read the expression as >> spoken html-speech. Although webpage authors can manually create the such >> tags for their math expressions, the task can be >cumbersome. >> MathEQ will automatically create the correct MathSpeak tags when used >> to create either images or MathML-based math expressions for webpages. \item Lawrence A Chang, Handbook for spoken mathematics: (Larry's speakeasy), Lawrence Livermore Laboratory (1983) \item Parkin, A.J. and Aldrich, F.K. (1987), How can studying from tape be made easier? New Beacon, LXXI, 341, 847342. Tape Recording Manual (3rd Edition) (1979), The National Braille Association, Inc. (Copies available on request from: National Library Service for the Blind and Physically Handicapped, Library of Congress, Washington, DC 20542.) \item \url{http://www.mathspeak.org/} \item \url{http://www.w3.org/2000/08/nba-manual/Overview.html} \item Richard Fateman, How can we speak math?, \url {http://dlp.cs.berkeley.edu/~fateman/papers/speakmath.pdf} \item Dave Raggett and Davy Batsalle, Add Math to Web pages with HP EzMath v1.1, 25th Ocober 1998 \url{http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/EzMath/} \item T. V. Raman, Audio System for Technical Readings, \url{http://emacspeak.sourceforge.net/raman/publications/web-aster/root-thesis.html.html} (section 4.3) Demo: \url{http://emacspeak.sourceforge.net/raman/aster/aster-toplevel.html} \item DotsPlus megaDots That said, I have developed a computer program which translates math entered into Megadots into files in which the math symbols have been translated into words. These can be read by any browser. The advantage is that a computer is considerably more patient than a human. The MegaDots technology now belongs to Duxbury. I have a special arrangement to use MegaDots here at CHPI, so I can use the program here, but I can't release it. In addition, it works only with MegaDots files. \end{itemize} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \endinput %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{equation*} {\ifmmode\else\par \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation-star 3}>}\IgnorePar } {\end:TTT\ifmmode\else |\fi} >>> \<<< \def\AccentMath#1{\relax\ifmmode #1\else $#1$\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Constructs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{The equation Environment} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{LaTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \let\A:equation|=\a:equation \let\B:equation|=\b:equation \let\C:equation|=\c:equation \Configure{equation} {\A:equation|} {\B:equation}{\C:equation} >>> \<<< display="block" >>> \<<< display="inline" >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{MathML} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{?????} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://lists.w3.org/Archives/Public/www-math/]{}{}mailing list\EndLink \<<< \ifx \a:mathml\:UnDef \NewConfigure{mathml}{1} \Configure{mathml}{} \fi \defclass{class} >>> \<<< | | >>> \<\><<< \def\mml:prefix#1{% \Configure{mathop}{*}{}{}% {\Configure{mathop}{*}{}{}{}}} \def\mml:prefix#1{} \def\limit:csname{|%form="prefix" |%class="csname-limit"} \def\nolimit:csname{|%form="prefix" |%class="csname-nolimit"} >>> \<<< \def\:tempb#1{% \def\:tempc##11->##2///{\if :##2:% \pend:def#1{\mml:prefix \nolimit:csname}\fi}% \expandafter\:tempc\meaning#11->///% } \:tempb\arccos \:tempb\arcsin \:tempb\arctan \:tempb\arg \:tempb\cosh \:tempb\cos \:tempb\coth \:tempb\cot \:tempb\csc \:tempb\deg \:tempb\dim \:tempb\exp \:tempb\hom \:tempb\ker \:tempb\lg \:tempb\ln \:tempb\log \:tempb\sec \:tempb\sinh \:tempb\sin \:tempb\tanh \:tempb\tan | >>> \<<< \def\:tempb#1{% \def\:tempc##11->##2///{\if :##2:% \pend:def#1{\mml:prefix \limit:csname}\fi}% \expandafter\:tempc\meaning#11->///% } \:tempb\Pr \:tempb\det \:tempb\gcd \:tempb\inf \:tempb\lim \:tempb\max \:tempb\min \:tempb\sup >>> \<<< \def\:tempc{\mml:prefix\limit:csname \mathop{\operator@font lim inf}} \HLet\liminf\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mml:prefix\limit:csname \mathop{\operator@font lim sup}} \HLet\limsup\:tempc >>> \<<< \let\A:displaylines|=\a:displaylines \let\B:displaylines|=\b:displaylines \let\C:displaylines|=\c:displaylines \let\D:displaylines|=\d:displaylines \Configure{displaylines} {\ifmmode \def\A:displaylines{\HCode{}}% \def\B:displaylines{\HCode{}}% \def\C:displaylines{\HCode{}}% \def\D:displaylines{\HCode{}}% \fi \A:displaylines} {\B:displaylines} {\C:displaylines}{\D:displaylines} >>> \<<< \def\m:env#1{\HCode{}% \def\endm:env{\HCode {}}} >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< \Configure{htf}{0}{+}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{1}{+}{}% \Configure{htf}{3}{+}{}% \Configure{htf}{4}{+}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{6}{+}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{8}{+} {}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{10}{+} {}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{12}{+} {}{}{}{}{}{}{}% >>> \<<< \Configure{htf}{0}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{1}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{3}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{4}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{6}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{8}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{10}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{htf}{12}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}% >>> \<<< \def\mml:htfsym{\Configure {htf}{254}{+}{}} \def\ext:htfsym{\Configure{htf}{254}{+}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}} >>> \<<< \append:def\mml:htfsym{|} \append:def\ext:htfsym{|} >>> We reserve code 254 (and 255) for unknown symbols. \<<< | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< | | >>> \<<< \Configure{intertext} {\IgnorePar \ifinalign@ \HCode{\ifnum \HRow>0 \fi }% \else \ifingather@ \HCode{}% \fi\fi \AA:text{intertext}% } {\BB:text \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP\ifinalign@ \HCode{% \ifnum \HRow>0 \fi}% \else \ifingather@ \HCode{}% \fi\fi } >>> \<<< \Configure{maketag} {\ifmathml \ifmtext \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\no:maketag\fi \else \expandafter\no:maketag\fi \AA:text{maketag}\hbox\bgroup\:gobbleIII :@:} {\egroup\BB:text } \def\no:maketag#1:@:#2\b:maketag{\hbox{#2}} >>> \<<< \Configure{text}{\AA:text{text}}{\BB:text} >>> \<<< \def\:tempc{\DOTSI\protect\:idotsint} \HLet\idotsint|=\:tempc \def\:idotsint{% \mathop{\intop\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp\intop }\ilimits@ } >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< % amstex.sty | | | >>> \<<< % amstex.tex | | >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< \Configure{romannumeral} {\ifmathml\ifmtext\else \HCode{}\fi\fi} {\ifmathml\ifmtext\else \HCode{}\fi\fi} >>> \<<< \Configure{romannumeral} {\ifmtext\else \HCode{<\ifmathml mrow \else span \fi class="romannumeral">}\fi } {\ifmtext\else \HCode{}\fi } >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \ifx \mathml:on\:UnDef \Configure{accents} {\ifmmode \expandafter\mathord\fi {|% \ht:special{t4ht@[}\if!#1!x\else#2\fi\ht:special{t4ht@]}}} {\ifmmode \Tg\mathord{#3}\Tg% \else \HCode{}#3\HCode{}% \fi }% \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \ifx \mathml:on\:UnDef \Configure{accents} {\ifmmode \expandafter\mathord\fi {|% \ht:special{t4ht@[}\if!#1!x\else#2\fi\ht:special{t4ht@]}}} {\Tg\mathord{#3}\Tg% }% \fi \fi >>> The special replaces the `x' character. \<<< \Configure{PROLOG}{VERSION,DOCTYPE,*XML-STYLESHEET} \:CheckOption{no-DOCTYPE} \if:Option \Configure{PROLOG}{VERSION,*XML-STYLESHEET} \fi >>> % \Configure{VERSION} % {\HCode{\Hnewline}} \<<< \def\mathml:DOCTYPE{|} \def\:temp{xhtml} \ifx \:DTD\:temp | \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{DOCTYPE}{\HCode {% >\Hnewline }} >>> \<<< PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1 plus MathML 2.0//|"\Hnewline "http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2/dtd/xhtml-math11-f.dtd"\Hnewline [\Hnewline \Hnewline ]>>> \<<< PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1 plus MathML 2.0//|"\Hnewline "http://www.w3.org/Math/DTD/mathml2/xhtml-math11-f.dtd" >>> DTD to be used. \begin{description} \item [http://www.w3.org/TR/MathML2/dtd/xhtml-math11-f.dtd] Declares a FPI (Formal Public Identifier) ``-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1 plus MathML 2.0//EN'' for XHTML+MathML. The DTD is broken sine it contains a processing instruction \verb!! with a colon in the name. XML parsers don't allow it when namespaces are enabled. It carries revision id `xhtml-1,v 1.1 2000/10/31 19:52:09 davidc Exp'. \item[http://www.w3.org/Math/DTD/mathml2/xhtml-math11-f.dtd] Suggested by the MathML specification http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-MathML2-20031021/appendixa.html. However, the DTD incorporates also SVG. It shows revision id `xhtml-math11-f.dtd,v 1.16 2003/11/04 13:14:35 davidc Exp' \item [others] See SVG specifications \end{description} The DTD a "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1 plus MathML 2.0//EN" is claimed: \<<< \expandafter \ifx \csname a:dtd-lang\endcsname\relax EN\else \csname a:dtd-lang\endcsname \fi >>> \<<< xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" >>> \<<< \let\mml:TeX|=\TeX \def\TeX{\ifmathml \HCode{TeX}\else \mml:TeX\fi} >>> \subsection{TeX Engine} The \verb'\trap:base' is to catch empty bases of exponents like, e.g., in \verb'$a^{^b}$'. \<<< \newif\ifmathml \mathmlfalse \newif\ifmtext \mtextfalse | \NewConfigure{math}{1} \NewConfigure{@math}{1} \def\IgnoreRule{\ht:special{t4ht@\string_}} \def\EndIgnoreRule{\ht:special{t4ht@\string_\string_}} \Configure{$$} {\Configure{@math}{|}\IgnorePar |\EndP\DviMath} {\EndDviMath\ShowPar\par{\csname HCondtrue\endcsname\noindent}} {\DisplayMathtrue} \Configure{$} {\Configure{@math}{|}\DviMath} {\EndDviMath}{} \newif\ifDisplayMath \DisplayMathfalse >>> The \verb+\sqrt+ fanction produces a structure of the following form. \begin{verbatim} PUSH PUSH ......sqrt et al symbols, possibly with PUSH-POP...... POP PUSH W3: 655361 DOWN3: -1020474 PUT_RULE: height: 26213 length: 1091179 DOWN3: 1020474 PUSH .....body......... POP POP POP \end{verbatim} The following fails when the root symbol is made up from multiple characters. \begin{verbatim} \Configure{radical}{\Tg% \Send{EndGROUP}{2}{}% \Send{GROUP}{3}{}% \Send{EndGROUP}{3}% {\tg\tg}\special{t4ht@+}} \end{verbatim} \<<< \def\MathRow#1{% \Configure{\expandafter\:gobble\string#1*}{*}% {}{}% {\Configure{\expandafter\:gobble\string#1}{}{}{}{}}#1}% >>> The \verb'\MathRow' requests a \verb'...', instead of the contributions of \verb'\mathop', \verb'\mathrel',...., for the next parameter. \<<< \def\:MT{\ifmathml m\fi} \Configure{halignTB}{\HCode{<\:MT table }\halignTBL}{\HCode{>}} \Configure{halignTBL} {t}{\ifmathml \HCode{ align="top" }\fi} {b}{\ifmathml \HCode{ align="baseline" }\fi} {c}{\ifmathml \HCode{ align="axis" }\fi} {} \def\t:HA{\HCode{}} \def\R:HA{\HCode{<\:MT tr \Hnewline valign="baseline">}} \def\r:HA{\HCode{}} \def\D:HA{\HCode{<\:MT td \ifnum \HMultispan>1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}% \halignTD \HCode{\Hnewline>}} \def\d:HA{\HCode{}} >>> \subsection{latex.ltx} MathML: \begin{verbatim} Authors wishing to encode whitespace characters at the start or end of the content of a token, or in sequences other than a single space, without having them ignored, must use   or other `whitespace' non-marking entities as described in Section 6.2.4 [Non-Marking Characters]. \end{verbatim} \<<< \Configure{newline} {\ifmtext |\HCode{< mtext class="newline">}% |% \else \Tg\fi} >>> \<<< \Configure{newline} {|\HCode{}|} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{mathml[]}{2} \NewConfigure{mathml()}{2} >>> \<<< \Configure{mathml[]} {\edef\MathPar{\ifvmode par-\fi}\IgnorePar\endgraf\EndP \HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}|} \Css{div.math-display, div.par-math-display{text-align:center;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{[]} {\Configure{@math}{|}\csname a:mathml[]\endcsname \DviMath\Tg$$\DisplayMathtrue } {$$\Tg\EndDviMath\csname b:mathml[]\endcsname \if@rl\else\beginR\fi } >>> \<<< | \let\A:fbox=\a:fbox \let\B:fbox=\b:fbox \let\OLDf:box=\fbox \def\fbox{\relax\ifmmode \Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode\Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}\IgnoreRule \AA:text{fbox}}{\BB:text\EndIgnoreRule}\else \Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode \IgnoreRule\A:fbox}{\B:fbox\EndIgnoreRule}\fi \OLDf:box} \let\A:mbox|=\a:mbox \let\B:mbox|=\b:mbox \let\OLD:mbox|=\mbox \def\mbox{\relax\ifmmode \Configure{mbox}{\AA:text{mbox}}{\BB:text}\else \Configure{mbox}{\A:mbox}{\B:mbox}\fi\OLD:mbox} | >>> \begin{verbatim} \documentclass{article} \begin{document} $ \mbox{is right-continuous at } -r $ \end{document} I see the problematic space between is right-continuous at and -r but I don't understand it. The mathml code currently has there is right-continuous at r Replacing mrow with mstyle doesn't make a difference. Removing the mrow solves the problem of the extra space. I introduced the above changes to the mathml and mozilla-mathml configurations, respectively. \end{verbatim} \<<< | \Configure{text}{\AA:text{text}}{\BB:text} \Configure{format} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{
}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \Configure{frac} {\Tg\Tg} {\Tg\Configure{over}{}{}} {\Tg} {\Tg\Tg} >>> \<<< \ifx \mathdisplay@@pop\:UnDef \ifx \emdf@La\:UnDef | \else | \fi \else | \fi >>> % \Configure{quad}{{\ifmathml \ifmtext \o:quad:\else % \fi\else \o:quad: \fi}} % \<<< \ShowPar\par{\HCondtrue\noindent}% >>> % \Configure{math}{} \<<< \Configure{texttt} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="texttt" mathvariant="monospace" }\fi} {}% \Configure{textit} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textit" mathvariant="italic" }\fi} {}% \Configure{textrm} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textrm" mathvariant="normal" }\fi} {}% \Configure{textup} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textup" mathvariant="normal" }\fi} {}% \Configure{textsl} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textsl" mathvariant="italic" }\fi} {}% \Configure{textsf} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textsf" mathvariant="sans-serif" }\fi} {}% \Configure{textbf} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textbf" mathvariant="bold" }\fi} {}% \Configure{textsc} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textsc" mathvariant="normal" }\fi} {}% \Configure{emph} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="emph" mathvariant="italic" }\fi} {}% >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{fonts} \if:Option \Configure{texttt} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="texttt" mathvariant="monospace" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{textit} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{class="textit" mathvariant="italic" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{textrm} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{ class="textrm" mathvariant="normal" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{textup} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{ class="textup" mathvariant="normal" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{textsl} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{ class="textst" mathvariant="italic" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{textsf} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{ class="textsf" mathvariant="sans-serif" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{textbf} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{ class="textbf" mathvariant="bold" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{textsc} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{ class="textsc" mathvariant="normal" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{emph} {\ifmathml \Configure{@mtext}{ class="emph" mathvariant="italic" }% \else \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmathml\else \HCode{}\fi} \fi >>> The \verb+\bgroup...\egroup+ is to handle cases like \verb+\nathbf{a}^x+. \<<< \Configure{mathbb}{}{} \Configure{mathfrak}{}{} >>> Used to be \begin{verbatim} \Configure{mathrm}{\Tg\PauseMathClass}% {\EndPauseMathClass\Tg}% \Configure{mathbf}{\Tg\PauseMathClass}% {\EndPauseMathClass\Tg}% \end{verbatim} \<<< \Css{math .texttt { font-family: monospace; }} \Css{math .textit { font-style: italic; }} \Css{math .textsl { font-style: oblique; }} \Css{math .textsf { font-family: sans-serif; }} \Css{math .textbf { font-weight: bold; }} >>> \<<< \Configure{afterSUB}{'}{\def\SUB:prime{\SUB:SUP}} \Configure{'} {\let\:primes=\empty} {\relax \csname SUB:prime\endcsname\sp{% \global\let\SUB:prime=\:UnDef \def\:tempa{\prime\prime}\ifx \:tempa\:primes \mathop{\HCode{\string&\#x2033;}}\else \def\:tempa{\prime\prime\prime}\ifx \:tempa\:primes \mathop{\HCode{\string&\#x2034;}}\else \:primes \fi\fi}% } {\let\prime=\relax \xdef\:primes{\:primes\prime}} >>> LaTeX places the primes within superscript, and mathml seems to follow suit (maybe because of the use of latex fonts in mozilla). However, unicode maps already seem to assume raised representation for the primes. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{plain.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{eqalign} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\IgnorePar\HCode{}} {\HCode{\ifnum \HCol=3 \fi }} {\HCode{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Palin + LaTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The default \verb'\left' and \verb'\right' in their default definition with tex produce multi-part delimiters, from cmex, on large subformulas. Hence, the `'.' below is needed. \<<< \def\:temp#1{\a:left{#1}\o:left:.\b:left{#1}} \HLet\left|=\:temp \def\:temp#1{\a:right{#1}\o:right:.\b:right{#1}}\HLet\right|=\:temp \Configure{left} {} {\HCode{}\bgroup} \Configure{right} {\egroup\Send{GROUP}{0}{ close="|"\space}\egroup} {\HCode{}} \def\def:DEL#1{\def\:DEL{#1}} \def\check:DEL#1#2{\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \def\:DEL{#2}\fi} \NewConfigure{mfenced}[2]{\append:defI\def:DEL{\check:DEL{#1}{#2}}} >>> \<<< \def\:tempc#1{\a:middle\mathrel{\left:right#1\:EMPTY}\b:middle} \HLet\middle=\:tempc \NewConfigure{middle}{2} \Configure{middle} {\bgroup \Configure{mathrel}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathrel}{}{}{}{}}% } {\egroup} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{mfenced}[2]{\expandafter \def\csname \string#1:lr del\endcsname{#2}} | >>> \<<< \Configure{mfenced}{\lvert}{\string&\#x007C;} |%vertical line|% \Configure{mfenced}{\rvert}{\string&\#x007C;} |%double vertical line|% \Configure{mfenced}{\lVert}{\string&\#x2016;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rVert}{\string&\#x2016;} >>> \<<< \Configure{mfenced}{\lvert}{\string&\#x007C;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rvert}{\string&\#x007C;} \Configure{mfenced}{\lVert}{\string&\#x2016;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rVert}{\string&\#x2016;} >>> \<<< \Configure{mfenced}{\||}{\string&\#x2225;} \Configure{mfenced}{.}{} \Configure{mfenced}{\langle}{\string&\#x27E8;} |%lang|% \Configure{mfenced}{\rangle}{\string&\#x27E9;} |%rang|% \Configure{mfenced}{<}{\string&\#x003C;} |%lt|% \Configure{mfenced}{>}{\string&\#x003E;} |%gt|% \Configure{mfenced}{\lceil}{\string&\#x2308;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rceil}{\string&\#x2309;} \Configure{mfenced}{\lfloor}{\string&\#x230A;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rfloor}{\string&\#x230B;} \Configure{mfenced}{\Vert}{\string&\#x2016;} \Configure{mfenced}{\vert}{\string&\#x007C;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rgroup}{)} \Configure{mfenced}{\lgroup}{(} \Configure{mfenced}{\bracevert}{||} \Configure{mfenced}{\bracevert}{||} \Configure{mfenced}{\downarrow}{\string&\#x2193;} \Configure{mfenced}{\uparrow}{\string&\#x2191;} \Configure{mfenced}{\Uparrow}{\string&\#x21D1;} \Configure{mfenced}{\updownarrow}{\string&\#x2195;} \Configure{mfenced}{\Updownarrow}{\string&\#x21D5;} \Configure{mfenced}{\Downarrow}{\string&\#x21D3;} \Configure{mfenced}{\backslash}{\string&\#x2216;} \Configure{mfenced}{\rmoustache}{\string&\#x25DD;} \Configure{mfenced}{\lmoustache}{\string&\#x25DC;} \Configure{mfenced}{\Arrowvert}{\string&\#x2225;} \Configure{mfenced}{\arrowvert}{\string&\#x2223;} >>> % \def\:tempa{\{}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \let\:DEL\lbrc: \else % \def\:tempa{\}}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \let\:DEL\rbrc: \else % \def\:tempa{<}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \def\:DEL{\string<}\else % \def\:tempa{>}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \def\:DEL{\string>}% % \fi\fi\fi\fi } % \edef\lbrc:{\string{} \edef\rbrc:{\string}} % \HCode{\string#1;}% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Amsmath} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Css{mtd.align-odd{margin-left:2em; text-align:right;}} \Css{mtd.align-even{margin-right:2em; text-align:left;}} >>> Setting \verb+#1+ below within mrow is problematic in the sense that arrows don't stretch over multi-characters content \verb+#2+. A \verb+accent="true"+ move the arrow lower, but also distribute the characters further apart. \<<< \Tg% \Tg#2\Tg% #1% \Tg% >>> \<<< \Tg% \Tg{#2#3}\Tg% #1% \Tg% >>> % \Tg#1\Tg% % \Tg#1\Tg% \<<< \Configure{underarrow@} {\Tg\Tg} {\Tg\Tg} {\Tg\Tg} \Configure{overarrow@} {\Tg\Tg} {\Tg\Tg} {\Tg\Tg} \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\a:overarrow@ \hbox{$\m@th#2#3$}\b:overarrow@ \hbox{#1#2}\c:overarrow@ } \HLet\overarrow@\:tempc >>> \<<< \ifx \o:overrightarrow:\:UnDef\else \HRestore\overrightarrow \HRestore\overleftarrow \HRestore\overleftrightarrow \fi >>> \<<< \HRestore\overrightarrow \HRestore\overleftarrow \HRestore\overleftrightarrow >>> \<<< \HRestore\overrightarrow \HRestore\overleftarrow \HRestore\overleftrightarrow >>> % \HRestore\underrightarrow % \HRestore\underleftarrow % \HRestore\underleftrightarrow \<\><<< \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\rightarrow}} \HLet\overrightarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftarrow}} \HLet\overleftarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftrightarrow}} \HLet\overleftrightarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\rightarrow}} \HLet\underrightarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftarrow}} \HLet\underleftarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftrightarrow}} \HLet\underleftrightarrow=\:tempc >>> Replace with \Link[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U27F0.pdf]{}{}stretching arrows\EndLink{} once they work. It was \verb+\rightarrow+ (U-2192) before going to \verb+\HCode{&\#x20D7;}+. (... suggested to replace it with the diacritical one: \verb+⃗+. I t solves two problems. The arrow is lower and the spacing between a subscript and a vector is reduced.) \<\><<< \def\underarrow:#1#2#3{|} \def\overarrow:#1#2#3{|} \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\overarrow:\rightarrow}} \HLet\overrightarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\overarrow:\leftarrow}} \HLet\overleftarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\overarrow:\leftrightarrow}} \HLet\overleftrightarrow=\:tempc >>> \<\><<< \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\underarrow:\rightarrow}} \HLet\underrightarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\underarrow:\leftarrow}} \HLet\underleftarrow=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\mathpalette{\underarrow:\leftrightarrow}} \HLet\underleftrightarrow=\:tempc >>> \<<< | \renewcommand{\hdotsfor}[1]{% \ifx[#1\@xp\shdots@for\else\hdots@for\@ne{#1}\fi} \def\shdots@for#1]{\hdots@for{#1}} \def\hdots@for#1#2{\multicolumn{#2}c% {\m@th\dotsspace@1.5mu\mkern-#1\dotsspace@ \xleaders\hbox{$\m@th\mkern#1\dotsspace@.\mkern#1\dotsspace@$}% \hfill \mkern-#1\dotsspace@}% } \ConfigureEnv{eqxample}{}{}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{gather*}{}{}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{gathered}{}{}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{matrix}{}{}{}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{amsopn} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\varinjlim{{\underrightarrow\lim}} \def\varprojlim{{\underleftarrow\lim}} \def\varlimsup{{\overline\lim}} \def\varliminf{{\underline\lim}} \def\:tempc#1#2#3{\hbox{{\mtexttrue \HCode{}|\PauseMathClass \Configure{$}{\EndPauseMathClass\mtextfalse |\HCode{}} {|\HCode{}\mtexttrue\PauseMathClass}{#1} \let\f@size#2\selectfont #3}% \mtextfalse \EndPauseMathClass |\HCode {}}} \HLet\textdef@\:tempc >>> The original definitions for the following macros contain small spaces \verb+\,+ in the names, and the spaces imply improper mathml outcome of the form \verb+......+. \<<< \def\:tempc{\qopname\relax m{lim inf}} \HLet\liminf=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\qopname\relax m{lim sup}} \HLet\limsup=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\qopname\relax m{proj lim}} \HLet\projlim=\:tempc \def\:tempc{\qopname\relax m{inj lim}} \HLet\injlim=\:tempc >>> Why originally the accents are defined within a group? (knuth answer this in the texbook.) \<<< \let\A:oalign|=\a:oalign \let\B:oalign|=\b:oalign \Configure{oalign} {\ifmmode \Configure{$}{\Tg}{\Tg}{}% \let\halign|=\TeXhalign \Tg\else\A:oalign \fi} {\ifmmode \Tg\else\B:oalign\fi} >>> \<\><<< \Configure{qopname} {\Configure{mathop*}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathop}{}{}{}{}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Eqnarray} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Had `BASELINE' before `MIDDLE', but changed to conform with math in page 252-- in intro to theory book. \<<< \Configure{eqnarray} {\HCode{}}{\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\Tg \ifnum \HCol=4 \Tg|\PauseMathClass \mtexttrue \fi} {\ifnum \HCol=4 \mtextfalse \EndPauseMathClass|\Tg\fi \Tg} >>> \<<< \Configure{halignTD} {}{} {<}{\HCode{-left}} {-}{\HCode{-center}} {>}{\HCode{-right}} {p}{\HCode{-left}} {}% >>> \<<< \Configure{halignTD} {}{} {<}{\ifmathml \HCode{ columnalign="left"}\else \HCode{ align="left" style="white-space:nowrap;"}\fi} {-}{\ifmathml \HCode{ columnalign="center"}\else \HCode{ align="center" style="white-space:nowrap;"}\fi} {>}{\ifmathml \HCode{ columnalign="right"}\else \HCode{ align="right" style="white-space:nowrap;"}\fi} {^}{\ifmathml \HCode{ rowalign="top"}\else \HCode{ valign="top" style="white-space:nowrap;"}\fi} {=}{\ifmathml \HCode{ rowalign="baseline"}\else \HCode{ valign="baseline" style="white-space:nowrap;"}\fi} {||}{\ifmathml \HCode{ rowalign="center"}\else \HCode{ valign="middle" style="white-space:nowrap;"}\fi} {_}{\ifmathml \HCode{ rowalign="bottom"}\else \HCode{ valign="bottom" style="white-space:nowrap;"}\fi} {p}{\ifmathml \HCode{ columnalign="left"}\else \HCode{ align="left"}\fi} {} >>> \<<< \Configure{halignTD} {}{} {<}{\HCode{ columnalign="left"}} {-}{\HCode{ columnalign="center"}} {>}{\HCode{ columnalign="right"}} {^}{\HCode{ rowalign="top"}} {=}{\HCode{ rowalign="baseline"}} {||}{\HCode{ rowalign="center"}} {_}{\HCode{ rowalign="bottom"}} {p}{\HCode{ columnalign="left"}} {} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Big, BIG, ....} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The \verb'\special{t4ht@[}...\special{t4ht@]}' gobble the enclosed stuff. The external pair is provided as grouping mechanism for sub/super-scripts cases like \verb'\bigl(...\bigr)^x' within dvimath mode. The \verb'{\HCode{}}' is neded for creating content delimiters \verb'.' delimiters like in \verb'$\bigl. a_b \bigr)$'; without that mathml gets something wrong there. \begin{verbatim} > There are some minor problems wit \bigl | corresponding to #x2223 in > Mozilla encoding > but I eliminted it by using \left | which turned to be a right solution. The \big... macros decide the dimensions of the delimiters. As is the case with \sum, also here I don't know how to transport the dimensions to mozilla. The \left...\right macros ask latex/mozilla to determine the dimensions. \end{verbatim} \verb+\bigl{.}+ et al produce empty para,etr , hence the \verb+\:EMPTY+ is a ompensation for such cases. % \R=8.5; \R*1.4; \WriteVal\R % \R=11.5; \R*1.4; \WriteVal\R % \R=14.5; \R*1.4; \WriteVal\R % \R=17.5; \R*1.4; \WriteVal\R \<<< \def\:tempc#1{{\hbox{\a:big$\c:big \left#1\hbox{}\right.\n@space\d:big$\b:big}}} \HLet\big=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{{\hbox{\a:Big$\c:Big \left#1\hbox{}\right.\n@space\d:Big$\b:Big}}} \HLet\Big=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{{\hbox{\a:bigg$\c:bigg \left#1\hbox{}\right.\n@space\d:bigg$\b:bigg}}} \HLet\bigg=\:tempc \def\:tempc#1{{\hbox{\a:Bigg$\c:Bigg \left#1\hbox{}\right.\n@space\d:Bigg$\b:Bigg}}} \HLet\Bigg=\:tempc >>> \<<< \Configure{pmb} {\ifmmode \HCode{}\fi} {\ifmmode \HCode{}\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{stackrel} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\:temp#1#2{{\a:stackrel{#1}\b:stackrel {#2}\c:stackrel}} \HLet\stackrel|=\:temp \:CheckOption{stackrel-} \if:Option \Configure{stackrel} {\mathrel\bgroup \HCode{}\egroup} \def\put:arg{\HCode{{\the\tmp:toks}}} \else \Configure{stackrel} {\HCode{}\inv:i:iii} {\HCode{<\empty mrow\Hnewline>}|\mathop} {\HCode{}} \def\inv:i:iii#1#2#3{{#3}#2{#1}} \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{mathop*}{*} {} {} {\Configure{mathop}{}{}{}{}}% >>> \subsection{fontmath.ltx} Accent versus underscript: \verb=\underbrace{x+y+z}= versus \verb=\underbrace{\strut x+y+z}= \<\><<< \def\:temp#1{% \Configure{mathop*}{*}{} {}% {\Configure{mathop}{}{}{}{}}% \mathop{\hbox{$\displaystyle{#1}$}}\limits} \HLet\underbrace|=\:temp \def\:temp#1{% \Configure{mathop*}{*}{} {}% {\Configure{mathop}{}{}{}{}}% \mathop{\hbox{$\displaystyle{#1}$}}\limits} \HLet\overbrace|=\:temp >>> \<<< \def\:temp#1{% \Configure{mathop*}{*}{} {}% {\Configure{mathop}{}{}{}{}}% \mathop{\vtop{$\displaystyle{#1}$}}\limits} \HLet\underbrace|=\:temp >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Sized Operations} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ifx \ilimits@\o:nolimits: \let\ilimits@\nolimits \fi \ifx \ilimits@\o:nolimits: \let\slimits@\nolimits \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Underline and Overline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Choose} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{choose} {\Send{GROUP}{0}{\Hnewline }\HCode{}} {\HCode{\Hnewline} \Send{EndGROUP}{0}{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Footnotes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{footnote-mark} {\ifmathml \ifmtext \else \HCode{}\fi \else \HCode{}\fi } {\ifmathml \ifmtext \else \HCode{}\fi \else \HCode{}\fi } \Configure{thank-mark} {\HCode{<\ifmathml mrow \expandafterclass\else span class\fi ="thank-mark">}} {\HCode{}} >>> The following code segments handle the different listed cases, with possible exception of the last. \begin{verbatim} a\footnote{b c} $a\footnote{b c}$ $a\footnote{\hbox{b c}}$ $a\footnote{\mbox{b c}}$ $a\mbox{\footnote{b c}}$ \end{verbatim} We have the following hooks \begin{verbatim} \def\@footnotemark{...\a:@makefnmark\@makefnmark \b:@makefnmark...} \long\def\@footnotetext#1{...\a:footnote-text\a:@makefntext \@makefntext{\b:@makefntext \a:@makefnbody #1\b:@makefnbody }\c:@makefntext\b:footnote-text...} \end{verbatim} \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option \else \expandafter\let\csname A:footnote-text\expandafter\endcsname \csname a:footnote-text\endcsname \expandafter\let\csname B:footnote-text\expandafter\endcsname \csname b:footnote-text\endcsname \NewConfigure{footnote-text}[2]{% \expandafter\def\csname a:footnote-text\endcsname{% #1% \ifmathml \HCode{% \ifmtext \fi} \fi \ifmathml \fi }% \expandafter\def\csname b:footnote-text\endcsname{% \ifmathml \HCode{\ifmtext\fi }% \fi #2% }% } \Configure{footnote-text} {\csname A:footnote-text\endcsname} {\csname B:footnote-text\endcsname} \fi >>> \<<< \let\A:footnotetext=\a:footnotetext \let\B:footnotetext=\b:footnotetext \let\C:footnotetext=\c:footnotetext \NewConfigure{footnotetext}[3]{% \def\a:footnotetext{% \ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi #1% \ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi }% \def\b:footnotetext{% \ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi #2% \ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi }% \def\c:footnotetext{% \ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi #3% \ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi }% } \Configure{footnotetext} {\A:footnotetext} {\B:footnotetext} {\C:footnotetext} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotebody} {\tmp:toks=} {\ifmathml \ifmmode $\mbox{$\the\tmp:toks$}$ \else $\mbox{\the\tmp:toks}$\fi \else \the\tmp:toks\fi} >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option \pend:def\js:on{\ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi} \append:def\js:on{\ifmathml \ifmtext |\fi\fi} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Space Characters} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % {\mathchar"0403} % \square % {\mathchar"0404} % \blacksquare % {\mathchar"0406} % \lozenge % {\mathchar"0407} % \blacklozenge % {\mathchar"0438} % \backprime % {\mathchar"0446} % \bigstar % {\mathchar"0448} % \blacktriangledown % {\mathchar"044E} % \blacktriangle % {\mathchar"044F} % \triangledown % {\mathchar"045D} % \measuredangle % {\mathchar"045E} % \sphericalangle % {\mathchar"0473} % \circledS % {\mathchar"047B} % \complement % {\mathchar"051E} % \diagup % {\mathchar"051F} % \diagdown % {\mathchar"053F} % \varnothing % {\mathchar"0540} % \nexists % {\mathchar"0560} % \Finv % {\mathchar"0561} % \Game % {\mathchar"0567} % \eth % {\mathchar"0569} % \beth % {\mathchar"056A} % \gimel % {\mathchar"056B} % \daleth % {\mathchar"057A} % \digamma % {\mathchar"057B} % \varkappa % {\mathchar"057C} % \Bbbk % {\mathchar"057D} % \hslash \<<< \def\:tempa#1"#2#3///{\Configure{MathClass}{#2}} \def\:temp#1{\:tempa#1///{}{}{}{#1}} \:temp{\mathchar"2400} |% \boxdot |% \:temp{\mathchar"2401} |% \boxplus |% \:temp{\mathchar"2402} |% \boxtimes |% \:temp{\mathchar"2405} |% \centerdot |% \:temp{\mathchar"240C} |% \boxminus |% \:temp{\mathchar"2459} |% \veebar |% \:temp{\mathchar"245A} |% \barwedge |% \:temp{\mathchar"245B} |% \doublebarwedge |% \:temp{\mathchar"2464} |% \Cup |% \:temp{\mathchar"2465} |% \Cap |% \:temp{\mathchar"2466} |% \curlywedge |% \:temp{\mathchar"2467} |% \curlyvee |% \:temp{\mathchar"2468} |% \leftthreetimes |% \:temp{\mathchar"2469} |% \rightthreetimes |% \:temp{\mathchar"2475} |% \dotplus |% \:temp{\mathchar"247C} |% \intercal |% \:temp{\mathchar"247D} |% \circledcirc |% \:temp{\mathchar"247E} |% \circledast |% \:temp{\mathchar"247F} |% \circleddash |% \:temp{\mathchar"253E} |% \divideontimes |% \:temp{\mathchar"256C} |% \lessdot |% \:temp{\mathchar"256D} |% \gtrdot |% \:temp{\mathchar"256E} |% \ltimes |% \:temp{\mathchar"256F} |% \rtimes |% \:temp{\mathchar"2572} |% \smallsetminus |% \:temp{\mathchar"3408} |% \circlearrowright |% \:temp{\mathchar"3409} |% \circlearrowleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"340A} |% \rightleftharpoons |% \:temp{\mathchar"340B} |% \leftrightharpoons |% \:temp{\mathchar"340D} |% \Vdash |% \:temp{\mathchar"340E} |% \Vvdash |% \:temp{\mathchar"340F} |% \vDash |% \:temp{\mathchar"3410} |% \twoheadrightarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"3411} |% \twoheadleftarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"3412} |% \leftleftarrows |% \:temp{\mathchar"3413} |% \rightrightarrows |% \:temp{\mathchar"3414} |% \upuparrows |% \:temp{\mathchar"3415} |% \downdownarrows |% \:temp{\mathchar"3416} |% \upharpoonright |% \:temp{\mathchar"3417} |% \downharpoonright |% \:temp{\mathchar"3418} |% \upharpoonleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"3419} |% \downharpoonleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"341A} |% \rightarrowtail |% \:temp{\mathchar"341B} |% \leftarrowtail |% \:temp{\mathchar"341C} |% \leftrightarrows |% \:temp{\mathchar"341D} |% \rightleftarrows |% \:temp{\mathchar"341E} |% \Lsh |% \:temp{\mathchar"341F} |% \Rsh |% \:temp{\mathchar"3420} |% \rightsquigarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"3421} |% \leftrightsquigarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"3422} |% \looparrowleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"3423} |% \looparrowright |% \:temp{\mathchar"3424} |% \circeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3425} |% \succsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3426} |% \gtrsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3427} |% \gtrapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"3428} |% \multimap |% \:temp{\mathchar"3429} |% \therefore |% \:temp{\mathchar"342A} |% \because |% \:temp{\mathchar"342B} |% \doteqdot |% \:temp{\mathchar"342C} |% \triangleq |% \:temp{\mathchar"342D} |% \precsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"342E} |% \lesssim |% \:temp{\mathchar"342F} |% \lessapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"3430} |% \eqslantless |% \:temp{\mathchar"3431} |% \eqslantgtr |% \:temp{\mathchar"3432} |% \curlyeqprec |% \:temp{\mathchar"3433} |% \curlyeqsucc |% \:temp{\mathchar"3434} |% \preccurlyeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3435} |% \leqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3436} |% \leqslant |% \:temp{\mathchar"3437} |% \lessgtr |% \:temp{\mathchar"343A} |% \risingdotseq |% \:temp{\mathchar"343B} |% \fallingdotseq |% \:temp{\mathchar"343C} |% \succcurlyeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"343D} |% \geqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"343E} |% \geqslant |% \:temp{\mathchar"343F} |% \gtrless |% \:temp{\mathchar"3442} |% \vartriangleright |% \:temp{\mathchar"3443} |% \vartriangleleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"3444} |% \trianglerighteq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3445} |% \trianglelefteq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3447} |% \between |% \:temp{\mathchar"3449} |% \blacktriangleright |% \:temp{\mathchar"344A} |% \blacktriangleleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"344D} |% \vartriangle |% \:temp{\mathchar"3450} |% \eqcirc |% \:temp{\mathchar"3451} |% \lesseqgtr |% \:temp{\mathchar"3452} |% \gtreqless |% \:temp{\mathchar"3453} |% \lesseqqgtr |% \:temp{\mathchar"3454} |% \gtreqqless |% \:temp{\mathchar"3456} |% \Rrightarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"3457} |% \Lleftarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"345F} |% \varpropto |% \:temp{\mathchar"3460} |% \smallsmile |% \:temp{\mathchar"3461} |% \smallfrown |% \:temp{\mathchar"3462} |% \Subset |% \:temp{\mathchar"3463} |% \Supset |% \:temp{\mathchar"346A} |% \subseteqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"346B} |% \supseteqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"346C} |% \bumpeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"346D} |% \Bumpeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"346E} |% \lll |% \:temp{\mathchar"346F} |% \ggg |% \:temp{\mathchar"3474} |% \pitchfork |% \:temp{\mathchar"3476} |% \backsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3477} |% \backsimeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3500} |% \lvertneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3501} |% \gvertneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3502} |% \nleq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3503} |% \ngeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3504} |% \nless |% \:temp{\mathchar"3505} |% \ngtr |% \:temp{\mathchar"3506} |% \nprec |% \:temp{\mathchar"3507} |% \nsucc |% \:temp{\mathchar"3508} |% \lneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3509} |% \gneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"350A} |% \nleqslant |% \:temp{\mathchar"350B} |% \ngeqslant |% \:temp{\mathchar"350C} |% \lneq |% \:temp{\mathchar"350D} |% \gneq |% \:temp{\mathchar"350E} |% \npreceq |% \:temp{\mathchar"350F} |% \nsucceq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3510} |% \precnsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3511} |% \succnsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3512} |% \lnsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3513} |% \gnsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3514} |% \nleqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3515} |% \ngeqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3516} |% \precneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3517} |% \succneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3518} |% \precnapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"3519} |% \succnapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"351A} |% \lnapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"351B} |% \gnapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"351C} |% \nsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"351D} |% \ncong |% \:temp{\mathchar"3520} |% \varsubsetneq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3521} |% \varsupsetneq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3522} |% \nsubseteqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3523} |% \nsupseteqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3524} |% \subsetneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3525} |% \supsetneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3526} |% \varsubsetneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3527} |% \varsupsetneqq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3528} |% \subsetneq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3529} |% \supsetneq |% \:temp{\mathchar"352A} |% \nsubseteq |% \:temp{\mathchar"352B} |% \nsupseteq |% \:temp{\mathchar"352C} |% \nparallel |% \:temp{\mathchar"352D} |% \nmid |% \:temp{\mathchar"352E} |% \nshortmid |% \:temp{\mathchar"352F} |% \nshortparallel |% \:temp{\mathchar"3530} |% \nvdash |% \:temp{\mathchar"3531} |% \nVdash |% \:temp{\mathchar"3532} |% \nvDash |% \:temp{\mathchar"3533} |% \nVDash |% \:temp{\mathchar"3534} |% \ntrianglerighteq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3535} |% \ntrianglelefteq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3536} |% \ntriangleleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"3537} |% \ntriangleright |% \:temp{\mathchar"3538} |% \nleftarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"3539} |% \nrightarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"353A} |% \nLeftarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"353B} |% \nRightarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"353C} |% \nLeftrightarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"353D} |% \nleftrightarrow |% \:temp{\mathchar"3568} |% \eqsim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3570} |% \shortmid |% \:temp{\mathchar"3571} |% \shortparallel |% \:temp{\mathchar"3573} |% \thicksim |% \:temp{\mathchar"3574} |% \thickapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"3575} |% \approxeq |% \:temp{\mathchar"3576} |% \succapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"3577} |% \precapprox |% \:temp{\mathchar"3578} |% \curvearrowleft |% \:temp{\mathchar"3579} |% \curvearrowright |% \:temp{\mathchar"357F} |% \backepsilon |% >>>> \<<< \Configure{align} {\EndP\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Right-to-Left Babel} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \expandafter\ifx \csname o@everypar\endcsname\relax \else \expandafter\ifx \csname ht:everypar\endcsname\relax \let\ht:everypar\o@everypar \fi\fi >>> \<<< dir="\if@rl rtl\else ltr\fi" >>> \<<< \Configure{moreL} {\ifmathml |% \else \ifvmode \let\end:moreRL=\empty \else\HCode{}% \def\end:moreRL{\HCode{}}% \fi \fi } {\end:moreRL} \Configure{moreR} {\ifmathml |% \else \ifvmode \let\end:moreRL=\empty \else\HCode{}\def\end:moreRL{\HCode{}}\fi \fi } {\end:moreRL} \Css{.rtl {direction: rtl} .ltr {direction: ltr} } >>> \<<< \ifmtext \leavevmode\special{t4ht@+}x% \def\end:moreRL{\HCode{}}% \else \let\end:moreRL=\empty \fi >>> \<<< \ifmtext \leavevmode\special{t4ht@+}x% \def\end:moreRL{\HCode{}}% \else \let\end:moreRL=\empty \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{openmath} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{itemitem}{}{}{\par\leavevmode}{} >>> Used to have also a \verb'\special{t4ht@[}...\special{t4ht@]}', where the specials asked to igore the enclosed content. It is provided for getting `realistic' measurements in mathml applets. a candidadte for delition. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Shared} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< !*?: >>> \<<< cw:>>> \<<< \xdef\:cursec{|
}% >>> \<<< \expandafter\edef\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname{% \expandafter\ifx \csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname\relax\else \csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname \fi \catcode`\noexpand :|=\the\catcode`:% \let\expandafter\noexpand\csname :RestoreCatcodes\endcsname|= \noexpand\UnDefcS} \catcode`\:|=11 >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{fontmath} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \mathchar"3230 |%\prime|% \mathchar"3231 |%\infty|% \mathchar"323B |%\emptyset|% \mathchar"323C |%\Re|% \mathchar"323D |%\Im|% \mathchar"3240 |%\aleph|% >>> \<<< \mathchar"3234 |%\triangle|% \mathchar"3238 |%\forall|% \mathchar"3239 |%\exists|% \mathchar"323A |%\neg|% \mathchar"323E |%\top|% \mathchar"323F |%\bot|% \mathchar"3272 |%\nabla|% \mathchar"3278 |%\mathsection|% \mathchar"327B |%\mathparagraph|% \mathchar"327C |%\clubsuit|% \mathchar"327D |%\diamondsuit|% \mathchar"327E |%\heartsuit|% \mathchar"327F |%\spadesuit|% >>> \subsection{1: Large Operators} \begin{verbatim} \mathchardef\coprod="1360 \mathchardef\bigvee="1357 \mathchardef\bigwedge="1356 \mathchardef\biguplus="1355 \mathchardef\bigcap="1354 \mathchardef\bigcup="1353 \mathchardef\intop="1352 \def\int{\intop\nolimits} \mathchardef\prod="1351 \mathchardef\sum="1350 \mathchardef\bigotimes="134E \mathchardef\bigoplus="134C \mathchardef\bigodot="134A \mathchardef\ointop="1348 \def\oint{\ointop\nolimits} \mathchardef\bigsqcup="1346 \mathchardef\smallint="1273 \end{verbatim} \<<< \Configure{MathClass}{1}{}{}{}{ \mathchar"1360 \mathchar"1357 \mathchar"1356 \mathchar"1355 \mathchar"1354 \mathchar"1353 \mathchar"1352 \mathchar"1351 \mathchar"1350 \mathchar"134E \mathchar"134C \mathchar"134A \mathchar"1348 \mathchar"1346 \mathchar"1273 |% } >>> % \mathchar"230 |%math prime|% A prime is typically placed on letters and digits. \subsection{2: Binary Operations} \begin{verbatim} \mathchardef\triangleleft="212F \mathchardef\triangleright="212E \mathchardef\bigtriangleup="2234 \mathchardef\bigtriangledown="2235 \mathchardef\wedge="225E \let\land=\wedge \mathchardef\vee="225F \let\lor=\vee \mathchardef\cap="225C \mathchardef\cup="225B \mathchardef\ddagger="227A \mathchardef\dagger="2279 \mathchardef\sqcap="2275 \mathchardef\sqcup="2274 \mathchardef\uplus="225D \mathchardef\amalg="2271 \mathchardef\diamond="2205 \mathchardef\bullet="220F \mathchardef\wr="226F \mathchardef\div="2204 \mathchardef\odot="220C \mathchardef\oslash="220B \mathchardef\otimes="220A \mathchardef\ominus="2209 \mathchardef\oplus="2208 \mathchardef\mp="2207 \mathchardef\pm="2206 \mathchardef\circ="220E \mathchardef\bigcirc="220D \mathchardef\setminus="226E % for set difference A\setminus B \mathchardef\cdot="2201 \mathchardef\ast="2203 \mathchardef\times="2202 \mathchardef\star="213F \mathcode`\*="2203 % \ast \mathcode`\+="202B \mathcode`\-="2200 \end{verbatim} \<<< \Configure{MathClass}{2}{}{}{}{ *-+/ \mathchar"212F \mathchar"212E \mathchar"2234 \mathchar"2235 \mathchar"225E \mathchar"225F \mathchar"225C \mathchar"225B \mathchar"227A \mathchar"2279 \mathchar"2275 \mathchar"2274 \mathchar"225D \mathchar"2271 \mathchar"2205 \mathchar"220F \mathchar"226F \mathchar"2204 \mathchar"220C \mathchar"220B \mathchar"220A \mathchar"2209 \mathchar"2208 \mathchar"2207 \mathchar"2206 \mathchar"220E \mathchar"220D \mathchar"226E \mathchar"2201 \mathchar"2203 \mathchar"2202 \mathchar"213F } >>> \subsection{3: Relational Operations} The catcode is needed because 303A is \verb':'. \<<< \Configure{MathClass}{3}{}{}{}{ \mathchar"3128 \mathchar"3129 \mathchar"312A \mathchar"312B \mathchar"315E \mathchar"315F \mathchar"3210 \mathchar"3211 \mathchar"3212 \mathchar"3213 \mathchar"3214 \mathchar"3215 \mathchar"3216 \mathchar"3217 \mathchar"3218 \mathchar"3219 \mathchar"321A \mathchar"321B \mathchar"321C \mathchar"321D \mathchar"321E \mathchar"321F \mathchar"3220 \mathchar"3221 \mathchar"3224 \mathchar"3227 \mathchar"3232 \mathchar"3233 \mathchar"3236 \mathchar"3237 \mathchar"323F :=>< \mathchar"322F \mathchar"3276 \mathchar"3277 \mathchar"326B \mathchar"326A \mathchar"3261 \mathchar"3260 \mathchar"3225 \mathchar"3226 \mathchar"322D \mathchar"322E \mathchar"322C \mathchar"3228 \mathchar"3229 } >>> % \mathchar"327C |%clubsuit|% % \mathchar"327D |%diamondsuit|% % \mathchar"327E |%heartsuit|% % \mathchar"327F |%spadesuit|% % \mathchar"340A % rightleftharpoons % \mathchar"340B % leftrightharpoons % \begin{verbatim} \mathcode`\>="313E \mathcode`\<="313C \mathcode`\=="303D \mathcode`\:="303A \mathchardef\leq="3214 \let\le=\leq \mathchardef\geq="3215 \let\ge=\geq \mathchardef\succ="321F \mathchardef\prec="321E \mathchardef\approx="3219 \mathchardef\succeq="3217 \mathchardef\preceq="3216 \mathchardef\supset="321B \mathchardef\set="321A \mathchardef\supseteq="3213 \mathchardef\seteq="3212 \mathchardef\in="3232 \mathchardef\ni="3233 \let\owns=\ni \mathchardef\gg="321D \mathchardef\ll="321C \mathchardef\not="3236 \mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3224 \mathchardef\leftarrow="3220 \let\gets=\leftarrow \mathchardef\rightarrow="3221 \let\to=\rightarrow \mathchardef\mapstochar="3237 \def\mapsto{\mapstochar\rightarrow} \mathchardef\sim="3218 \mathchardef\simeq="3227 \mathchardef\perp="323F \mathchardef\equiv="3211 \mathchardef\asymp="3210 \mathchardef\smile="315E \mathchardef\frown="315F \mathchardef\leftharpoonup="3128 \mathchardef\leftharpoondown="3129 \mathchardef\rightharpoonup="312A \mathchardef\rightharpoondown="312B \mathchardef\propto="322F \mathchardef\sqsubseteq="3276 \mathchardef\sqsupseteq="3277 \mathchardef\parallel="326B \mathchardef\mid="326A \mathchardef\dashv="3261 \mathchardef\vdash="3260 \mathchardef\nearrow="3225 \mathchardef\searrow="3226 \mathchardef\nwarrow="322D \mathchardef\swarrow="322E \mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="322C \mathchardef\Leftarrow="3228 \mathchardef\Rightarrow="3229 \end{verbatim} \subsection{4/5: Delimiters} \begin{verbatim} \mathcode`\(="4028 \mathcode`\)="5029 \mathcode`\[="405B \mathcode`\]="505D \mathcode`\{="4266 \mathcode`\}="5267 \delcode`\(="028300 \delcode`\)="029301 \delcode`\[="05B302 \delcode`\]="05D303 \def\lmoustache{\delimiter"437A340 } % top from (, bottom from ) \def\rmoustache{\delimiter"537B341 } % top from ), bottom from ( \def\lgroup{\delimiter"462833A } % extensible ( with sharper tips \def\rgroup{\delimiter"562933B } % extensible ) with sharper tips \def\backslash{\delimiter"26E30F } % for double coset G\backslash H \def\rangle{\delimiter"526930B } \def\langle{\delimiter"426830A } \def\rbrace{\delimiter"5267309 } \let\}=\rbrace \def\lbrace{\delimiter"4266308 } \let\{=\lbrace \def\rceil{\delimiter"5265307 } \def\lceil{\delimiter"4264306 } \def\rfloor{\delimiter"5263305 } \def\lfloor{\delimiter"4262304 } \def\arrowvert{\delimiter"26A33C } % arrow without arrowheads \def\Arrowvert{\delimiter"26B33D } % double arrow without arrowheads \def\bracevert{\delimiter"77C33E } % the vertical bar that extends braces \def\Vert{\delimiter"26B30D } \let\|=\Vert How should these be treated? \def\vert{\delimiter"26A30C } " " " " " \def\uparrow{\delimiter"3222378 } \def\downarrow{\delimiter"3223379 } \def\updownarrow{\delimiter"326C33F } \def\Uparrow{\delimiter"322A37E } \def\Downarrow{\delimiter"322B37F } \def\Updownarrow{\delimiter"326D377 } \end{verbatim} The comamnds \verb'\Configure{MathClass}{4}...' and \verb'\Configure{MathClass}{5}...' are for unmatched delimiters, and the comamnd \verb'\Configure{MathDelimiters}{(}{)}' is for matched ones. \<<< \Configure{MathClass}{4}{}{}{}{} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{(}{)} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{[}{]} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4262}{\mathchar"5263} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4264}{\mathchar"5265} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4266}{\mathchar"5267} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4268}{\mathchar"5269} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4300}{\mathchar"5301} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4302}{\mathchar"5303} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4304}{\mathchar"5305} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4306}{\mathchar"5307} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4308}{\mathchar"5309} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"430A}{\mathchar"530B} >>> \begin{verbatim} \mathcode`\?="503F \end{verbatim} \subsection{6: Punctuation Marks} \begin{verbatim} \mathcode`\;="603B \mathcode`\,="613B \end{verbatim} \<<< \Configure{MathClass}{6}{}{}{}{ \mathchar"613A % ldot \mathchar"6201 % cdot \mathchar"603A % colon ?; , } >>> \subsection{Questions} \begin{verbatim} \delcode`\<="26830A \delcode`\>="26930B \delcode`\|="26A30C \delcode`\\="26E30F % N.B. { and } should NOT get delcodes; otherwise parameter grouping fails! \def\mathhexbox#1#2#3{\leavevmode \hbox{$\m@th \mathchar"#1#2#3$}} \def\dag{\mathhexbox279} \def\ddag{\mathhexbox27A} \def\S{\mathhexbox278} \def\P{\mathhexbox27B} \end{verbatim} \subsection{Type 4: Math Open} latex.ltx, fontmath.ltx, plain.tex %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Packages} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Small Ones} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsubsection{Bm} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{bm} {\ifmmode \ifmtext \else \Tg% \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\:gobble \fi\fi} {\ifmmode \ifmtext \else \Tg\fi\fi} >>> The bm commands produces bold printing by overprinting the characters with small shifting. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Notes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{To Do} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \begin{itemize} \item Filter output through SAX/DOM/SAX to allow, e.g., dealing globaly with empty elements to accomodate w3 browser. That is, xtpipes fed into xtpipes. \item Fix mathml config for \begin{itemize} \item \verb+$\mathop{\overline{x}} \limits_{a=3}^{b=4}$+ \item Parametric commands as Superscripts or Subscripts: \verb+$E^\frac{1}{2}$+ (instead of \verb+$E^{\frac{1}{2}}$+). \item \begin{verbatim} \def\varinjlim{\mathop{\underrightarrow\lim}\displaylimits} \def\varprojlim{\mathop{\underleftarrow\lim}\displaylimits} $$\varprojlim_{p}$$ \end{verbatim} \end{itemize} \item Numbering is not right justified: \begin{verbatim} \documentclass{amsart} \begin{document} \begin{eqnarray} A &=& B + C \end{eqnarray} \begin{align} A &= B + C \qquad & N &= G + F \end{align} \begin{alignat}{2} A &= B + C \qquad \qquad & N & = G + F \end{alignat} \begin{gather} A = B + C \tag{my equation} \\ B = \text{variable unknown} \notag \\ Y = \max X + \log 10 \end{gather} \end{document} \end{verbatim} \item \begin{verbatim} \begin{align} e &= a + b \\ \intertext{this should be located on the left browser hand margin} a &= u \end{align} \end{verbatim} \end{itemize} \endinput %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{The Calling Tree for 4ht Files} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \if:latex | \else | \fi >>> \<0,32,4 plain\><<< | | >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< | | >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Front part} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{HTML} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ifx \a:HTML\:UnDef \Configure{HTML} {\IgnorePar\HCode{\Hnewline}>\Hnewline}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{\Hnewline}} \fi \ifx \a:HEAD\:UnDef \Configure{HEAD} {\IgnorePar\NoFonts\HCode {}} {\HCode{}\EndNoFonts} \fi \ifx \a:BODY\:UnDef \:CheckOption{frames} \if:Option | \else \Log:Note{for content and toc in 2 frames, use the command line option `frames'} \Log:Note{for content, toc, and footnotes in 3 frames, use the command line option `frames-fn'} | \fi\fi \ifx \a:TITLE\:UnDef \Configure{TITLE}{\Protect\IgnorePar \HCode{}}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} \fi \ifx \a:@HEAD\relax \let\a:@HEAD=\empty\fi \ifx \a:@HEAD\empty | \:CheckOption{css-in} \if:Option \Log:Note{the inline CSS code is extracted from the input of the previous compilation, so an extra compilation might be needed} \Configure{@HEAD}{|} \else \Log:Note{for inline CSS code, use the command line option `css-in'} \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} \fi | \fi \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option | \else \Log:Note{for pop ups on mouse over, use the command line option `mouseover'} \fi >>> \<<< \openin15=\jobname .css \ifeof15 \else \:warning{Missing file: \jobname .css }% \bgroup \catcode`\{=12 \catcode`\}=12 \catcode`\%=12 \catcode`\#=12 \HCode{\Hnewline\Hnewline}% \egroup \fi \closein15 >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{uni-emacspeak} \if:Option \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} \else \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} \fi >>> \verb'\a:charset' can come from a private configuration file, and from a poackage option. It takes precedence over \verb'\A:charset'. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{XML Version} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | \Configure{VERSION} {\HCode{ ?>\Hnewline}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{DOCTYPE} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ifx \a:DOCTYPE\relax \:CheckOption{frames} \if:Option | \else | | \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{xhtml} \if:Option \NewConfigure{@DOCTYPE}[1]{\def\:temp{#1}% \ifx \:temp\empty \let\a:@DOCTYPE|=\empty \else \ifx \a:@DOCTYPE\relax \let\a:@DOCTYPE|=\empty\fi \pend:def\a:@DOCTYPE{#1}\fi} \let\a:@DOCTYPE|=\relax \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{PROLOG}{VERSION,DOCTYPE,*XML-STYLESHEET} \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option | \fi \:CheckOption{no-DOCTYPE} \if:Option \Configure{PROLOG}{VERSION,*XML-STYLESHEET} \else \Log:Note{to remove the DOCTYPE declaration use the command line option `no-DOCTYPE'} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{xhtml} \if:Option |% \def\:DTD{xhtml} \else |% \fi >>> Don't place the full address \''http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd' within DOCTYPE. It can stop tools like xt when the serves doen't respond \<<< |% \Configure{DOCTYPE} {\HCode{ \Hnewline \Hnewline}} \def\xhtml:DOCTYPE{PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//|"\Hnewline \space\space "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"} >>> \<<< \expandafter \ifx \csname a:dtd-lang\endcsname\relax EN\else \csname a:dtd-lang\endcsname \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{@DOCTYPE} {\Hnewline\%xhtml.dtd; \Hnewline} >>> \<<< \Configure{DOCTYPE}{\IgnorePar\HCode {" \Hnewline\space\space "http://www.w3.org/TR/emacspeak/loose.dtd"> \Hnewline}} >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{xhtml} \if:Option \Configure{DOCTYPE} {\HCode{" \Hnewline "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-frameset.dtd">\Hnewline}} \else \Configure{DOCTYPE} {\HCode{" \Hnewline "http://www.w3.org/TR/emacspeak/frameset.dtd">\Hnewline}} \fi >>> Xerces reqires the following encoding. \<<< \def\:encoding#1={} >>> \<<< encoding="\expandafter\ifx \csname a:charset\endcsname\relax \expandafter\:encoding\A:charset \else \expandafter\:encoding\a:charset\fi" >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{BODY} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option \Configure{BODY} {\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{}|\ShowPar\par} {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{\Hnewline }\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}% \else \Configure{BODY} {\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{}\ShowPar\par } {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{\Hnewline }\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}% \fi >>> \<<< \def\Frame:Name{menu} |% \Configure{BODY} {% \a:frames \NoFrames \PushStack\BODY:stack{} |% |% \HPage[tex4ht-p1]{table of contents}% \Link{}{|}\EndLink \bgroup \Configure{Link}{a}{target="|" href=}{ name=}{} \b:frames \egroup \def\Frame:Name{main} \EndHPage{tex4ht-p1} \Tg
\HPage[tex4ht-p2]{text}\Link{}{|}\EndLink } {\EndHPage{tex4ht-p2}} \NewConfigure{frames}{2} \Css{body\#| {white-space: nowrap; }} >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option \Configure{BODY} {\PushStack\BODY:stack{x}% \:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{}|\ShowPar\par \let\Frame:Name=\empty} {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\PopStack\BODY:stack\:temp \ifx \:temp\empty \EndFrames \else \HCode{\Hnewline }\fi \:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}% \else \Configure{BODY} {\PushStack\BODY:stack{x}% \:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{}\ShowPar\par \let\Frame:Name\empty} {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\PopStack\BODY:stack\:temp \ifx \:temp\empty \EndFrames \else \HCode{\Hnewline }\fi \:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}% \fi >>> \<<< tex4ht-main>>> \<<< tex4ht-fn>>> \<<< tex4ht-menu>>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Meta} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{xht} \if:Option \:CheckOption{xhtml}\if:Option \else \:CheckOption{xml}\fi \fi \if:Option | \else |\fi \def\:gobbleM#1->{} | \immediate\write-1{TeX4ht package options: \expandafter\:gobbleM\meaning\Preamble} \Configure{@HEAD} {\HCode{\Hnewline}} \:CheckOption{timestamp}\if:Option \Configure{@HEAD} {\HCode{\Hnewline}} \else \Log:Note{To print a timestamp, use the command line option timestamp} \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} \Configure{html}{xht} >>> \<<< \Log:Note{for file extension name xht, use the command line option `xht'}% \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} >>> \verb'\Hnewline' is needed at end of file to avoid loosing the last line under some applications. Tex4ht pages published through FrontPage loose the generator metas, but not the originator-metas. \<<< \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline}} \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{\Hnewline \Hnewline}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Frames} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< tex4ht-toc>>> \<<< tex4ht-body>>> \<4 latex\><<< \:CheckOption{frames} \if:Option \:CheckOption{frames-fn} \if:Option \Configure{frames} {\HorFrames[rows="*"]{*,3*} \VerFrames[cols="*"]{3*,*} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="0" ]{|} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="0" ]{} \EndFrames \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="0" ]{|}} {\let\contentsname=\empty \tableofcontents} \else \Configure{frames} {\HorFrames[rows="*"]{*,3*} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="0" ]{|} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="0" ]{|}} {\let\contentsname=\empty \tableofcontents} \fi \fi >>> % frameborder="no" % border="0" % framespacing="0" \<<< \:CheckOption{frames-fn} \if:Option \edef\Preamble{\Preamble,frames} \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{frames} {\VerFrames[ cols="*"]{4*,*} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="1" ]{|} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="1" ]{|}} {\beamer:bookmarks \tableofcontents} >>> \<<< \Configure{frames} {\HorFrames[ rows="*"]{*,3*} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="1" ]{|} \Frame[ name="|" frameborder="1" ]{|}} {\beamer:bookmarks \tableofcontents} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Structures} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Sectioning} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Sub Sections} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | \Configure{subsection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{

}% \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{

}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar} \Configure{likesubsection}{}{}{\EndP\bgroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{

}\HtmlParOff } {\HCode{

}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar} \Configure{likesubsectionTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsection} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{}\@seccntformat{section}% \thesubsection\HCode{}\fi} \Configure{subsection}{}{} {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{

}% \TitleMark{. \space}} {\HCode{

}\IgnoreIndent\egroup} >>> \
<<<
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble \else
    \csname thetitlesubsection\endcsname\fi}
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
   {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{

}% \TitleMark\space} {\HCode{

}\IgnoreIndent\egroup\par} \Configure{likesubsection}{}{} {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{

}} {\HCode{

}\IgnoreIndent\egroup\par} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsection} {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{}\mw@seccntformat \HeadingNumber \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{subsection}{}{} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{

}% \TitleMark \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{

}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par} \Configure{subsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsection \space#1} >>> \<<< \Configure{likesubsection}{}{}{\EndP\bgroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{

}\HtmlParOff } {\HCode{

}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par} \Configure{likesubsectionTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsection} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{}% \@ifundefined{subsectionname}{}{% \ignorespaces\subsectionname\space}% \@seccntformat{subsection}% \HCode{}\fi } | >>> \<<< \Configure{subsection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{

}% \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{

}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par} >>> \<<< \Configure{subsection}{}{} {\ShowPar\noindent \HCode{}\begingroup\bf \TitleMark\space} {.\endgroup\HCode{}\IgnorePar\par} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsection} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{}\thesubsection \HCode{}\fi } | \Configure{subsection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{

}% \TitleMark.~~\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{

}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par} \Configure{likesubsection}{}{}{\EndP\bgroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{

}\HtmlParOff } {\HCode{

}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par} \Configure{likesubsectionTITLE+}{#1} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Sub Sub Sections} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsubsection} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{}% \@ifundefined{subsubsectionname}{}{% \ignorespaces\subsubsectionname\space}% \@seccntformat{subsubsection}% \HCode{}\fi} | >>> \<<< \Configure{subsubsection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{
}% \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{
}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar} >>> \<<< \Configure{subsubsection}{}{} {\ShowPar\noindent \HCode{}\begingroup\it \TitleMark\space} {.\endgroup\HCode{}\IgnorePar} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsubsection} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{}\@seccntformat{subsubsection}% \HCode{}\fi} | \Configure{subsubsection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{
}% \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{
}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar} \Configure{likesubsubsection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup\IgnorePar \HCode{
}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{
}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{subsubsection} {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{}\mw@seccntformat \HeadingNumber \HCode{}\fi} \Configure{subsubsection}{}{} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{
}% \TitleMark \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{
}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent\egroup \par\ShowPar} \Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsubsection \space#1} >>> \<<< \Configure{likesubsubsection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup\IgnorePar \HCode{
}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{
}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup \par\ShowPar} >>> \
<<<
\ConfigureMark{subsubsection}
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \expandafter\:gobble \else
    \csname thetitlesubsubsection\endcsname\fi}
\Configure{subsubsection}{}{}
   {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{
}% \TitleMark\space} {\HCode{
}\IgnoreIndent\egroup \par\ShowPar} \Configure{likesubsubsection}{}{} {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{
}% \TitleMark\space} {\HCode{
}\IgnoreIndent\egroup \par\ShowPar} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Sectioning Pagination} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{article,report,book} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | |%should appear before TocAt|% | >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{7} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \else | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \fi \else\:CheckOption{6} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | | | | | | | \else | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | \fi \else \:CheckOption{5} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | | | | \else | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | | | | | | | \fi \else\:CheckOption{4} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | \else | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | | | | \fi \else\:CheckOption{3} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | \else | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | | | | \fi \else\:CheckOption{2} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | \else | |%cut toc before cutat|% | | | | \fi \else\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option | |%cut toc before cutat|% | \else \Log:Note{for automatic sectioning pagination, use the command line option `1', `2', `3', '4', '5', '6', or '7'}% \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi >>> % \<<< \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} >>> \<<< \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part} >>> \<<< \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} >>> \<<< \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{AMS} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{File Naming} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{sec-filename} \if:Option \else \Log:Note{for files named after section titles, use the command line option `sec-filename'}% \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{7} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{6}\fi \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{5}\fi \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{4}\fi \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{3}\fi \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{2}\fi \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{1}\fi \if:Option \:CheckOption{sec-filename} \if:Option |
\else \Log:Note{For section filenames that reflect on their titles use the command line option `sec-filename'} \fi \fi >>> \
<<< \Configure{CutAt-filename}{% \ifx \:NxtNwFN\:Undef \tmp:toks={#2}% \immediate\openout15=\jobname .tmp \immediate\write15{\string\next{\the\tmp:toks}}% \immediate\closeout15 \bgroup \def\next{\xdef\:temp}% \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{32}{47}{9}% \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{58}{64}{9}% \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{91}{91}{9}% \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{93}{96}{9}% \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{126}{126}{9}% \input \jobname .tmp \egroup \tmp:cnt=0 \uniq:fn \fi } \def\uniq:fn{% \expandafter\ifx \csname ct:fn\:temp \ifnum \tmp:cnt>0 \the\tmp:cnt\fi\endcsname\relax \expandafter\global\expandafter\let \csname ct:fn\:temp \ifnum\tmp:cnt>0 \the\tmp:cnt\fi \endcsname=\def \ifx \:temp\empty \else \NextFile{\:temp \ifnum \tmp:cnt>0 \the\tmp:cnt\fi .\:html}% \fi \else \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \expandafter\uniq:fn \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Tables of Contents: Choice of Entries} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,section,subsection} \fi \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,section} \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,section,likesection,% subsection,likesubsection} \fi | \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,section,likesection} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,appendix,section} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,appendix,% section,likesection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*} {part,chapter,appendix} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*} {part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,appendix} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,appendix,% section,likesection} \TocAt*{likepart,/part,chapter,likechapter,appendix,% section,likesection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \TocAt*{likepart,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,% appendix,section\expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax ,subsection\fi} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,% appendix,section,likesection\expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax ,subsection,likesubsection\fi} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% section,subsection} \TocAt*{likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,% section,subsection} \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/part,% section,subsection} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \TocAt*{likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,appendix,section% \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax ,subsection\fi} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,% appendix,section,likesection% \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax ,subsection,likesubsection\fi} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subsection,subsubsection} \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subsection,subsubsection} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection} \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,% appendix,section,subsection} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,% appendix,section,likesection,likesubsection,subsection} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,% /chapter,/likechapter,% /appendix,/part,% subsubsection,paragraph} \TocAt*{likesubsection,/subsection,/likesection,% /section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subsubsection,paragraph} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,% /chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% paragraph} \TocAt*{likesubsection,/subsection,% /likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% paragraph} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,% appendix,section,subsection,subsubsection} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,% appendix,section,likesection,% likesubsection,subsection,likesubsubsection,subsubsection} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,/subsection,% /likesubsection,/section,/likesection,% /chapter,/likechapter,% /appendix,/part,% paragraph,subparagraph} \TocAt*{likesubsubsection,/subsubsection,/likesubsection,% /subsection,/likesection,% /section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% paragraph,subparagraph} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,% /subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,% /chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% paragraph,subparagraph} \TocAt*{likesubsubsection,/subsubsection,/likesubsection,/subsection,% /likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% paragraph,subparagraph} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,% appendix,section,subsection,subsubsection,paragraph} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,% appendix,section,likesection,% likesubsection,subsection,likesubsubsection,subsubsection,% paragraph} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{paragraph,/subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,/subsection,% /likesubsection,/section,/likesection,% /chapter,/likechapter,% /appendix,/part,% subparagraph} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{paragraph,/subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,% /subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,% /chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,% subparagraph} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,% appendix,section,subsection,subsubsection,% paragraph,subparagraph} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,% appendix,section,likesection,% likesubsection,subsection,likesubsubsection,subsubsection,% paragraph,subparagraph} \fi >>> \<<< \CutAt{subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} >>> \<<< \CutAt{paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,% section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} >>> \<<< \CutAt{subparagraph,paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,% section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,addchap,appendix,section} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,% section,likesection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \Configure{tableofcontents*} {part,chapter,addchap,appendix} \else | \Configure{tableofcontents*} {part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix} \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,addchap,appendix,section} \TocAt*{likepart,/part,chapter,addchap,appendix,section} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,% section,likesection} \TocAt*{likepart,/part,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,% section,likesection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/part,% section,subsection} \TocAt*{likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/chapter,/part,% section,subsection} \TocAt*{addchap,/likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,% section,subsection} \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/part,% section,subsection} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \TocAt*{likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/chapter,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \TocAt*{addchap,/likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/part,% section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,% /addchap,/appendix,/part,% subsection,subsubsection} \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,% /addchap,/appendix,/part,% subsection,subsubsection} \fi \else \:CheckOption{nominitoc} \if:Option \else | \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,% /addchap,/appendix,/part,% subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection} \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,% /addchap,/appendix,/part,% subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection} \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \CutAt{subsection,section,chapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesubsection,section,chapter,addchap,appendix,part} \else \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \fi >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{foilheads}{}{ *\ }{}{} \Configure{tableofcontents*}{foilheads} >>> The `notoc*' is applicable only to pages that are automatically decomposed into separate web pages along section divides. It should be used whe addcontentline instructions are present. \begin{verbatim} \section*{....} \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{....} \end{verbatim} \<<< \Log:Note{for tocs without * entries, use command line option `notoc*'} >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}% \fi \else \:CheckOption{2} \if:Option \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}% \fi \else \:CheckOption{3} \if:Option \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}% \fi \else \:CheckOption{4} \if:Option \:CheckOption{notoc*} \if:Option \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}% \fi \else \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}% \fi \fi \fi \fi >>> \<<< \Log:Note{to eliminate mini tables of contents, use the command line option `nominitoc'} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Tables of Contents: Configurations} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{TocAt} {|% \Configure{tableofcontents} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
}\IgnorePar} {}{\IgnorePar\HCode{
}\ShowPar}{\HCode{}}{}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP } {|\par\ShowPar} \Configure{TocAt*} {|% \Configure{tableofcontents} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
}\IgnorePar} {}{\IgnorePar\HCode{
}\ShowPar}{\HCode{}}{}% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP } {|\par\ShowPar} >>> \<<< \Configure{tableofcontents} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
}\IgnorePar} {\ifTag{tex4ht-body}{\HCode{
}\Link{tex4ht-body}{}Home\EndLink}{}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
}\ShowPar} {\HCode{}} {} >>> \<<< \let\sv:atoc|=\a:tableofcontents \let\sv:btoc|=\b:tableofcontents \let\sv:ctoc|=\c:tableofcontents \let\sv:dtoc|=\d:tableofcontents \let\sv:etoc|=\e:tableofcontents >>> \<<< \let\a:tableofcontents|=\sv:atoc \let\b:tableofcontents|=\sv:btoc \let\c:tableofcontents|=\sv:ctoc \let\d:tableofcontents|=\sv:dtoc \let\e:tableofcontents|=\sv:etoc >>> \<<< \def\tocpart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{partToc}{\if !#1!\else #1~~\fi #2}\par}% \def\toclikepart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likepartToc}{#2}\par}% |% \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par \:SPAN{sectionToc}{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else #1 \fi #2}\par} \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par}% \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \else |% \def\tocchapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{chapterToc}{\ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne #1 \fi #2}\par} \def\toclikechapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likechapterToc}{#2}\par}% \def\tocappendix#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{appendixToc}{#1 #2}\par} \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{section}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \fi \def\toc:num#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\:SPAN{#1Toc}{\ifx \:temp\empty \else #2 \fi #3}} >>> \<<< \def\tocpart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{partToc}{\if !#1!\else #1~~\fi #2}\par}% \def\toclikepart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likepartToc}{#2}\par}% \Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}} \Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc, .addchapToc a {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}} \def\tocchapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{chapterToc}{#1~~#2}\par} \def\toclikechapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likechapterToc}{#2}\par}% \def\tocaddchap#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{addchapToc}{#2}\par}% \def\tocappendix#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{appendixToc}{#1~~#2}\par} \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{section}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \def\toc:num#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\:SPAN{#1Toc}{\ifx \:temp\empty \else #2~~\fi #3}} >>> \<<< \def\tocpart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{partToc}{\if !#1!\else #1~~\fi #2}\par}% \def\toclikepart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likepartToc}{#2}\par}% \Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}} % \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par \:SPAN{sectionToc}{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else #1 \fi #2}\par} \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par}% \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \else \Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}} % \def\tocchapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{chapterToc}{#1 #2}\par} \def\toclikechapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likechapterToc}{#2}\par}% \def\tocappendix#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{appendixToc}{#1 #2}\par} \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{section}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par} \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par \ \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par} \fi \def\toc:num#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\:SPAN{#1Toc}{\ifx \:temp\empty \else #2 \fi #3}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Tables of Contents} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureToc{part} {\HCode{}\toc:Mark{part}} {\End:Mark} {} {\HCode{}} \ConfigureToc{section} {\HCode{}\toc:Mark{section}} {\End:Mark} {} {\HCode{}} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\HCode{}~~\toc:Mark{subsection}} {\End:Mark} {} {\HCode{}} \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\HCode{}~~~~\toc:Mark{subsubsection}} {\End:Mark} {} {\HCode{}} \def\toc:Mark#1#2\End:Mark{\if !#2!\else \expandafter\ifx \csname #1name\endcsname\relax\else \csname #1name\endcsname~\fi #2.~~\fi} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{likepart} {\HCode{}} {\empty} {} {\HCode{}} \ConfigureToc{chapter} {\HCode{}% \ifx \chaptername\:UnDef\else \chaptername~\fi} {.~~} {} {\HCode{}} \ConfigureToc{likechapter} {\HCode{}} {~~} {} {\HCode{}} \ConfigureToc{appendix} {\HCode{}% \ifx \appendixname\:UnDef\else \appendixname~\fi} {.~~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}} >>> \<<< \Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Tables and Arrays} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{LaTeX Tabule} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureEnv{table} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
}\par\ShowPar} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{multirow} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{multirow} {\HCode{
}} {\HCode{
}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{tabulary} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{halignTD} {}{} {<}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}} {-}{\HCode{ % align="center" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}} {>}{\HCode{ % align="right" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}} {l}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}} {c}{\HCode{ % align="center" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}} {r}{\HCode{ % align="right" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}} {^}{\HCode{ valign="top" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {=}{\HCode{ valign="baseline" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {||}{\HCode{ valign="middle" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {_}{\HCode{ valign="bottom" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {p}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;"}} {m}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="middle"}} {b}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" valign="baseline"}} {L}{\HCode{ style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;"}} {R}{\HCode{ style="white-space:wrap; text-align:right;"}} {C}{\HCode{ style="white-space:wrap; text-align:center;"}} {J}{\HCode{ style="white-space:wrap;"}} {} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{tabulary} {|% \IgnorePar|\EndP\HCode{
}% \PushStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins } {\HCode{
}\PopStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins\ShowPar |% |% }{}{} >>> \<<< \Configure{tabulary} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \halignTB{tabulary}\putVBorder } {|\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\r:HA} {\HCode{1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}% \halignTD \HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-\HCol" \Hnewline class="td}\NoFonts\ColMargins\EndNoFonts \HCode{">}|\PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo} {|\PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo \d:HA} >>> \<<< \Configure{halignTB<>}{tabulary}{\HCode{class="tabulary"\Hnewline cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi" id="TBL-\TableNo-" }<>\HAlign} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Bibliography} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Cite} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{cite} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\Link[ |]} {\EndLink } \expandafter\def\csname c:mouseover-cite:\endcsname{% \def\:tempb{cite}\csname c:mouseover-?:\endcsname} \Configure{mouseover-cite}{tex4ht.body,FULLHTML} >>> \<<< \mo:args{cite}{\@citeb}{\expandafter \jsHash\expandafter{\expandafter X\@citeb}}% >>> \<<< \Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}% >>> \<<< \string\Configure{mouseover-vars}{cite}{Author,Title}% >>> \<<< \string\Configure {mouseover-cite} {tex4ht.body,CAPTION,tex4ht.caption+tex4ht.var,FULLHTML}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Bib Item} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{bibitem}{\Link}{\EndLink} >>> \<<< \Configure{bibitem} {\bibitem:link} {\EndLink|} \def\bibitem:link#1#2{|\HCode {}\Link{#1}{#2}} >>> \<<< \Configure{HtmlPar} {\EndP\HCode{

}} {\EndP\HCode{

}} {\Tg

} {\Tg

}% >>> \<<< \Configure{HtmlPar} {\EndP\HCode{

}} {\EndP\HCode{

}} {\Tg

} {\Tg

}% >>> \<<< \Configure{bibitem2} {|\par\ShowPar \HCode{}% |% } {\EndP} {\HCode{}~~~\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \HCode{}% |% >>> \<<< |% \HCode{}% >>> \<<< .js p.bibitem-p >>> \<<< js p.bibitem >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{The Bibliography} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% The bibliography environment is prooblematic because it carries a definition that implies an environment similar to \begin{verbatim} \begin{....} \section*{...} ... \end{....} \end{verbatim} The \verb+\begin{...}+ has a \verb+\SaveEverypar+, and \verb+\end{...}+ has a \verb+\RecallEverypar+. In the case of paginations across sectioning commands, we have also the saving and recalling also at the start and end of each section (each page). In such a case, we don't have proper nestings of environments. \<<< \ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}{\IgnorePar}{\ShowPar\par}{}{} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} >>> \<<< \<<< \<<< \<<< \<<< \<<< \<<< \ConfigureList{thebibliography}% {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
}\let\en:bib=\empty} {\en:bib \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
}} {\en:bib\def\en:bib{|\EndP}% |\par\ShowPar \HCode{}|} {\HCode{}\:nbsp \:nbsp\:nbsp\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{bibtex2} \if:Option \Configure{bibliography2} {~~[} {more} {]} |% \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{no-bib} \if:Option\else \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option | | \else | | \fi \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{no-bib} \if:Option\else \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option | \else | \fi | \fi >>> \<<< \csname bibliography2\endcsname >>> \<<< |\csname bibliography2\endcsname |% >>> % \HCode{\Hnewline\string\jselement{footnote}% % \string\jselement{bibitem}\Hnewline}% \<<< \Configure{vol}{\HCode{}}{\HCode{}} \Configure{book}{\HCode{}}{\HCode{}} \Configure{paper}{\HCode{}}{\HCode{}} \Configure{Refs}{\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{}} {\HCode{
}} \Configure{ref}{\HCode{}} {\EndP\HCode{}}{} \Configure{keyformat}{}{\EndP\HCode{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{acm-proc-article-sp} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{no-bib} \if:Option\else \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option | \else | \fi | \fi >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}% {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
}\let\en:bib=\empty} {\en:bib \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
}} {}{} \ConfigureList{thebibliography}% {}{} {\en:bib\def\en:bib{|\EndP}% |\par\ShowPar \HCode{}|} {\HCode{}\:nbsp \:nbsp\:nbsp\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}% {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP |\HCode{
}\let\en:bib=\empty} {\en:bib \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{
}} {}{} \ConfigureList{thebibliography}% {}{} {\en:bib\def\en:bib{|% \EndP}||% |\par\ShowPar \leavevmode |\HCode{}|} {\HCode{}\:nbsp \:nbsp\:nbsp\HCode{}|} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{JS Contributions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From bib }% >>> \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip bib }% >>> \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont bib }% >>> \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until bib }% >>> \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set1 bib }% >>> \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set2 bib }% >>> \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr1 bib }% >>> \<<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr2 bib }% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Lists} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{LaTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Css{li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }} \ConfigureEnv{trivlist} {}{|}{}{} \ConfigureList{trivlist}% {\EndP\HCode{
}% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
}\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\HCode{
}} \ConfigureEnv{list} {}{|}{}{} \ConfigureList{list}% {\EndP\HCode{
}% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
}\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\HCode{
}} \ConfigureEnv{itemize} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|} {}{} \ConfigureList{itemize}% {\EndP\HCode{
    }% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\DeleteMark} {\HCode{
  • }} \ConfigureEnv{enumerate} {}{|}{}{} \:CheckOption{li-} \if:Option \ConfigureList{enumerate}% {|} {|} {|} {|} \else \ConfigureList{enumerate}% {|} {|} {|} {|} \Log:Note{for enumerated list elements li's with value attributes, use the command line option `li-'} \fi \:CheckOption{css2} \if:Option | \else \Log:Note{for CSS2 code, use the command line option `css2'} \fi >>> \<<< \bgroup \def\textbullet{&\#x2219;} \def\textasteriskcentered{&\#x2217;} \Css{ul.itemize1 {list-style-type: none;}} \Css{ul.itemize1 li.itemize:before { display: marker; marker-offset: 0.5em; content: "\labelitemi\space" }} \Css{ul.itemize2 {list-style-type: none;}} \Css{ul.itemize2 li.itemize:before { display: marker; marker-offset: 0.5em; content: "\labelitemii\space" }} \Css{ul.itemize3 {list-style-type: none;}} \Css{ul.itemize3 li.itemize:before { display: marker; marker-offset: 0.5em; content: "\labelitemiii\space" }} \egroup >>> It is better to put the LI in the third field to avoid extra space to the following text. \<<< \def\c:enumerate:#1{\c:enu #1|} \def\c:enu#1#2#3#4#5|{% \def\a:enumerate:{\ifcase \@enumdepth \or #1\or #2\or #3\or #4\else\fi #5}} >>> \<<< \Configure{enumerate}{{}{}{}{}} \Css{.enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}} \Css{.enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}} \Css{.enumerate3 {list-style-type:lower-roman;}} \Css{.enumerate4 {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}} >>> \<\><<< \:CheckOption{html+} \if:Option \Configure{enumerate} {% {style="list-style-type:decimal"}% {style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"}% {style="list-style-type:lower-roman"}% {style="list-style-type:upper-alpha"}% } \else \Log:Note{for stricter html code, use the command line option `html+'} \Configure{enumerate}{% {type="\theenumi"}% {type="\theenumii"}% {type="\theenumiii"}% {type="\theenumiv"}} \fi >>> % \Configure{enumerate}{{type="1"}{type="a"}{type="i"}{type="A"}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Prosper} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureEnv{Itemize} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|} {}{} \ConfigureList{Itemize}% {\EndP\HCode{
      }% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
    }\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg
  • }\DeleteMark} {\HCode{
  • }} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{itemstep} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{
    }\ShowPar} {} {} \ConfigureList{itemstep} {} {} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg
  • }\DeleteMark} {\HCode{
  • }} \Css{li.itemize-hide {visibility:hidden;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Jeep} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureEnv{outline} {}{|}{}{} \ConfigureList{outline}% {|} {|} {|} {|} >>> \<<< \EndP\HCode{
      }|\global\let\end:itm=\empty >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Description} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureList{description}% {\EndP\HCode{
      }% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
      }\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
      }\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\EndP\HCode{
      }} >>> \<32,4 report,book\><<< \ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{} >>> \<<< \ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{} >>> \<<< | \ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{List Utilities} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Latex allows groups like the following, so we need global \verb+\end:itm+ \begin{verbatim} \begin{enumerate} {\item Line 1} {\item Line 2} \end{enumerate} \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{mdwlist} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureEnv{itemize*} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|} {}{} \ConfigureList{itemize*}% {\EndP\HCode{
        }% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
      }\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\DeleteMark} {\HCode{
    1. }} \ConfigureEnv{enumerate*} {}{|}{}{} \ConfigureList{enumerate*}% {|} {|} {|} {|} \ConfigureList{description*}% {\EndP\HCode{
      }% |\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|\EndP\HCode{
      }\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
      }\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\EndP\HCode{
      }} \ConfigureList{basedescript} {\EndP\HCode{
      }% \PushMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm=\empty} {\PopMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm \end:itm \EndP\HCode{
      }\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg}\HCode{
      }\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\EndP\HCode{
      }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Index} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{LaTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Scr} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<32,4 report,book\><<< \Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ifx \indexname\empty \else \chapter*{\indexname}\fi} >>> \<<< \Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ifx \indexname\empty \else \section*{\indexname}\fi} >>> \<<< \Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ifx \indexname\empty \else \chapter*{\indexname}\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{multiind} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{@begin}{theindex} {\ifx \indexname\empty \else|\fi} >>> % \ifx \indexname\empty \else % \ifx\chapter\:Undef \section*{\indexname}\else % \chapter*{\indexname}\fi % \let\indexname=\empty % \fi % %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Index} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{NoSection} {\let\sv:index|=\p@index \let\sv:label|=\label \let\sv:newline|=\newline \def\newline{ }% \def\p@index[##1]{\@gobble}\let\label|=\@gobble |% } {\let\p@index|=\sv:index \let\label|=\sv:label |% \let\newline|=\sv:newline } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{texinfo} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{index} {\IgnorePar\leavevmode\EndP\Tg
      } {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg
      } {\leavevmode\Tg} {\Tg\Tg
      \IgnorePar} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{ConTeXt} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \catcode`\!=11 | | | | | | | | | | | | | \catcode`\!=12 >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{-@@ly}{2} >>> \<<< \Configure{-@@ur} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \v!hoofdstuk >>> \<<< \v!paragraaf >>> \<<< \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<<< \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<<< \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<<< \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf >>> \<<< \Configure{sectie} {\gHAdvance \sec:Level by 1\relax \ifnum \sec:Level=1 \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }% \else \HCode{}% \fi } {\ifnum \sec:Level=1 \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }% \else \HCode{}% \fi \gHAdvance \sec:Level by -1\relax } \HAssign\sec:Level=0 >>> \<<< \def\:tmp#1#2{% \ConfigureMark{#1} {\HCode{}\finalsectionnumber \HCode{}} \Configure{#1}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<#2 class="#1Head"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\EndNoFonts \HCode{}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par \ShowPar} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space##1} \ifx \end:secs\empty \else \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{end#1}{\end:secs}}\:temp \fi \edef\end:secs{\end:secs,#1}% \NewConfigure{#1-ko}{2} } \def\end:secs{} \def\:tempd#1{\edef\:temp{\noexpand\:tmp{#1}}\:temp} \:tempd{|}{h1} \:tempd{|}{h2} \:tempd{|}{h3} \:tempd{|}{h4} \:tempd{|}{h5} \:tempd{|}{h5} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{part} {\HCode{}\finalsectionnumber \HCode{}} \Configure{part}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{

      }\NoFonts \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\EndNoFonts \HCode{

      }\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{partTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1} >>> \<<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\HCode{}\finalsectionnumber \HCode{}} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{

      }\NoFonts \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\EndNoFonts \HCode{

      }\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par \ShowPar} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1} \Configure{endsection}{part} >>> \<<< \Configure{placecontent} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \def\toc:br{\def\toc:br{\HCode{}}}% \HCode{
      }\IgnorePar} {} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
      }\ShowPar} {} {} \Configure{contenthead} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{

      }\NoFonts} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndNoFonts \HCode{

      }\par} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{part} {\toc:br \HCode{}} {\HCode{}~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{chapter} {\toc:br \HCode{}} {\HCode{}~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{section} {\toc:br \HCode{}} {\HCode{}~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\toc:br \HCode{}} {\HCode{}~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\toc:br \HCode{}} {\HCode{}~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{subsubsubsection} {\toc:br \HCode{}} {\HCode{}~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \ConfigureToc{subsubsubsubsection} {\toc:br \HCode{}} {\HCode{}~} {} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \Configure{narrower} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} \Css{div.narrower {margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{midaligned} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\par} \Configure{leftaligned} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\par} \Configure{rightaligned} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\par} \Css{div.midaligned {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.leftaligned {text-align:left;}} \Css{div.rightaligned {text-align:right;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{startstop} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{
      }\par \def\end:startstop{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP \fi \HCode{
      }\par}% \else \HCode{}% \def\end:startstop{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \HCode{}\par \else \HCode{}\fi}% \fi} {\end:startstop} >>> \<<< \Configure{description-item} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\everypar{}} {\HCode{
      }\everypar{\HtmlPar}\par} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} >>> \<<< \Configure{description-word} {\HCode{}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \HCode{}\par \else \HCode{}\fi} >>> \<<< \Configure{itemgroup} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\let\end:dd=\empty} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:dd \HCode{
      }} \Configure{head-listitem} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:dd \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\def\end:dd{\HCode{
      }}} \Configure{symbol-listitem} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:dd \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\def\end:dd{\HCode{
      }}} \Configure{other-listitem} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:dd \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\def\end:dd{\HCode{
      }}} >>> \<<< \Configure{typing} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \par \ShowPar \def\verb:par{% \HCode{
      }% \gdef\verb:par{\HCode{
      }}}% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{
      }\par} {\verb:par} {\HCode{\string&}\HChar{-35}\HCode{x00A0;}} \Css{div.typing {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }} >>> \<<< \Configure{plaatsblok} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }} \Configure{caption} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} >>> Q. Where placefigure is declared? \<<< \NewConfigure{figure}{2} \Configure{figure} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }} >>> \<<< \Configure{externalfigure}{\Picture[fig]} >>> \<<< \Configure{figure-li} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\par\IgnorePar} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{
      }} \Configure{-@@kjfigure} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} >>> \<<< \Configure{title-ko} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }% \def\end:ko{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }}\bgroup \aftergroup\end:ko \Configure{title-ko}{\bgroup}{\egroup}% } {\egroup } >>> \<<< \Configure{\v!tabulate} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }}
         {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{
      }\par} >>> \<<< \Configure{table} {\PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo \PushStack\Row:Stck\HRow \HAssign\HRow=0\relax \PushStack\Col:Stck\Prev:Col \gHAdvance\Table:No by 1\relax \HAssign\TableNo=\Table:No\relax \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\halignTB{table}\putVBorder } {\HCode{}% \PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo \PopStack\Row:Stck\HRow \PopStack\Col:Stck\Prev:Col } {\gHAdvance\HRow by 1 \HCode{}% \currentTABLEcolumn=0 \gHAssign\Prev:Col=0 } {\HCode{}} {\HAssign\HCol=\the\currentTABLEcolumn\relax \HAssign\HMultispan=\HCol\relax \HAdvance\HMultispan by -\Prev:Col\relax \gHAssign\Prev:Col=\HCol\relax \HAdvance\HCol by 1\relax \ifnum \HMultispan>1 \HAdvance\HCol by 1 \HAdvance\HCol by -\HMultispan\relax \fi \HCode{\Hnewline1 colspan="\HMultispan" \fi >}% \gdef\dd:table{% \gdef\dd:table{}% \x:tableCell \d:table}% \def\x:tableCell{\e:tableCell \global\let\x:tableCell=\empty}% } {\HCode{}} \HAssign\Table:No=0 \HAssign\TableNo=0 \HAssign\Prev:Col=0 \HAssign\HRow=0 >>> \<<< \Configure{tableCell} {\e:table\HCode{
      }\ShowPar\par} {\e:table\HCode{
      }\ShowPar\par} {\e:table\HCode{
      }\ShowPar\par} {\e:table\HCode{
      }\ShowPar\par} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }\f:table} >>> \<<< \let\VBorder\empty \let\AllColMargins\empty \Configure{VBorder} {\let\VBorder\empty \let\AllColMargins\empty \global\let\GROUPS\empty \HAssign\NewGroup = 0 } {% \let\:temp\TableNo \let\TableNo=\relax \edef\VBorder{\VBorder\ifnum \NewGroup> 0 \fi}% \let\TableNo\:temp \HAssign\NewGroup = 0 \gdef\GROUPS{rules="groups"}% } {\Advance:\NewGroup by 1 \let\:temp\TableNo \let\TableNo=\relax \ifnum \NewGroup=1 \edef\VBorder{\VBorder}\fi \edef\VBorder{\VBorder}\xdef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins1}% \let\TableNo\:temp } {% \let\:temp\TableNo \let\TableNo=\relax \edef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins 0}% \let\TableNo\:temp } \Css{table.table td {vertical-align:top;}} >>> \<<< \Css{table.table td { padding-left:3pt; padding-right:3pt; }} \Configure{halignTB}{\HCode{}} \Configure{halignTB<>}{table}{\HCode{class="table"\Hnewline cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi" id="TBL-\TableNo-" }<>\HAlign} >>> \<<< \Configure{TABLElongrule}{\HCode{
      }} \Configure{TableHL} {\TABLEnoalign{% \HCode{
      }% \tmp:cnt=\maxTABLEcolumn \advance\tmp:cnt by 2 \HCode{}% \HCode{}}% } >>> \<<< \Configure{halignTD} {}{} {<}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}} {-}{\HCode{ % align="center" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}} {>}{\HCode{ % align="right" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}} {l}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}} {c}{\HCode{ % align="center" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}} {r}{\HCode{ % align="right" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}} {^}{\HCode{ valign="top" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {=}{\HCode{ valign="baseline" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {||}{\HCode{ valign="middle" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {_}{\HCode{ valign="bottom" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {p}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;"}\Protect\a:HColWidth} {m}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="middle"}} {b}{\HCode{ % align="left" style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="baseline"}} {} >>> \<<< \Configure{index} {\Link{}{in-\nextinternalreference}\EndLink} \Configure{indexpage}{% \gHAdvance\Idx:No by 1 #1% {#2}% {#3}% {#4}% {\Link{in-#3}{}\Idx:No\EndLink}} \HAssign\Idx:No = 0 >>> \<<< \Configure{indexchar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\HCode{
      }\par} \Css{div.indexchar{margin-top:0.2em; margin-bottom:0.1pt;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{index-env} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }\par} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\par} \Css{div.index-env p{margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em;}} \NewConfigure{-@@idindex}{2} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{letters} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{g-brief} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }% \let\sv:@imakebox\@imakebox \let\sv:br=\\ \def\\{\HCode{
      }}% \let\:clearpage\clearpage \def\clearpage{\let\clearpage\:clearpage \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{

      }% \IgnorePar }% \let\brf:par\par \def\@imakebox[##1][##2]##3{% \HCode{}% \def\par{\let\par\brf:par \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }% \bgroup \let\\=\sv:br \let\@imakebox\sv:@imakebox \let\par\sv:par ##3% \egroup \HCode{
      }}% }% } {\let\\=\sv:br \let\@imakebox\sv:@imakebox \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} \Css{table.date {width:100\%; margin-top:2em;}} \Css{table.date td{white-space: nowrap;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{letterfoot} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {} {\HCode{
      }} \Configure{letterhead} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\HCode{}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\HCode{
      }} \Css{.letterfoot .tabular {text-align: left; margin-top:4em; }} \Css{table.from {width:100\%; margin-bottom:2em;}} \Css{table.from .address table {width:100\%;}} \Css{.makebox-r {text-align:right;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{datumtext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{datum} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}\IgnorePar} \Configure{anrede} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\HCode{
      }} \Configure{betreff} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{
      }} {\HCode{
      }} \Css{.betreff{margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:1em;}} \Configure{gruss} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{unterschrift} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{anlagen} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{verteiler} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{sprache} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{telefontex} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{telefaxtext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{telextext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{emailtext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{httptext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{banktext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{blztext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{betrefftext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{ihrzeichentext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{ihrschreibentext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{meinzeichentext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{unserzeichentext} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{anlagen} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{adresse} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{bank} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{blz} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{email} {\HCode{}} \Configure{gruss} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{grussskip} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{http} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{ihrschreiben} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{ihrzeichen} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{konto} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{land} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{meinzeichen} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{name} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{ort} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{postvermerk} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{retouradresse} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Css{div.retouradresse { margin-bottom:2em; }} \Configure{strasse} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{telefax} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{telefon} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{telex} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{unterschrift} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{verteiler} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{zusatz} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{mwcls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\section*{\indexname}} \Configure{theindex} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\let\end:theidx\empty} {\end:theidx\HCode{
      }} {} {\HCode{}\hfil\break} {\ \ \ \ } {\HCode{}\hfil\break} {\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ } {\HCode{}\hfil\break} {\hbox{\end:theidx\HCode{

      }}% \def\end:theidx{\HCode{

      }}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Into Columns} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \def\:temp#1index=#2,#3|{% \ifnum #2>1 |\fi \def\:temp{#2}% } \expandafter\:temp\Preamble,index=0,| \ifnum \:temp<2 | \else | \fi >>> The \verb=\Configure{IndexColumns}= instruction is to allow documents that have more than one index to employ different number of columns. The `index=i' provides the initial setting. \<<< \Log:Note{for i-columns index, use the command line option `index=i' (e.g., index=2)} \Configure{theindex} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\let\end:theidx|=\empty} {\end:theidx\HCode{
      }} {} {\hfil\break\HCode{}} {\ \ \ \ } {\hfil\break\HCode{}} {\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ } {\hfil\break\HCode{}} {\hbox{\end:theidx\HCode{

      }}% \def\end:theidx{\HCode{

      }}} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{IndexColumns}{1} \Configure{IndexColumns}{#2} >>> \<<< \Log:Note{the number of columns requested by the option `index=\a:IndexColumns' can be modified through the command \string\Configure{IndexColumns}{i}} \Configure{theindex} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }% |\let\end:theidx|=\empty} {\end:theidx |\HCode{
      }} {} {\hfil\break\HCode{}} {\ \ \ \ } {\hfil\break\HCode{}} {\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ } {\hfil\break\HCode{}} {%\ifvmode \EndP\fi % \hbox{\end:theidx\HCode{

      }}% % \def\end:theidx{\HCode{

      }} \parindent=0pt }% >>> % {} % {\ifvmode \else \hfil\HCode{}\break\fi} % {\ \ \ \ } {\hfil\HCode{}\break} % {\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ } {\hfil\HCode{}\break} \<<< \Configure{HColumns} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{}} {\HCode{
      }} {\HCode{}\ColMag{1.1}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{}} \HColumns{\a:IndexColumns}% \everypar{\HtmlPar}% \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{\HCode{
      }}{}{}% \par\ShowPar >>> \<<< \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\EndHColumns >>> \<<< \def\add:col{\Advance:\:cols -1 \HAdvance\HCol 1\relax \ifnum \:cols>0 \c:Cols \vsplit0 to \tmp:dim \d:Cols \expandafter\add:col \fi} \NewConfigure{HColumns}{4} \def\c:Cols{\edef\sv:dim{\the\tmp:dim}\c:HColumns} \def\d:Cols{\d:HColumns \tmp:dim\sv:dim } \def\ColMag#1{\tmp:dim #1\tmp:dim} \def\HColumns#1{% \a:HColumns \HAssign\:cols#1 \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup \divide\hsize #1 } \def\EndHColumns{\egroup \HAssign\HCol0 \tmp:dim\ht0 \advance\tmp:dim \dp0 \divide\tmp:dim \:cols \add:col \c:Cols \box0 \d:Cols \b:HColumns} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Glossary} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{gloskip}{list}{\item[]\HCode{

      }} \Configure{gloskip}{altlist}{\item[]\HCode{

      }} \Configure{gloskip}{super}{\cr\HCode{

      }} \Configure{gloskip}{long}{\cr\HCode{

      }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Captions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{caption}{\HCode{\if:nopar \else \fi} \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
      }} {: } {\HCode{}} {\HCode{
      }|} \Css{.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }} \Css{table.caption {text-align:center;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{caption}{\HCode{\if:nopar \else \fi} \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
      }} { } {\HCode{}} {\HCode{
      }|} \Css{table.caption {text-align:left;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{caption}{\HCode{\if:nopar \else \fi} \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
      }} {: } {\HCode{}} {\HCode{
      }|% } \Css{.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }} \Css{div.cation {text-align:center;}} >>> \<<< \Configure{caption} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{
      }}{}{\HCode{
      }} >>> \<<< \Configure{caption} {\HCode{
      }} {\HCode{}: }{}{\HCode{
      }}% >>> \<<< \HCode{}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Footnotes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Originating Packages} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< | \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option | \else \Log:Note{for inline footnotes use command line option `fn-in'} | \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option | \else \Log:Note{for inline footnotes, use the command line option `fn-in'} | \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option | \else | \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option | \else | \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option | \else | \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{In-Line LaTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option | | | | \else | | | \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotetext} {|% ||% \NoFonts \Tag{|-bk}{}% \special{t4ht@(}% } {\special{t4ht@)}\EndNoFonts ||} {\expandafter\global\expandafter \let\csname (|)\endcsname\def |} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotemark} {||% \NoFonts \Tag{|}{}} {\EndNoFonts ||% \expandafter\global\expandafter \let\csname (|-bk)\endcsname\def} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotetext} {|% |% ||% \NoFonts \Tag{|-bk}{}% } {\EndNoFonts ||} {\expandafter\global\expandafter \let\csname (|)\endcsname\def |% |} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotemark} {||% \NoFonts \Tag{|}{}} {\EndNoFonts ||% \expandafter\global\expandafter \let\csname (|-bk)\endcsname\def} >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \Link{|-bk}{}% \else \Link{|-bk}{|}% \fi } {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \else \Link{}{|}\fi }% >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\EndLink} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \else \EndLink\fi }% >>> \<<< |% \ifTag{|-bk} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|-bk)\endcsname\def \Link[ |\Hnewline ]{|}{}% \else \Link[ |\Hnewline ]{|}{|-bk}% \fi } {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|-bk)\endcsname\def \else \Link[ |\Hnewline ]{}{|-bk}\fi }% >>> \<<< \ifTag{|-bk} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|-bk)\endcsname\def \Link{|}{}% \else \Link{|}{|-bk}% \fi } {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|-bk)\endcsname\def \else \Link{}{|-bk}\fi }% >>> \<<< \ifTag{|-bk} {\EndLink} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|-bk)\endcsname\def \else \EndLink\fi }% >>> \<<< \SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi >>> \<<< \EndP\egroup\RecallEndP >>> \<<< \ifvoid \fn:box \else \expandafter \ifx \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname\relax \csname newbox\expandafter\endcsname \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname \fi \global\expandafter\setbox\csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname= \vbox{\csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box}% \fi \gHAdvance\body:level by 1 >>> \<<< \gHAdvance\body:level by -1 \expandafter \ifx \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname\relax \else \global\setbox\fn:box= \vbox{\expandafter\ifvoid \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname \else \csname unvbox\expandafter\endcsname \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname\fi}% \fi >>> \<<< \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \ifvoid \fn:box\else \HCode{
      }\box\fn:box\HCode{
      } \IgnorePar\EndP \fi >>> \<<< (L >>> \<<< )Q>>> \<<< \Configure{BODY} {|\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar \HCode{}|\ShowPar\par} {|% \relax \ifnum \FileNumber=1 |% \fi \HCode{\Hnewline }\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}|}% >>> \<<< \Configure{BODY} {|\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar \HCode{}\ShowPar\par} {|\HCode{\Hnewline }\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}|}% >>> \<<< \Configure{crosslinks+} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{|% }\par\ShowPar} {|% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{|}\par\ShowPar} >>> \<<< \Css{div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black; border-bottom:solid 1px black; padding-bottom:1ex; padding-top:0.5ex; margin-right:15\%; margin-top:2ex; font-style:italic; font-size:85\%;}} \Css{div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}} \ifx \fn:box\:UnDef \csname newbox\endcsname\fn:box \fi \HAssign\body:level=0 >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Off-Line in latex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option | | | \AtEndDocument{|} \else \:CheckOption{frames-fn} \if:Option | | \else | | \fi \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotetext} {|% |\Link{}{|}% \NoFonts } {\EndNoFonts \EndLink|} {|} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotemark} {||\NoFonts \Tag{|}{}} {\EndNoFonts ||} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotetext} {|% |\Link{}{|}% \NoFonts } {\EndNoFonts \EndLink|} {|} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotemark} {||\NoFonts \Tag{|}{}} {\EndNoFonts ||} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotetext} {|% |\Link{}{|}\NoFonts } {\EndNoFonts\EndLink|} {|} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotemark} {||\NoFonts \Tag{|}{}} {\EndNoFonts ||} >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \:warning{Multiple footnote texts for mark \FNnum}% \else \csname a:footnote-text\endcsname\fi } {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \else \csname b:footnote-text\endcsname\fi } {}% \expandafter\global\expandafter \let\csname (|)\endcsname\def >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \:warning{Multiple footnote texts for mark \FNnum}% \else \csname a:footnote-text\endcsname\fi } {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \else \csname b:footnote-text\endcsname\fi } {}% \expandafter\global\expandafter \let\csname (|)\endcsname\def >>> \<<< \ifTag{||} {\Link{|}{}} {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{||} {\EndLink} {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{||} {|% \leavevmode \Link[ |% \Hnewline]{|}{}} {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{||} {\EndLink} {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \:warning{Multiple footnote texts for mark \FNnum}% \else \Configure{!BODY}{id="|" }% \BeginHPage[|]{ }% \Configure{!BODY}{}% \fi } {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{|} {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|)\endcsname\def \else \close:fn\EndHPage{} \fi } {}% \expandafter\global\expandafter \let\csname (|)\endcsname\def >>> \<<< \def\close:fn{\HPage{}\Link{}{hide-fn}\EndLink\EndHPage{}% \gdef\close:fn{\rightline{\Link{hide-fn}{}@\EndLink}}\close:fn} >>> % \Css{body\#|{font-size:80\%;}}% \<<< \ifTag{||} {\Link[\RefFile{|} target="|"]{}{}} {}% >>> \<<< \ifTag{||} {\EndLink} {}% >>> \<<< fn\FNnum x\minipageNum >>> \<<< \csname a:footnote-mark\endcsname >>> \<<< \csname b:footnote-mark\endcsname >>> \<<< \csname a:thank-mark\endcsname >>> \<<< \csname b:thank-mark\endcsname >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{footnote-mark}{2} \NewConfigure{thank-mark}{2} \Configure{footnote-mark} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Configure{thank-mark} {\HCode{}} {\HCode{}} \Css{span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }} >>> \<<< \NewConfigure{footnote-text}{2} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnote-text} {\HPage{}\HCode{
      }\par} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }\EndHPage{}} >>> \<<< \Configure{footnote-text} {\HPage{}\HCode{
      }|} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |\HCode{
      }\EndHPage{}} >>> \<<< % \Css{span.footnote-mark{ vertical-align: super }} \Css{span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80\%; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{AMS} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option \:CheckOption{mouseover}\if:Option |% \else |% \fi \else \:CheckOption{mouseover}\if:Option |% \else \:CheckOption{frames-fn}\if:Option |% \else |% \fi \fi \fi >>> \<<< \Configure{footnotetext} {|\HPage{\FNnum}\HCode{
      }\NoFonts} {\EndNoFonts} {\HCode{
      }\EndHPage{}|}% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< |% >>> \<<< % \Css{span.footnote-mark{ vertical-align: super }} \Css{span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80\%; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{SCR *} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option | \else | \fi >>> \<<< \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option | \else | \fi >>> \<<< % \Css{span.footnote-mark{ vertical-align: super }} \Css{span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80\%; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Plain} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{vfootnote} {|} {|} {|} >>> \<<< \HCode{}\Link{fn\FNnum}{fn\FNnum-bk}% \ifx \FNmark\empty +\else \FNmark\fi\EndLink \HCode{}% >>> \<<< |% \HCode{}\Link{fn\FNnum-bk}{fn\FNnum}% \ifx \FNmark\empty +\else \FNmark\fi \EndLink\space\HCode{}% >>> \<<< | >>> \<<< \Configure{vfootnote} {\HPageButton[fn\FNnum]{\FNmark}} {\BeginHPage[fn\FNnum]{ }} {\EndHPage{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{On Mouse Over} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \expandafter\def\csname c:mouseover-footnote:\endcsname{% \def\:tempb{footnote}\csname c:mouseover-?:\endcsname} \Configure{mouseover-footnote} {tex4ht.body,FULLHTML} >>> \<<< |\let\sv:link=\Link \def\Link[##1]{\let\Link=\sv:link \Link[##1 |\Hnewline]}% >>> \<<< \mo:args{footnote}{\FNnum}{|}% >>> \<<< |% \HCode{}% |% >>> \<<< |% \HCode{}% >>> An alternative css-based approach: \begin{verbatim} \Configure{tableofcontents} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
      }\IgnorePar} {} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{
      }\ShowPar} {\HCode{
      }} {} \ConfigureToc{section} {\HCode{
      }} { \HCode{}} {} {\HCode{
      }} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\HCode{
      }} { \HCode{}} {} {\HCode{
      }} \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\HCode{
      }} { \HCode{}} {} {\HCode{
      }} \ConfigureToc{likesection} {} {\HCode{
      }} {} {\HCode{
      }} \ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {} {\HCode{
      }} {} {\HCode{
      }} \ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {} {\HCode{
      }} {} {\HCode{
      }} \Css{div.sectionToc { margin-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em; }} \Css{div.sectionToc span.mark { text-align:right; width: 1em; padding-right:0.25em; }} \Css{div.subsectionToc { margin-left:2.5em; text-indent: -2.5em; }} \Css{div.subsectionToc span.mark { text-align:right; width: 2.5em; padding-right:0.25em; }} \Css{div.likesubsectionToc { margin-left: 2.5em; text-indent: -1.5em; }} \Css{div.subsubsectionToc { margin-left: 4.5em; text-indent: -4.5em; }} \Css{div.subsubsectionToc span.mark { text-align:right; width: 4.5em; padding-right:0.25em; }} \Css{div.likesubsubsectionToc { margin-left: 4.5em; text-indent: -2em; }} \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Other} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{textsuperscript} {\HCode{}\bgroup \small} {\egroup \HCode{}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Floats} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{subfigure} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \Configure{subfigure} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} \Configure{subfigurecaption} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} {}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{
      }} \Css{.subfigcaption {margin-top:1em; margin-left:1em; text-align:center;}} \Css{div.subfigure {text-align:center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Wrapfig} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \begin{itemize} \item r R - the right side of the text \item l L - the left side of the text \item i I - the inside edge--near the binding (if ``[twoside]'' document) \item o O - the outside edge--far from the binding \end{itemize} \<<< \Configure{wrapfloat} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{
      }% \def\endWrap{\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{
      }\par}% \else \HCode{}\bgroup |% \def\endWrap{\egroup\HCode{}}% \fi } {\endWrap} \Css{.caption span.id{font-weight: bold;}} \Css{ .wrapfig-r, .wrapfig-ri, .wrapfig-ir, .wrapfig-ro, .wrapfig-or {float:right; text-align:left; margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em;} } \Css{ .wrapfig-l, .wrapfig-li, .wrapfig-il, .wrapfig-lo, .wrapfig-ol {float:left; text-align:left; margin-right:auto; margin-top:0.5em;} } \Css{.wrapfig-r .caption td.content, .wrapfig-ri .caption td.content, .wrapfig-ir .caption td.content, .wrapfig-ro .caption td.content, .wrapfig-or .caption td.content, .wrapfig-l .caption td.content, .wrapfig-li .caption td.content, .wrapfig-il .caption td.content, .wrapfig-lo .caption td.content, .wrapfig-ol .caption td.content {white-space: normal; }} \Css{.wrapfig-r .caption, .wrapfig-ri .caption, .wrapfig-ir .caption, .wrapfig-ro .caption, .wrapfig-or .caption, .wrapfig-l .caption, .wrapfig-li .caption, .wrapfig-il .caption, .wrapfig-lo .caption, .wrapfig-ol .caption {width:30\%; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{endfloat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< \ConfigureEnv{figure}{}{}{}{} >>> \<<< \Configure{floatingfigure} {\HCode{}% \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}% \ConfigureEnv{minipage}{\IgnorePar}{}{\IgnorePar}{}% |% } {\egroup \HCode{}} \Css{.floatingfigure-r { float:right; text-align:left; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; margin-left:0em;}} \Css{.floatingfigure-l { float:left; text-align:left; margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; margin-right:0em; }} \Css{.caption span.id{font-weight: bold;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Make Title} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{book-report-article} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<<< thanks author date and>>> \<<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }} |<maketitle footnote|> >>> \<config thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="date" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thank for thanks|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} \Css{div.author{white-space: nowrap;}} >>> \<thank for thanks\><<< \Configure{thank} {|<thank mark sup|>\Link{tk-\the\c@footnote}{}} {\EndLink |<thank mark end sup|>} {\HCode{<br />}\protect\Link{}{tk-\the\c@footnote}\protect \EndLink |<thank mark sup|>} {|<thank mark end sup|>} {} >>> \<thanks for thanks p\><<< \Configure{thank} {|<thank mark sup|>\Link{tk-\the\c@footnote}{\ifx \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote\fi}} {\EndLink |<thank mark end sup|>} {\HCode{<p>}\protect\Link{\ifx \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote \fi}{tk-\the\c@footnote}|<thank mark sup|>} {|<thank mark end sup|>\protect\EndLink} {\HCode{</p>}} >>> \<thanks for thanks EndP\><<< \Configure{thank} {\HCode{<sup>}\Link{tk-\the\c@footnote}{\ifx \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote\fi}} {\EndLink\HCode{</sup>}} {\protect\Link{\ifx \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote \fi}{tk-\the\c@footnote}\HCode{<sup>}} {\HCode{</sup>}\protect\EndLink} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP} >>> \<end-thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi} {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP } {\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thanks for thanks p|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{RevTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<revtex title page\><<< \ConfigureEnv{abstract}{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode {<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{} \Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}} \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 2|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }} |<revtex maketitle footnote|> \Configure{address} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="address">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} >>> \<revtex end-thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks author date and} {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi} {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP } {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thanks for thanks p|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> \<revtex config thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks author date and} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thank for thanks|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} \Css{div.author{white-space: nowrap;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{TUG LaTeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<tug proc maketitle\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>% |<global HtmlPar|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} >>> \<tug boat maketitle\><<< \@ifclassloaded{ltugproc}{}{% \@ifpackageloaded{ltugproc}{}{\Configure{@BODY}{\rtitlex}} } \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \def\textSMC##1{##1}% |<title for TITLE|>% |<global HtmlPar|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{lncse} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech lncse\><<< \Configure{institute}{}{}{\HCode{<br />}} \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:left;}} \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option \Configure{thanks author date and} {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi} {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP } {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \else \Configure{thanks author date and} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Prosper} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<prosper maketitle\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP {\def\@title{\@Title}|<title for TITLE|>}% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{AMS} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ams art,proc,book\><<< \Configure{translators} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="translators">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<span class="translator">}} {\HCode{</span>}} >>> \<ams art,proc\><<< \Css{div.translators {text-align:right; margin-bottom:0.7em;}} >>> \<ams art,proc,book\><<< \Configure{keywords} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="keywords">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{subjclass} {\par\IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="subjclass">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{@maketitle} {\Tg<div class="submaketitle">\IgnoreIndent} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP\Tg</div>} \Css{div.submaketitle{ text-align:left; margin-top:2em; border-top: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%; font-size:85\%; line-height: 95\%;}} \Css{div.submaketitle div {margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }} \Css{div.submaketitle p { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }} >>> \<ams art,proc,book\><<< \ConfigureEnv{abstract} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {}{} \ConfigureList{abstract} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \Tg<div class="abstract">\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\Tg</div>} {\ShowPar\par\HCode{<span class="title">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{setabstract} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP} \Css{div.abstract{ margin-top: 2em; text-align:left; margin-right:15pt; margin-left:15pt; }} >>> \<ams art,proc,book\><<< \Configure{addresses} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="addresses">}\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{address} {\HCode{<span class="address-title">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="address">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{curraddr} {\HCode{<span class="curraddr-title">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="curraddr">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{email} {\HCode{<span class="email-title">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="email">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{urladdr} {\HCode{<span class="urladdr-title">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="urladdr">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{div.addresses p {margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }} >>> \<ams art,proc,book\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<ams title for TITLE|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}% \ConfigureEnv{center} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi}% |<footnote for ams title|>% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}} {\egroup \HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }} >>> \<ams art,proc\><<< \Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="authors"><span class="author">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</span></div>}} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\lowercase{\HCode{</span><span class="and">}}and~% \lowercase{\HCode{</span><span>}}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} >>> \<ams book\><<< \Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="authors"><div class="author">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div></div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\lowercase{\HCode{</div><div>}}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \Css{div.addresses{ margin-top:0.5em; }} >>> \<amsdtx maketitle\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\EndNoFonts} \Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{llncs} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech llncs\><<< \Configure{email} {\HCode{<span class="email">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{institute} {\HCode{<div class="institute">}} {\HCode{</div>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{aa} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure aa 3.2/4.0t\><<< \Configure{subtitle institute} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty><span class="subtitle">}}{\HCode{</span>}} {\HCode{<div class="institute">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\Tg<sup>}{\Tg</sup>} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div align="center" >}} {\HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar \HCode{<h2 class="maketitleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} {}{} {\HCode{<div class="author" align="center">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" align="center">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\SPAN:{and}and\EndSPAN:} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}} >>> \<configure aa 3.2/4.0t\><<< \ConfigureEnv{abstract} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode {<div class="abstract">}} {\HCode{</div>}}{}{} \Css{div.abstract{text-align:center;}} \Configure{makeheadbox} {\HCode{<table class="makeheadbox" width="100\%"><tr><td><table><tr><td>}} {\HCode{</td></tr><tr><td>}} {\HCode{</td></tr><tr><td>}} {\HCode{</td></tr></table></td><td class="AALogo" width="10\%">}} {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}} \Css{.AALogo{font-size:120\%;font-weight: bold; text-align:right;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{MWC} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<mwcls configs\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 2|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }} \:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option \Configure{thanks author date and} {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi} {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP } {\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thanks for thanks p|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} \else \Configure{thanks author date and} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="date" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thank for thanks|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} \Css{div.author{white-space: nowrap;}} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{scr} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech scrbook\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 3|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {\IgnorePar \EndP \NoFonts\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }} |<maketitle footnote|> |<scr title page|> >>> \<configure html-speech scrreprt\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 3|>%% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {\IgnorePar \EndP \NoFonts\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }} |<scrreprt maketitle footnote|> |<scr title page|> >>> \<scr title page\><<< \ConfigureEnv{titlepage} {\bgroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="titlepage">}% \ConfigureEnv{center}{}{}{}{}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}% \egroup} {} {} \Configure{dedication} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="dedication" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.dedication {text-align:center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{ACM} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \Configure{toappear} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="toappear">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{boilerplate} {\HCode{<div class="boilerplate">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{conf} {\HCode{<div class="conf">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{confinfo} {\HCode{<div class="confinfo">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{copyrightetc} {\HCode{<div class="copyrightetc">}} {\HCode{</div>}} >>> \<configure html-speech acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \Configure{thanks} {\IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="thanks">}\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} \Configure{subtitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<h4 class="subtitleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent} \Css{.subtitleHead{text-align:center;}} \Configure{title} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<h3 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent} \Css{.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Configure{email}{\Link[mailto:#1]{}{}\IgnorePar\o:email:{#1}\EndLink} \Configure{@TITLE}{\let\titlenote=\:gobble} \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>} {} \Configure{author} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="author">}\ShowPar\par} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent} \Css{div.author{text-align:center; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{APA} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<apa maketitle\><<< \Configure{affil} {\HCode{<div class="affil">}\bgroup |<apa maketitle br cr|>% } {\egroup \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>% \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}\bgroup |<apa maketitle no-br cr|>% } {\egroup\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\apa:title} {\apa:endtitle} \def\apa:title{\NoFonts\IgnorePar \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar \global\let\apa:title=\empty } \def\apa:endtitle{\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts \global\let\apa:endtitle=\empty } >>> \<apa maketitle br cr\><<< \Configure{centercr} {\ht:special{t4ht=<br />}} {\ht:everypar{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}} >>> \<apa maketitle no-br cr\><<< \Configure{centercr} {} {\ht:everypar{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Shared} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<title for TITLE\><<< {\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}% \a:NoSection |<disable latex fonts|>\let\thanks|=\:gobble \let\\|=\space \def\TeX{TeX}% \def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts \def\footnotemark[##1]{}% \Tag{TITLE+}{\@title}} >>> Old latex files need \verb'\no:fonts', but not new ones.---wrong, as far as writing to toc in 0.0? \<ams title for TITLE\><<< {\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}% \a:NoSection |<disable latex fonts|>\let\thanks|=\:gobble \let\\|=\space \def\TeX{TeX}% \def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts \def\footnotemark[##1]{}% \Tag{TITLE+}{\shorttitle}} >>> \<disable latex fonts\><<< \let\leavevmode|=\empty \let\not@math@alphabet|=\:gobbleII \def\text@command##1{##1}\let\selectfont|=\empty \def\check@icl ##1\check@icr{}% >>> \<title for TITLE 2\><<< {\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}% \a:NoSection \let\leavevmode\empty \let\not@math@alphabet\:gobbleII \def\text@command##1{##1}\let\selectfont\empty \def\check@icl ##1\check@icr{}% \let\thanks\:gobble \let\\\space \def\TeX{TeX}% \def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts \def\footnotemark[##1]{}% \def\a:ttl##1##2//{##1//}% \let\large=\empty \let \bf=\empty \let \centering=\empty \def \ignorespaces##1\vskip##2//{##1}% \Tag{TITLE+}{\@title//}% }% >>> \<title for TITLE 3\><<< {\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}% \a:NoSection \let\leavevmode\empty \let\not@math@alphabet\:gobbleII \def\text@command##1{##1}\let\selectfont\empty \def\check@icl ##1\check@icr{}% \let\thanks\:gobble \let\\\space \def\TeX{TeX}% \def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts \Tag{TITLE+}{\@title}}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Abstracts} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<apa abstract\><<< \Configure{abstract} {\HCode{<div class="abstract">}\bgroup |<apa maketitle br cr|>% } {\egroup \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.abstract{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; margin-top:1em; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Don't put \verb'\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}' on the following; \verb'\PicDisplay' should handle it. \<configure html-speech-math latex\><<< \Configure{[]} {\bgroup \protect\nested:math \PicDisplay $$\everymath{}\everydisplay{}} {$$\EndPicDisplay \egroup |<try inline par|>} \Configure{()}{\bgroup \protect\nested:math \protect\PicMath $} {$ \protect\EndPicMath \egroup} \def\nested:math{|<nested pic math|>} >>> The above should be sensitive to cases like the following one. \begin{verbatim} \[ \parbox[t]{2in} { \[.\] }\] \end{verbatim} \<nested pic math\><<< \def\[{\bgroup \def\]{$$\egroup}$$}% \def\({\bgroup \def\){$\egroup}$}% >>> \<configure html-speech-math latex\><<< \Configure{@TITLE}{\Configure{()}{$}{$}} >>> \<configure html-speech-math th4\><<< \:CheckOption{th4}\if:Option \Configure{[]} {\PicDisplay $$\everymath{}\everydisplay{}} {$$\EndPicDisplay |<try inline par|>} \Configure{()}{\PicMath$}{$\EndPicMath} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Cross References} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \Configure{pageref} {\HCode{<span class="pageref">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {\S} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Features} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Javascript: Pop-ups On Mouse Over} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Background} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% There are 6 supporting dvi variations of the `CopyTo to-file op group' dvi command: \begin{description} \item[From] Start copying (at current address) \item[Until] End copying (at current address) \item[Skip] Start skipping (from current address) \item[Cont] End skipping (at current-address) \item[Addr integer-label] Associate current address with the integer-label of the given group \item[Set integer-label] Replace the `current address' in the following Skip/Cont (and From/Until ?) commands with the address associated to the integer-label of the given group by an Addr command \end{description} The code \begin{verbatim} B0 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From bib } B1 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip bib } B2 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr1 bib } B3 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr2 bib } B4 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set1 bib } \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont bib } \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set2 bib } \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip bib } B5 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until bib } B6 \end{verbatim} produces the string ` B1 B3 '. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{End Points of the Jobname-js.tex File} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<start js\><<< \js:on >>> \<onmouseover utilities\><<< \def\js:on{% \global\let\js:on=\relax \HCode{<!--}% |<js From js|>% \HCode{\string\def\string\jstoday{\:today} }% \HCode{\string\input\space onmouseover.4ht }% \:CheckOption{trace-onmo} \if:Option \HCode{<js trace="on">}% \else \Log:Note{for mouseover tracing of compilation, use the command line option `trace-onmo'} \HCode{<js>}% \fi |<js Until js|>% \HCode{-->}% |<end js|>} >>> \<end js\><<< \csname a:mouseover-Needs\endcsname \Css{.js {text-indent:0; background-color:aqua; color:black; border:solid 1px black; margin:2pt; width:99\%;}} \Css{.js p, .|<js p.bibitem css|>, |<js p.bibitem-p css|> {text-indent:0; background-color:aqua; color:black; margin:2pt;}} \AtEndDocument{{\HCode{<!--}% |<js From js|>% \HCode{</js>}% |<js Until js|>% \HCode{-->}}}% >>> Was \verb'\Css{.js p {margin:0; text-indent:0;}}' but javascript under netscape had problems dealing with 0 left margins. \<js From js\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From js }% >>> \<js Until js\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until js }% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Configuration Commands} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<onmouseover utilities\><<< \HAssign\MO:script = 0 \NewConfigure{mouseover-script}[1]{\bgroup \gHAdvance\MO:script by 1 \expandafter\NextFile \expandafter{\jobname\MO:script.tmp}% \HPage{}\IgnorePar |<js From var|>% \HCode{<\if !#1!\else mouseover-script\fi>#1\if !#1!\else =\fi}% \everyvbox{\IgnorePar\everyvbox{}\aftergroup\end:movar}% \def\end:movar{\everyvbox{}\HCode {</\if !#1!\else mouseover-script\fi>}% |<js Until var|>\EndHPage{}% \egroup}% \vbox} >>> \<ol-hauto mouseover-script\><<< \Configure {mouseover-script}{}{\HCode{ol\string_hauto = 1;}}% >>> \<js From var\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From var }% >>> \<js Until var\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until var }% >>> \<onmouseover utilities\><<< \expandafter\def\csname c:mouseover-vars:\endcsname#1#2{% \expandafter\def\csname mouseover-#1-init\endcsname##1{}% \def\:tempc##1{\expandafter\append:defI\csname mouseover-#1-init\endcsname{tex4ht.##1=tex4ht.\expandafter\jsHash \expandafter{\expandafter v####1.##1};}}% \Mo:vars#2,<>} \def\Mo:vars#1,#2<>{% \if !#1!\else \expandafter\def\csname mo#1\endcsname##1{% \HCode{<!--}% \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From #1 }% \HCode{<#1-var>\jsHash{v##1.#1}=}% \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip #1 }% \HCode{-->}% \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont #1 }% }% \expandafter\def\csname endmo#1\endcsname{% \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip #1 }% \HCode{<!--}% \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont #1 }% \HCode{</#1-var>}% \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until #1 }% \HCode{-->}% }% \:tempc{#1}% \fi \if !#2!\else \expand:after{\Mo:vars#2<>}\fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Footnotes Contributions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<js From fn\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From fn }% >>> \<js Skip fn\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip fn }% >>> \<js Cont fn\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont fn }% >>> \<js Until fn\><<< \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until fn }% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Overlib} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://www.egroups.com/group/overlib]{}{}egroup for overlib\EndLink, \Link[http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/]{}{}home over overlib\EndLink \<overDiv\><<< \HCode{<div id="overDiv" style="position:absolute; visibility:hidden; z-index:1000;"></div> |<overlib src|>}% >>> \<onmouseover @HEAD\><<< \Configure{@HEAD} {\HCode{%|% natural place for <overlib src>, but netscape 4.7...|% <script type="text/javascript" src="\jobname-js.js"></script>\Hnewline}} |<onmouseover utilities|> \:CheckOption{info} \if:Option |<overlib info|> \fi >>> \<overlib info\><<< \Log:Note{Option `mouseover' is powered by the overlib.js utility of Erik Bosrup (http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/).} \immediate\write-1{} \immediate\write-1{The option requires two compilations of the source file.} \immediate\write-1{} \immediate\write-1{Use \string\Configure {mouseover-XXX}{...} to introduce arguments into the overlib function call, and code into a preceding script. XXX stands for `cite' or `footnote', the default body is at tex4ht.body, and the default caption at tex4ht.caption. An empty parameter requests no sensitivity of mouse over the specified type of entries.} \immediate\write-1{} \immediate\write-1{The variant \string\Configure {mouseover-XXX}[labels]{...} of the above command restricts the outcome just to the listed labels (i.e., the values listed in tex4ht.caption).} \immediate\write-1{} \immediate\write-1{The \string\Configure{mouseover-script }{variable-name} {javascript-code} command may be used to introduce code into the javascript script, as a content of a global variable when a name is given and as a bare code when the name is not given. To be referenced, the name must be prefixed by ``tex4ht.'.} \immediate\write-1{} \immediate\write-1{The \string\Configure{mouseover-vars}{XXX} {variable-list} command introduces local variables, to be referenced with the prefix ``tex4ht.' on their names. In addition, for each variable YYY it introduces a construct \string\moYYY {label}...\string\endmoYYY\space for selecting a value for the variable at the specified label.} \immediate\write-1{} \immediate\write-1{Example:} \immediate\write-1{ \string\Configure{mouseover-script}{var}{\HCode{<hr />}}} \immediate\write-1{|<mouseover cite config|>} \immediate\write-1{|<mouseover cite css|>.} \immediate\write-1{ \string\moAuthor{bb}A name\string\endmoAuthor } \immediate\write-1{} \immediate\write-1{The compilation indirectly invokes the command 'xhtex \string\jobname-js'. An alternative format for the command can be requested within a configuration of the form \string\Configure{mouseover-Needs}{\string\Needs{"..."}}. The default setting is due to \string\Configure{mouseover-Needs}{\string\Needs{"xhtex \string\jobname-js"}}} \immediate\write-1{In case \string\Configure{mouseover-Needs} is undefined, introduce the instruction \string\NewConfigure{mouseover-Needs}{1} before that command. } >>> \<onmouseover utilities\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname mouseover-Needs\endcsname\relax \NewConfigure{mouseover-Needs}{1} \Configure{mouseover-Needs}{\Needs{"xhtex \jobname-js"}} \fi \def\mo:args#1#2#3{\expandafter \ifx \csname a:mouseover-#1-#2\endcsname\empty\else \expandafter \ifx \csname a:mouseover-#1-#2\endcsname\relax |<global mouseover-type|>\else |<private mouseover-type|>\fi\fi} >>> \<global mouseover-type\><<< \expandafter \ifx \csname a:mouseover-#1\endcsname\empty \else \Hnewline onmouseover="tex4ht.body=tex4ht.#3; tex4ht.caption='#2'; |<init mouseover vars|>% return overlib(\csname a:mouseover-#1\endcsname);" \Hnewline onmouseout="nd();"\Hnewline\fi >>> \<private mouseover-type\><<< \Hnewline onmouseover="tex4ht.body=tex4ht.#3; tex4ht.caption='#2'; |<init mouseover vars|>% return overlib(\csname a:mouseover-#1-#2\endcsname);" \Hnewline onmouseout="nd();"\Hnewline >>> \<init mouseover vars\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname mouseover-#1-init\endcsname\relax \else \csname mouseover-#1-init\endcsname{#2}\fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Boundary Cases for mouseover} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<DOCTYPE in PROLOG under mouseover\><<< \:CheckOption{xhtml} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{DOCTYPE} \if:Option \Log:Note{to request a DOCTYPE declaration use the command line option `DOCTYPE'} \else \edef\Preamble{\Preamble,no-DOCTYPE} \fi \fi >>> \<overlib src\><<< <script language="JavaScript" src="overlib.js" type="text/javascript" ></script>\Hnewline <!--http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/ (Erik Bosrup)-->% >>> \begin{itemize} \item \begin{verbatim} THE DOCUMENT DECLARATION GIVES TROUBLE IN CONNECTION WITH OVERLIB. It would be hardly noticeable in small pages, requiring no scrolling - the only symptom then is that the browser suddenly warns about errors - those ones in overlib, and as a matter of fact, apparently in the part of the script that ensures compatibility with Netscape. However, in a large page, the pop-ups seem to disappear - making them STICKY and scrolling up, one can find them in the upper right corner. One has only to remove <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/emacspeak/loose.dtd"> however, to put an end to the browser complaints and get back the pop-ups into their proper places. \end{verbatim} \item \begin{verbatim} I have just found a reference to the trouble, together with a very easy way to go round it: it is enough to add <?xml version="1.1"?> BEFORE the Document declaration. I have checked it, and it is all right - both for Explorer6 and Netscape 4.7 and 6. By the way: for the Mouseover option to work under Netscape4.x, the call to <script type="text/JavaScript" src="overlib.js"></script> <!--http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/ (Erik Bosrup)--> MUST appear in the <BODY> section, NOT in the <HEAD>: absurd, but true (it is reported in Overlib's page). \end{verbatim} \end{itemize} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{The Configuration File onmouseover.4ht} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<onmouseover.4ht\><<< \ifnum\the\catcode`\%=14\else\expandafter\edef\csname \string:RestoreCatcodes\endcsname{\catcode`\%|=\the \catcode`\%}\catcode`\%|=14\fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % onmouseover.4ht |version % % Copyright |CopyYear.2001. Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> \hbadness=10000 \vbadness=10000 \hfuzz=99in \vfuzz=\hfuzz \overfullrule=0pt \let\makefootline\empty \special{t4ht.js} \newcount\CodeNumber \def\NoSpecials#1#2#3{\edef\temp{\the\CodeNumber}% \global\CodeNumber=#3 \def\next{\catcode\CodeNumber=#1 \ifnum \CodeNumber=#2 \let\next=\relax \fi \global\advance\CodeNumber by -1 \next}\next \global\CodeNumber=\temp }% \expandafter\def\csname js js\endcsname{\egroup \special{t4ht@@}% tex4ht=new Array() ; //\jstoday} \expandafter\def\csname js js trace="on"\endcsname{\global \let\TagTrace=\empty \csname js js\endcsname} \expandafter\def\csname js /js\endcsname{\egroup \special{t4ht@@}% \csname bye\endcsname\endinput} |<hash for onmouseover.4ht|> |<escape backslashes|> \catcode`\<=13 \def\jselement#1{\expandafter\def\csname js #1\endcsname##1=##2</#1>{% \hfill\break tex4ht.\jsHash{##1}=\hbox{"##2";}\egroup}} |<escape double quotes|> \expandafter\def\csname js \endcsname#1</>{% \hfill\break \hbox{#1}\egroup} \def<#1>{\bgroup \expandafter \ifx \csname js #1\endcsname \relax \jselement{#1}\fi \def<##1>{\TagTrace{\def\x{##1}\def\y####1:->{}% \immediate\write16{...\string<\expandafter\y\meaning\x>}}% \string<\scan ##1"<>>}% \NoSpecials{12}{0}{255}\NoSpecials{11}{65}{90}\NoSpecials{11}{97}{122}% \catcode`\ =10 \catcode`\^^M=10 \catcode`\^^I=10 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\\=13 \tt \csname js #1\endcsname} \def\TagTrace#1{} \catcode`\&=12 \catcode`\#=12 \endinput >>> \<escape double quotes\><<< \def\scan#1"#2<>{#1\if !#2!\expandafter\done\else \string\"\expandafter\scan \fi#2<>} \def\done#1>{} >>> \<escape backslashes\><<< \catcode`/=0 \catcode`\\=13 /def\{/string\/string\} /catcode`/\=0 \catcode`\/=12 >>> \<onmouseover utilities\><<< \def\jsHash#1{\jsHash:a #1<>} \def\jsHash:a#1#2<>{% \ifnum `#1<`0 JjV\else \ifnum `#1>`z jJv\else \ifnum `#1>`9 \ifnum `#1<`A jJV\else \ifnum `#1>`Z \ifnum `#1<`a jVV\else #1\fi \else #1\fi\fi \else #1\fi\fi\fi \if !#2!\expandafter\done:hash \else\expandafter\jsHash:a\fi#2<>} \def\done:hash#1>{} >>> \<hash for onmouseover.4ht\><<< \def\jsHash#1{\jsHasha #1<>} \def\jsHasha#1#2<>{% \ifnum `#1<`0 JjV\else \ifnum `#1>`z jJv\else \ifnum `#1>`9 \ifnum `#1<`A jJV\else \ifnum `#1>`Z \ifnum `#1<`a jVV\else #1\fi \else #1\fi\fi \else #1\fi\fi\fi \if !#2!\expandafter\done \else\expandafter\jsHasha\fi#2<>} >>> \<onmouseover utilities\><<< \expandafter\Odef\csname c:mouseover-?:\endcsname[#1]#2{% \def\:temp{#2}% \if !#1!\expandafter\let\csname a:mouseover-\:tempb\endcsname=\:temp \else \om:type#1,|<par del|>\fi} \def\om:type#1,#2|<par del|>{% \if !#1!\else\expandafter \let\csname a:mouseover-\:tempb-#1\endcsname=\:temp\fi \ifx !#2!\else \def\:tempa{\om:type#2|<par del|>}\expandafter\:tempa \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Formats} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{latex.ltx} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech latex\><<< |<0,32,4 plain,latex|> |<32,4 plain,latex|> |<4 plain,latex|> |<32,4 latex|> |<4 latex|> |<0,32,4 latex|> |<latex lttab|> |<latex ltbibl|> |<latex ltoutenc|> |<latex ltfloat (footnotes)|> \:CheckOption{javahelp} \if:Option \input javahelp.4ht \else \Log:Note{for a JavaHelp output format, use the command line option `javahelp'} \fi >>> \<latex lttab\><<< \Configure{extracolsep} {~\tmp:dim=#1\relax\ifdim \tmp:dim>1em ~\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ltplain.dtx %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{obeylines} \<4 plain,latex\><<< \Configure{obeylines} {\ifvmode \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\IgnoreIndent \HCode{<div class="obeylines-v">}% \gdef\ob:ln{\ht:special{t4ht=</div>}}% \else \SaveEndP \HCode{<span class="obeylines-h">}% \gdef\ob:ln{\ht:special{t4ht=</span>}\RecallEndP}% \fi } {\EndP\ob:ln\ShowPar} {\hbox{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} \Css{.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }} \Css{div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ltlogos.dtx %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Logos} \<4 plain\><<< |</TeX for 4.0t|> >>> \</TeX for 4.0t\><<< \def\TeX{\HCode{<span class="TEX">}T\HCode{<span\Hnewline class="E">}E\HCode{</span>}X\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; }} \Css{span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;}} \Css{a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; }} >>> \verb'\def\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX\@}' %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ltfssini.dtx %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{tt Font} \<0,32,4 latex\><<< \ifx \ttfamily\:UnDef \else \Configure{tt}{\ttfamily} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ltxref.dtx %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Cross References} \<32,4 latex\><<< \Configure{ref} {\Link} {\ifx \RefArg\:UnDef\else \Tg<!--tex4ht:ref: \RefArg\space-->\fi\EndLink} {} >>> The comments lets us relate the automatically created label with that offered by the user. The space is needed for cases that the label ends with a dash. \begin{itemize} \item LaTeX allows labels almost everywhere. \item Different labels may be associated to a common object in LaTex. \item There are almost no restrictions on the kind of characters allowed within the labels of LaTeX. \end{itemize} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % ltmiscen.dtx %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Miscellaneous Environments} \<32,4 plain,latex\><<< \def\end:TTT{\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}} >>> \<4 latex\><<< \append:def\center{\par} \ConfigureEnv{center} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>} {\EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<div class="center"\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\endgraf} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureEnv{flushleft} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>} {\EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<div class="flushleft"\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\endgraf} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureEnv{flushright} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>} {\EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<div class="flushright"\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\endgraf} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.center, div.center div.center {text-align: center; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}} \Css{div.center div {text-align: left;}} \Css{div.flushright, div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}} \Css{div.flushright div {text-align: left;}} \Css{div.flushleft {text-align: left;}} >>> \<32,4 latex\><<< \ConfigureEnv{verbatim}{\env:verb{verbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{verbatim*}{\env:verb{verbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{} \def\env:verb#1{\ifinner\else \vfill\break\fi \IgnorePar\EndP \HAssign\Verb:N=0 \HCode{<\tbl:XV{#1}><tr class="#1"><td\Hnewline class="#1">}\HCode{<div class="#1"\a:LRdir>}\EndNoFonts} \def\endenv:verb{\NoFonts \EndP \ht:special{t4ht=</div>}\end:TTT |<try inline par|>} \def\start:fenv#1{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<table \Hnewline width="100\%" \:zbsp{flush#1}><tr><td><div align="#1"\Hnewline\a:LRdir>}} \def\end:fenv{\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\end:TTT\IgnorePar} \HAssign\Verb:N=0 \Css{div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }} >>> \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \Configure{verb} {\HCode{<span class="verb"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</span>}} >>> The \verb+\:nbsp+ above is because lynx collapses consecutive \verb+<br />+ tags. \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \Configure{centercr}{\ht:special{t4ht=<br\xml:empty>}} {\ht:everypar{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}} >>> % ltmath.dtx %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Math Setup} \<configure html-speech-math latex\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-equation}\if:Option % \ConfigureEnv{equation} % {\relax\ifmmode\else\par\fi\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% % \HCode{<center class="equation"><table class="equation"\Hnewline % border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}} % {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% % \HCode{</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar % \ifmmode\else\par\fi} % {}{} \Configure{equation} {\:xhtml{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP}% \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar \Configure{$$}{\PicDisplay}{\EndPicDisplay} {\everymath{}\everydisplay{}} } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}} {\end:TTT |<try inline par|>} |% was: \IgnorePar\par|% \else % \ConfigureEnv{equation} % {\relax\ifmmode\else\par\fi\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% % \HCode{<center class="equation"><table class="equation"\Hnewline % border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}% % } % {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% % \HCode{</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar % \ifmmode\else\par\fi} % {}{} \Configure{equation} {\ifmmode\else\par \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}} {\end:TTT\ifmmode\else |<try inline par|>\fi} \fi \Css{.equation td{text-align:center; }} \Css{td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } } >>> \<configure html-speech-math latex\><<< |<pic plain/latex math 4.0t|> \:CheckOption{pic-eqnarray} \if:Option |<PIC eqnarray Config|> \else |<TABLE eqnarray Config 4.0t|>\fi >>> \<PIC eqnarray Config\><<< \ConfigureEnv{eqnarray} {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="pic-eqnarray">\Picture*{}} {\EndPicture\Tg</div>}{}{} \Css{div.pic-eqnarray {text-align:center;}} \ConfigureEnv{eqnarray*} {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="pic-eqnarray-star">\Picture*{}} {\EndPicture\Tg</div>}{}{} \Css{div.pic-eqnarray-star {text-align:center;}} >>> \<TABLE eqnarray Config 4.0t\><<< \Log:Note{for pictorial eqnarray, use the command line option `pic-eqnarray'} \Configure{eqnarray}{\HCode{<table\Hnewline class="eqnarray\ifx \@seqncr\@eqncr\else-star\fi ">}} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr valign="middle" class="eqnarray\ifx \@seqncr\@eqncr\else-star\fi">}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{\ifnum \HCol=4 <td\Hnewline width="10" class="eqnarray4"></td>\fi <td\Hnewline align="\ifcase\HCol \or right\or center\or left\else right\fi" style="white-space:nowrap;"\Hnewline class="eqnarray\HCol">}} {\EndP\HCode{</td>}} >>> \<TABLE eqnarray Config 4.0t\><<< \ConfigureEnv{eqnarray} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<div class="eqnarray">}} {\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{</div>}}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{eqnarray*} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<div class="eqnarray">}} {\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{</div>}}{}{} \Css{div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % lttab.dtx %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Tabbing, Tabular and Array Environments} \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \:CheckOption{no-array}\if:Option \else |<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t|> \fi >>> \<configure html-speech-math latex\><<< \:CheckOption{no-array}\if:Option \else |<math html latex array/tabular|> \fi >>> \<vspace body for array/tabular\><<< \append:def\vspc:s{\h:HBorder}% \def\:tempb{\ifnum \tmp:cnt<\ar:cnt \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \append:def\vspc:s{\i:HBorder}% \expandafter\:tempb \fi } \tmp:cnt|=0 \:tempb \append:def\vspc:s{\j:HBorder}\global\let\vspc:s|=\vspc:s >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< \Configure{hline}{\ifx \ar:cnt\:UnDef\else \o:noalign:{|<hline body for array/tabular|>}% \expandafter\ignoreEndTr \fi} \Configure{//[]}{\ifx \ar:cnt\:UnDef \else\o:noalign:{|<vspace body for array/tabular|>}\fi} >>> \<hline body for array/tabular\><<< \append:def\hline:s{\a:HBorder}% \def\:tempb{\ifnum \tmp:cnt<\ar:cnt \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \append:def\hline:s{\b:HBorder}% \expandafter\:tempb \fi }% \tmp:cnt|=0 \:tempb \append:def\hline:s{\c:HBorder}\global\let\hline:s|=\hline:s >>> \<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{multicolumn} {\let\sv:VBorder\VBorder \let\VBorder\empty \Configure{VBorder}{}{}{}{}% } {\let\VBorder\sv:VBorder} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \HCode{<div class="multicolumn" }\HColAlign\HCode{>}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} >>> \<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<< \def\pic:env{% \def\begin##1{\bgroup \def\end####1{\o:end:{####1}\EndPicture\egroup}% \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef \Picture+{ class="##1" align="middle"}% \else \let\EndPicture|=\empty\fi \o:begin:{##1}}% } >>> \verb'\AllColMargins' Return a binary string in which 1 represents a column, and 0 represents a `@'. \verb'\ColMargins' retrieves the zeros before the 1's that represent the current and following 1's. \<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<< \def\ColMargins{\tmp:cnt|=\HCol\relax \expandafter\nosp:hbr\AllColMargins 1//} \def\nosp:hbr#11#2//{\ifnum \tmp:cnt>1 \advance\tmp:cnt by -1 \nosp:hbr#2//\else\nosp:gt#11#2//\fi} \def\nosp:gt#11#21#3//{% \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty 1\else 0\fi \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty 1\else 0\fi} \Css{div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }} \Css{div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }} \Css{div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }} \Css{div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }} >>> \<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-tabular} \if:Option \else \Configure{tabular} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \halignTB{tabular}\putVBorder } {|<insert Clr|>\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr \Hnewline}\halignTR \HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-">}} {\r:HA} {\HCode{<td \ifnum \HMultispan>1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}% \halignTD \HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-\HCol" \Hnewline class="td}\NoFonts\ColMargins\EndNoFonts \HCode{">}|<td save EndP|>% |<start array par box|>\PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo} {|<end array par box|>\PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo \d:HA} \fi |<configuring @()|> \Css{td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }} \Css{td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }} \Css{td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }} \Css{td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }} >>> \<insert ClrNO\><<< \expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter{\Clr}% \HCode{<!--"\the\tmp:toks"-->}% >>> The quotes above hide \verb+>+ from IE within the comment. Otherwise, the browser inappropriately get confused. On the other hand, the above doesn't work, for instance on `\verb+|r||r@{--}l|p{1.25in}|+' due to the extra \verb+--+. \subsection{The option @()} \<configuring @()\><<< \Configure{@{}}{} >>> \<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{halignTB<>}{array}{\HCode{class="array"\Hnewline cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi" }<>\HAlign} \:CheckOption{pic-array} \if:Option \else \Configure{array} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\halignTB{array}\putVBorder} {|<insert Clr|>\HCode{</table>}} {\R:HA} {\r:HA} {\D:HA\HCode{<div class="td}\NoFonts\ColMargins\EndNoFonts \HCode{">}|<start array par box|>\pic:env} {|<end array par box|>\HCode{</div>}\d:HA} \Configure{arrayparbox}{\ShowPar} \fi >>> \verb|\par| is empty if not in par box. \<start array par box\><<< \par \ShowPar >>> \<end array par box\><<< \IgnorePar \EndP >>> We force border around the full table whenever a vertical line is requested, because it makes the tables better looking within the existing capabilities. Currently, we either have empty \verb'\VBorder', or one defined to \verb'\def\VBorder{border="1"}'. \<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<< \let\VBorder|=\empty \let\AllColMargins|=\empty \Configure{VBorder} {\let\VBorder|=\empty \let\AllColMargins|=\empty \global\let\GROUPS|=\empty \HAssign\NewGroup = 0 \gHAdvance\Next:TableNo by 1 \global\let\TableNo=\Next:TableNo } {\xdef\VBorder{\VBorder\ifnum \NewGroup> 0 </colgroup>\fi} \HAssign\NewGroup = 0 \gdef\GROUPS{rules="groups"}} {\Advance:\NewGroup by 1 \ifnum \NewGroup=1 \xdef\VBorder{\VBorder<colgroup id="TBL-\TableNo-\ar:cnt g">}\fi \xdef\VBorder{\VBorder<col\Hnewline id="TBL-\TableNo -\ar:cnt"\xml:empty>}\xdef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins1}} {\xdef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins 0}} \Configure{HBorder} {<tr\Hnewline class="hline">} {<td><hr\xml:empty></td>} {</tr>} {<tr\Hnewline class="cline">} {<td></td>} {<td><hr\xml:empty></td>} {</tr>} {<tr\Hnewline class="vspace" style="font-size:\HBorderspace">} {<td\Hnewline>\string </td>} {</tr>} \Configure{putHBorder}{\HCode{\HBorder}} \HAssign\Next:TableNo|=0 \global\let\TableNo=\Next:TableNo \Css{.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 1px; margin:0px; }} >>> When \verb'\putVBorder' is call in \verb'\VBorder' we have a sequence of the form \verb'<COLGROUP><COL ...">...</COLGROUP>...' with the last tag possibly missing. \<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<< \def\putVBorder{\expandafter\put:VBorder\VBorder</>|<par del|>} \def\put:VBorder#1</#2>#3|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty \HCode{\VBorder}% \def\:temp{#1}\ifx\:temp\empty \else\HCode{</colgroup>}\fi \else \def\:temp{\put:VBorder#3|<par del|>}\expandafter\:temp\fi } >>> \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-tabbing} \if:Option \ConfigureEnv{tabbing}{\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture}{}{} \else |<TABLE tabbing Config 4.0t|> \:CheckOption{pic-tabbing'} \if:Option |<PICT dot tabbing|> \fi \fi >>> \<TABLE tabbing Config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{tabbing}[1.5]{% \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht=<table \Hnewline\:zbsp{tabbing}><tr \Hnewline valign="baseline" class="tabbing">}} {\ht:special{t4ht=</tr></table>}\ShowPar \csname par\endcsname |<global HtmlPar|>% } {\ht:special{t4ht=<td \ifx \TabWidth\empty \else width="\TabWidth"\fi \Hnewline class="tabbing\ifx \`\TabType -right\fi">}} {\ht:special{t4ht=</td>}} \ConfigureEnv{tabbing}{\IgnorePar\EndP}{}{}{} \Css{.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% to be placed %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{to be placed} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<4 latex\><<< \Configure{underline} {\HCode{<span class="underline">}\:gobble} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }} \Css{.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }} >>> \<4 plain\><<< \Configure{underline} {\HCode{<span class="underline">}\hbox\bgroup \:gobble} {\egroup \HCode{</span>}} \Css{.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }} \Css{.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; margin-bottom:1pt; }} >>> \<4 plain,latex\><<< \Configure{overline} {\HCode{<span class="overline">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }} \Css{.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black; }} >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-framebox} \if:Option \Configure{framebox} {\Picture+[]{ \a:@Picture{framebox}}} {\EndPicture} \else \Log:Note{for bitmap framebox'es, use the command line option `pic-framebox'} \Configure{framebox} {\HCode{<span class="framebox-\frameboxAlign"\Hnewline style="width:\frameboxWidth;">}} {\HCode{</span>}} |<shared framebox style|> \fi >>> % \bgroup % \fboxrule=0pt \fboxsep=0pt % \HAssign\frameboxN=0 % \gHAdvance\frameboxN by 1 % id="framebox-\frameboxN" \<shared framebox style\><<< \Css{.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r { padding-left:\the\fboxsep; padding-right:\the\fboxsep; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black \the\fboxrule; }} \Css{.framebox-c {text-align:center;}} \Css{.framebox-l {text-align:left;}} \Css{.framebox-r {text-align:right;}} >>> \<32,4 latex\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-fbox} \if:Option \Configure{fbox} {\leavevmode\Picture+[]{ \a:@Picture{fbox}}} {\EndPicture} \else \Log:Note{for bitmap fbox'es, use the command line option `pic-fbox'} \Configure{fbox} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="fbox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}% \else \HCode{<span class="fbox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}% \fi} {\end:bx} \Css{.fbox {padding-left:\the\fboxsep; padding-right:\the\fboxsep; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black \the\fboxrule; }} \Css{div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }} \fi >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< \Configure{InsertTitle}{\let\label|=\lb:l \let\ref|=\o:ref \Configure{ref}{}{}{}} \Configure{AfterTitle}{\let\index|=\:index \let\ref|=\:ref \let\label|=\lb:l } \Configure{NoSection} {\let\sv:index|=\index \let\sv:label|=\label \let\sv:newline|=\newline \def\newline{ }% \let\sv:setfontsize|=\@setfontsize \let\@setfontsize|=\:gobbleIII \let\index|=\@gobble \let\label|=\@gobble |<nolink ref|>% } {\let\index|=\sv:index \let\label|=\sv:label |<restore ref|>% \let\newline|=\sv:newline \let\@setfontsize|=\sv:setfontsize } >>> \<nolink ref\><<< \let\sva:rEfLiNK|=\a:rEfLiNK \let\svb:rEfLiNK|=\b:rEfLiNK \let\svc:rEfLiNK|=\c:rEfLiNK \expandafter\let\expandafter\svC:rEfLiNK\c:rEfLiNK \Configure{ref}{}{}{}% \let\sv:ref|=\ref \let\ref|=\@gobble >>> \<restore ref\><<< \let\a:rEfLiNK|=\sva:rEfLiNK \let\b:rEfLiNK|=\svb:rEfLiNK \let\c:rEfLiNK|=\svc:rEfLiNK \expandafter\let\c:rEfLiNK\svC:rEfLiNK % \let\ref\sv:ref >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< \Configure{oalign}{\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{oalign}}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{TocLink} {\expandafter\ifx \csname #3-def\endcsname\relax \global\expandafter\let \csname #3-def\endcsname\def \Link{#2}{#3}% \else \Link{#2}{}% \fi {\Configure{ref}{}{}{}% |<cite in TocLink|>#4}\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndLink} >>> \<configure html-speech-math latex\><<< \Configure{stackrel}{\Picture+{ class="stackrel"}\mathrel} {\limits ^}{\EndPicture} >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< \Configure{picture} {\Picture+[PICT]{}} {\EndPicture} >>> \<32,4 latex\><<< \ConfigureEnv{minipage} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<table class="minipage"><tr><td>}} {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}} {}{} \Css{table.minipage{width:100\%;}} >>> Tried the following for minipage \begin{verbatim} \ConfigureEnv{minipage} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="minipage">}} {\EndP\HCode{</div>}} {\IgnoreIndent\HtmlEnv}{} \end{verbatim} but was not able to find an appropriate css code for centered pages \begin{verbatim} Es ist ganz einfach: \begin{center} \raisebox{0cm}{\begin{minipage}{10cm}\sc Jesus Christus\\ erbarme dich meiner!\end{minipage}} \end{center} Varianten sind: \end{verbatim} \<latex shared section config\><<< \Configure{endsection} {likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesection} {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} >>> \<latex shared subsection config\><<< \Configure{endsubsection} {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsection} {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} >>> \<latex shared subsubsection config\><<< \Configure{endsubsubsection} {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsubsection} {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} >>> \<latex shared div config\><<< \Configure{endlikeparagraph} {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubparagraph} {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubparagraph} {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} >>> \<latex shared paragraph config\><<< \Configure{endparagraph} {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} >>> \<latex shared part config\><<< \Configure{endpart}{likepart} \Configure{endlikepart}{endpart} >>> \<latex shared part config\><<< \Configure{part}{}{} {\IgnorePar \EndP\HCode{<h1 class="partHead"\a:LRdir>}% \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\partname \ \thepart \HCode{<br\xml:empty></span>}} {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{likepart}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="likepartHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{partTITLE+}{\thepart\space #1} \Configure{likepartTITLE+}{#1} \Css{h1.partHead{text-align: center}} >>> \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \ifx\bf\:UnDef \def\bf{\normalfont\bfseries} \fi >>> Earlier we had \verb'\:CheckOption{no-halign} \if:Option \else |<pic array|> \fi', and the same for pic tabular. Why? \<4 plain,latex\><<< \Configure{displaylines} {\IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<table \Hnewline border="0" width="100\%" class="displaylines">}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr class="displaylines"><td \Hnewline valign="baseline" class="displaylines" >}}{\HCode{</td></tr>}} \Css{td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}} >>> \<configure html-speech latex\><<< |</TeX for 4.0t|> \def\:temp{\HCode{<span class="LATEX">}L\HCode{<span class="A">}A\HCode{</span>}\TeX\HCode{</span>}} \HLet\LaTeX|=\:temp \def\:temp{\mbox{% \if b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil\boldmath\fi \LaTeX2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}} \expandafter\HLet\csname LaTeXe\endcsname|=\:temp \Css{span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex; left:-0.4em; font-size:85\%;}} \Css{span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; }} \Configure{@TITLE}{\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}\let\fontencoding|=\:gobble \let\fontfamily|=\:gobble \let\fontseries|=\:gobble \let\fontshape|=\:gobble \let\usefont|=\:gobbleIV } >>> \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \Configure{newline}{\HCode{<br class="newline"\xml:empty>}} >>> \<configure html-speech supertabular\><<< \Configure{SpBorder} {<tr\Hnewline class="vspace"><!--\SpBorder-->} {<td>\string </td>} {</tr>} \ConfigureEnv{supertabular} {\par \IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<div class="supertabular">}} {\HCode{</div>}\par} {} {} \Css{.supertabular {text-align:center}} >>> \<configure html-speech longtable\><<< \:CheckOption{old-longtable}\if:Option |<config old longtable|> \else |<config new longtable|> \fi >>> \<config new longtable\><<< \Configure{halignTB<>}{longtable}{\HCode{class="longtable"\Hnewline cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi" }<>\HAlign} \Configure{longtable} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{|<show input line no|><div class="longtable">}% \halignTB{longtable}\putVBorder } {|<insert Clr|>\HCode{</table></div>}} {\HCode{<tr \Hnewline}\halignTR\HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-">}} {\r:HA} {\HCode{<td \ifnum \HMultispan>1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}% \halignTD \HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-\HCol" \Hnewline class="td}\NoFonts\ColMargins\EndNoFonts \HCode{">}|<td save EndP|>% |<start array par box|>\PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo} {\PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo |<end array par box|>\d:HA} \Css{div.longtable{text-align:center;}} \Configure{longtableparbox}{\IgnorePar\leavevmode\ShowPar\par} >>> \<config old longtable\><<< \let\a:longtable=\a:tabular \let\b:longtable=\b:tabular \let\c:longtable=\c:tabular \let\d:longtable=\d:tabular \let\e:longtable=\e:tabular \let\f:longtable=\f:tabular >>> \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \Configure{float} {\ifOption{refcaption}{}{\csname par\endcsname\ShowPar \leavevmode}} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<hr class="float"\xml:empty><div class="float"\Hnewline><table class="float"><tr class="float"><td class="float"\Hnewline >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP \HCode{</td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfloat" />}\csname par\endcsname\ShowPar} \ConfigureEnv{figure} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<hr class="figure"\xml:empty><div class="figure"\Hnewline><table class="figure"><tr class="figure"><td class="figure"\Hnewline>}% \bgroup \Configure{float}{\ShowPar}{}{}% } {\egroup \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{</td></tr></table></div><hr class="endfigure"\xml:empty>}|<try env inline par|>\par} {}{} \Css{div.float img, div.float .caption {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.figure img, div.figure .caption {text-align:center;}} >>> The \verb'<TABLE>' is needed as a grouping mechanism for \verb'<CENTER>'. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Plain} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{General} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech plain\><<< |<4 plain,latex|> |<0,32,4 plain|> |<0,32,4 plain,latex|> |<32,4 plain,latex|> |<32,4 plain|> |<4 plain|> |<plain items|> |%keep last in html mode?|% >>> \<4 plain\><<< \def\plain:indent{\ShowIndent \global\let\plain:indent\empty} \Configure{@BODY}{\plain:indent} >>> \<plain items\><<< \Configure{item} {}{} {\par\Configure{items}{\item:class}\HCode{<span class="item">}} {\HCode{</span>}\Configure{items}{}} \Configure{itemitem} {}{} {\par\Configure{items}{\itemitem:class}\HCode{<span class="itemitem">}} {\HCode{</span>}\Configure{items}{}} \Css{p.item {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:2em;}} \Css{p.itemitem {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:4em;}} \Css{span.item, span.itemitem {width:2em; margin-right:0.4em;}} \Configure{!P}{\a:items} \NewConfigure{items}{1} \Configure{items}{} \def\item:class#1class#2"#3"{#1class="item"} \def\itemitem:class#1class#2"#3"{#1class="itemitem"} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Environments} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<4 plain\><<< \Configure{settabs}[1.5]{\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode \ht:special{t4ht=<table \Hnewline\:zbsp{settabs}><tr \Hnewline valign="baseline" class="settabs">}} {\ht:special{t4ht=</tr></table>}} {\ht:special{t4ht=<td \ifx \TabWidth\empty \else width="\TabWidth"\fi \Hnewline class="settabs">}} {\ht:special{t4ht=</td>}} >>> \<4 plain\><<< \Configure{narrower}{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP% \HCode{<table cellpadding="15" class="narrower"><tr class="narrower"><td class="narrower">}\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</td></tr></table>}\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi} >>> \<0,32,4 plain\><<< \Configure{settabs}[1.5]{}{}{}{}{} \Configure{line}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} >>> \<4 plain\><<< \Configure{proclaim} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="proclaim"><span class="proclaim">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.proclaim { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; }} >>> \<4 plain\><<< \Configure{beginsection} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="beginsection">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<h3 class="beginsection">}} {\HCode{</h3>}\par\ShowPar} \ConfigureToc{beginsection} {} {\relax} {} { } >>> % \Css{div.beginsection { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; }} \<4 plain\><<< \Configure{TableOfContents} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="TableOfContents">}}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{} >>> \<4 plain\><<< \Configure{insert} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr class="insert"\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr class="endinsert"\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar} >>> \<pic plain/latex math 4.0t\><<< \NewConfigure{@root}{1} \Configure{@root}{align="middle" } >>> \<html-speech-math plain,fontmath\><<< \Configure{big}{\HCode{<span class="big">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{} \Configure{Big}{\HCode{<span class="bbig">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{} \Configure{bigg}{\HCode{<span class="bigg">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{} \Configure{Bigg}{\HCode{<span class="bbigg">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{} >>> \<pic plain math 4.0t\><<< \Configure{@underbrace}{align="middle"} >>> \<4 plain,latex\><<< \def\:zbsp#1{cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"\Hnewline class="#1"} >>> \<4 plain,latex\><<< \Configure{centerline}{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP\HCode{<div \Hnewline class="centerline">}}{\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} \Configure{leftline}{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<p\Hnewline class="leftline">}} {\HCode{</p>}\ShowPar} \Configure{rightline} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<p class="rightline">}} {\HCode{</p>}\ShowPar} \Css{.centerline {text-align:center;}} \Css{.rightline {text-align:right;}} >>> \<4 plain,latex\><<< \def\tbl:XV#1{table width="100\%"\Hnewline class="#1"} >>> The \verb'100%' is to allow centering of stuff on the page. The table is a grouping mechanism to protect internal stuff from external centering operations. The \verb'special{t4ht=' is superior to \verb'\HCode{' because it can prevent \verb'<p>'s from entering before \verb'<NOBR>'. The hbox is for avoiding the start of a new paragraph, if in vmode. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Shared plain latex Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech-math plain\><<< |<html-speech-math plain,fontmath|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Classes} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{article} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech article\><<< |<article,report,book options 1, 2, 3|> \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc article,report options 1|> \fi |<config book-report-article|> |<config report-article|> >>> \<config report-article\><<< \ConfigureEnv{abstract} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{} \Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{report} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech report\><<< |<article,report,book options 1, 2, 3|> \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc article,report options 1|> \fi |<config book-report-article|> |<latex shared part config|> |<config book-report 4.0t|> |<config report-article|> |<32,4 report,book|> |<32,4 report|> >>> \<32,4 report\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1} \Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<32,4 report\><<< \Configure{appendix}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{likechapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} >>> \<32,4 report,book\><<< \ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}% \appendixname \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1} \Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<32,4 report,book\><<< \Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,part,likepart} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{book} %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech book\><<< |<article,report,book options 1, 2, 3|> \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc book options 1|> \fi |<config book-report-article|> |<latex shared part config|> |<config book-report 4.0t|> |<32,4 report,book|> |<32,4 book|> >>> \<32,4 book\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\if@mainmatter \ifnum \c@secnumdepth >\m@ne \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}\fi \fi} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\if@mainmatter\thechapter\space\fi#1} \renewcommand\thechapter {\if@mainmatter\@arabic\c@chapter\fi} >>> \<32,4 book\><<< \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}% \if@mainmatter \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}\fi } {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{appendix}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}% \if@mainmatter \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}\fi } {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{likechapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} >>> \<chapter toc css\><<< \Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}} >>> \<part toc css\><<< \Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{letter} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech letter\><<< |<quotations|> |<description 4|> |<base font size|> \ConfigureEnv{verse} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>} {}{} \ConfigureList{verse} {}{} {\parindent=\z@} {\par} \Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}} >>> \<configure html-speech letter\><<< \Configure{opening} {\bgroup \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{tabular} {\EndP\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \HCode{<div class="opening"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</div><p class="clear-both" />}} {} {\HCode{<br />}} {}{}% \Configure{HBorder} {<br class="hline"/>} {}{} {<br class="cline" />} {}{} {} {<br class="vspace"/>} {}{}% } {\egroup} \Configure{closing} {\EndP\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{<div class="closing">}} {\EndP\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div><p class="clear-both" />}} \longindentation=0pt \Css{div.opening{float:right;}} \Css{div.closing {float:right; margin-right:2em;}} \Css{p.clear-both{clear:both;}} >>> \<configure html-speech letter\><<< \Configure{address} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<span class="address">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{toaddress} {\HCode{<div class="toaddress">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{toname} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="toname">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{date} {\HCode{<span class="date">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{dear} {\HCode{<span class="dear">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{sincerely} {\HCode{<span class="sincerely">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{signature} {\HCode{<span class="signature">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{cc} {\HCode{<div class="cc">}\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{encl} {\HCode{<div class="encl">}\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</div>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{AMS Art, Proc, Book} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{amsart} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech amsart\><<< |<ams art,proc,book|> |<ams art,proc|> |<ams art|> >>> \<ams art,proc,book\><<< |<ams maketitle|> |<makeketitle config 4.0t|> |<thebib config|> >>> \<makeketitle config 4.0t\><<< |<config captions|> >>> \<ams art,proc,book\><<< \ifx \deferred@thm@head\:UnDef\else |<ams 2000 art + book + proc|> \fi >>> \<ams 2000 art + book + proc\><<< \Configure{qed} {\HCode{<span class="qed">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{.qed {width:2ex; float:right; text-align:right;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{amsproc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech amsproc\><<< |<ams art,proc,book|> |<ams proc,book|> |<ams art,proc|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{amsdtx} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech amsdtx\><<< |<amsdtx maketitle|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{amsbook} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech amsbook\><<< |<ams art,proc,book|> |<ams proc,book|> |<ams book|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Divisions} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ams art,proc,book\><<< |<ams art,proc,book div|> |<ams art,proc,book toc|> |%should appear before TocAt|% |<ams options 1, 2, 3|> >>> \<ams art,proc,book div\><<< \ConfigureMark{part} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@ifundefined{partname}{}{% \ignorespaces\partname\space}% \@seccntformat{part}% \HCode{</span>}\fi } \Configure{part}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h1 class="partHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h1>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{partTITLE+}{\thepart\space#1} >>> \<ams book\><<< \Configure{likepart}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="likepartHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{likepartTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<ams art,proc,book div\><<< \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@ifundefined{sectionname}{}{% \ignorespaces\sectionname\space}% \@seccntformat{section}% \HCode{</span>}\fi } |<section TITLE+|> \Configure{section}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} >>> \<section TITLE+\><<< \Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \ifnum \c@secnumdepth > 0 \thesection\space \fi\fi #1} >>> \<subsection TITLE+\><<< \Configure{subsectionTITLE+}{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \ifnum \c@secnumdepth > 0 \thesubsection\space \fi\fi #1} >>> \<subsubsection TITLE+\><<< \Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}{\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \ifnum \c@secnumdepth > 0 \thesubsubsection\space \fi\fi #1} >>> \<ams art\><<< \Css{.sectionHead{text-align:center;}} >>> \<ams proc,book\><<< \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{\thesubparagraph} \Css{.paragraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}} >>> \<ams art\><<< \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}} {.\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{} >>> \<ams proc,book\><<< \Configure{subparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf \TitleMark\space} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.subparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}} >>> \<ams art\><<< \Configure{subparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\noindent\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup \TitleMark\space} {.\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} >>>> \<ams book\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1} >>> \<ams book\><<< \ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}% \appendixname \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{appendix}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1} \Configure{likechapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<ams art,proc\><<< \Configure{endsection} {part} \Configure{endsubsection} {section,part} \Configure{endsubsubsection} {subsection,section,part} \Configure{endparagraph} {subsubsection,subsection,section,part} >>> \<ams book\><<< \Configure{endpart}{likepart} \Configure{endlikepart}{endpart} \Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,part,likepart} \Configure{endsection} {chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsection} {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsubsection} {subsection,section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endparagraph} {subsubsection,subsection,section,chapter,likechapter,% appendix,part,likepart} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Tocs at Cut Points} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ams art,proc\><<< \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc article,report options 1|> \fi >>> \<ams book\><<< \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc book options 1|> \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{amsppt.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech amsppt\><<< \ifx \EnditemitemList\:UnDef \Configure{itemitem} {}{} {\par{\Configure{HtmlPar}{\Tg<p class="itemitem">} {\Tg<p class="itemitem">} {}{}% \:xhtml{\Configure{HtmlPar}{\EndP\Tg<div class="itemitem">} {\EndP\Tg<div class="itemitem">} {\Tg</div>}{\Tg</div>}}% \noindent}} {} \Css{.itemitem {margin-left: 5em; text-indent: -2em; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;}} \fi |<32,4 amsppt|> |<4 amsppt|> >>> \<4 amsppt\><<< \Configure{title} {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="title">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar} \Css{div.title {margin-top: 0.5em; font-weight: bold; text-align:center;}} \Configure{author} {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="author">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar} \Css{div.author {text-align:center}} \Configure{affil} {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="affil">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.affil {text-align:center}} \Configure{date} {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="date">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar \append:def\c:footnote{ }% } \Css{.date {text-align:center}} \Configure{abstract} {\IgnorePar\par \HCode{<div\Hnewline class="abstract">}\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\par} {} {} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.abstract, .subjclass, .thanks, .keywords {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}} \Configure{subjclass} {\ifx \m:top\:Undef \let\m:top|=\relax \Css{.subjclass {margin-top:1em; }}% \fi \Tg<div class="subjclass">} {\Tg</div>} \Configure{thanks} {\ifx \m:top\:Undef \let\m:top|=\relax \Css{.thanks {margin-top:1em; }}% \fi \Tg<div class="thanks">} {\Tg</div>} \Configure{keywords} {\ifx \m:top\:Undef \let\m:top|=\relax \Css{.keywords {margin-top:1em; }}% \fi \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="keywords">} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\Tg</div>} >>> \<32 amsppt, 32,4 vanilla\><<< \Configure{title} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="title">}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.title {margin-top: 0.5em;}} \Configure{author} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<br\xml:empty><center>}\IgnorePar\par} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</center>}} >>> \<32,4 amsppt\><<< \Configure{specialhead}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="amsspecialheadHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureToc{specialhead} {\HCode{<center>}\ignorespaces}{ } {}{\HCode{</center>}} \Configure{head}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="amsheadHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureToc{head} {\ignorespaces}{ }{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \Configure{subhead}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="amssubheadHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureToc{subhead} {\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\ignorespaces} { } {} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \Configure{subsubhead}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 class="amssubsubheadHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureToc{subsubhead} {\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp% \:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\ignorespaces} { } {} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} \Configure{block} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<table cellpadding="15"><tr><td>}\IgnorePar\par} {\IgnorePar\HCode{</td></tr></table>}\IgnorePar\par} |<amsppt captions|> \Configure{roster} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<table>}\let\end:item|=\empty} {\IgnorePar\end:item\HCode{</table>}\IgnorePar\par} {\IgnorePar\end:item \HCode{<tr valign="top"><td>} \def\end:item{\EndP\HCode{</td></tr>}}} {\:nbsp\EndP\HCode{</td><td>}\ShowPar} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<table>}\let\end:iitem|=\empty} {\IgnorePar\end:iitem\HCode{</table>}\IgnorePar\par} {\IgnorePar\end:iitem\HCode{<tr valign="top"><td>}} {\HCode{</td><td>} \def\end:iitem{\EndP\HCode{</td></tr>}}} |<bib in amsppt.sty|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{amstex.tex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<amstex.tex m:env\><<< |<amsmath / amstex1 m:env|> >>> \<NO\><<< \def\m:env#1{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<center><table class="#1" border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}} \def\endm:env{\HCode {</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar} >>> \<amsmath / amstex1 m:env\><<< \def\m:env#1{\relax\ifmmode\else\par\fi\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{<center class="#1"><table class="#1"\Hnewline border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}} \def\endm:env{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar \ifmmode\else\par\fi} >>> \<shared amstex.tex matrix 4.0t\><<< \Configure{linebreak}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<amstex.tex m:env|> >>> \section{amsthm.sty} \<configure html-speech amsthm\><<< \ConfigureEnv{proof}{\par\leavevmode}{\par\ShowPar}{}{} >>> \section{amsmath} \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \Configure{equation} {\ifmmode\else\par \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}} {\end:TTT\ifmmode\else |<try inline par|>\fi} \Configure{equation*} {\ifmmode\else\par \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation-star}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar } {\end:TTT\ifmmode\else |<try inline par|>\fi} >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< |<amsmath / amstex1 m:env|> >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-align} \if:Option |<amsmath pic-align css|> \else |<amsmath align css|> \fi \:tempc{align}{align} \:tempc{alignat}{alignat} \:tempc{xalignat}{xalignat} \:tempc{xxalignat}{xxalignat} \:tempc{flalign}{flalign} \:tempc{align*}{align-star} \:tempc{alignat*}{alignat-star} \:tempc{xalignat*}{xalignat-star} \:tempc{flalign*}{flalign-star} >>> \<amsmath align css\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{% \Configure{#1} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<table\Hnewline class="#2">}} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td\Hnewline class="align-\ifnum \HCol>\maxfields@ label\else \ifodd\HCol\space odd\else even\fi \fi">}} {\HCode{</td>}}} >>> \<amsmath pic-align css\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2{% \ConfigureEnv{#1} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="align">}\Picture*[pict]{}} {\EndPicture\EndP\HCode{</div>}\par} {} {}} \Css{div.align {text-align: center;}} >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \Configure{split} {\HCode{<table\Hnewline class="split"><tr><td>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td></tr></table>}} {\HCode{<br\Hnewline class="split-tr"\xml:empty>}} {} {\HCode{<br\Hnewline class="split-td"\xml:empty>}} {} \Configure{smallmatrix} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{<table\Hnewline class="smallmatrix">}} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td\Hnewline>}} {\HCode{</td>}} >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \ConfigureEnv{gather*}{\m:env{gather*}}{\endm:env}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{gathered}{\m:env{gathered}}{\endm:env}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{matrix}{\m:env{matrix}}{\endm:env}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{quotation}{\m:env{quotation}}{\endm:env}{}{} \Configure{equations}{*}{} >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \ConfigureEnv{multline} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{<\tbl:XV{multline}><tr><td>}\Picture*{}\ExtractHLabel } {\EndPicture |<put HLabel|>\end:TTT} {}{} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{multline*} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{<\tbl:XV{multline-star}><tr><td>}\Picture*{}% } {\EndPicture \end:TTT} {}{} |<extract amsmath labels|> >>> \<extract amsmath labels\><<< \def\ExtractHLabel{% \def\tagform@##1{{% \ifx \:HLabel\:UnDef \let\:HLabel=\empty \fi \def\tagform@####1{\expandafter\let\csname ####1\endcsname\def}% \:HLabel \expandafter\ifx\csname ##1\endcsname\relax \let\tagform@=\relax \let\HCode=\relax \edef\:temp{\noexpand\append:def\noexpand \:HLabel{\HCode{<br />}\tagform@{##1}\HCode{<br />}}}% \:temp \global\let\:HLabel=\:HLabel \fi }}} \def\PutHLabel{\:HLabel} >>> \<put HLabel\><<< \ifx \:HLabel\:Undef \else \HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}\PutHLabel \global\let\:HLabel\:Undef \fi >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \ConfigureEnv{gather} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{<\tbl:XV{gather}><tr><td class="gather1">}\Picture*{}\ExtractHLabel } {\EndPicture |<put HLabel|>\end:TTT} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{gather*} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{<\tbl:XV{gather-star}><tr><td>}\Picture*{}% } {\EndPicture \end:TTT} {}{} >>> \<mathml: plain, amsmath, amstex1\><<< \def\underarrow@#1#2#3{% \Tg<|.munder>\Tg<|.mrow\Hnewline>#1\Tg</|.mrow>% \Tg<|.mrow\Hnewline>#2\Tg</|.mrow>% \Tg</|.munder>}% \def\overarrow@#1#2#3{% \Tg<|.mover>\Tg<|.mrow class="fill">#1\Tg</|.mrow>% \Tg<|.mrow\Hnewline>{#2#3}\Tg</|.mrow>% \Tg</|.mover>}% >>> \<mathml: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1\><<< \def\overrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\rightarrow}} \def\overleftarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftarrow}} \def\overleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftrightarrow}} \def\underrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\rightarrow}} \def\underleftarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftarrow}} \def\underleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftrightarrow}} >>> \<mathml: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1NO\><<< \def\overrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\rightarrow}} \def\overleftarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftarrow}} \def\overleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftrightarrow}} \def\underrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\rightarrow}} \def\underleftarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftarrow}} \def\underleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftrightarrow}} >>> The \verb'\HCode{}' in \verb'\sideset' is for catching superscripts and subscripts \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \Configure{intertext} {\IgnorePar \ifinalign@ \HCode{\ifnum \HRow>0 </td></tr>\fi<tr><td colspan="\ifnum \HRow>0 \HCol\else 15\fi" class="intertext">}% \else \ifingather@ \HCode{<tr><td colspan="\HCol" class="intertext">}% \fi\fi } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP\ifinalign@ \HCode{</td></tr>\ifnum \HRow>0 <tr><td>\fi}% \else \ifingather@ \HCode{</td></tr>}% \fi\fi } >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsmath\><<< \Configure{@begin} {split} {\ifx \EndPicture \:UnDef \else \let\tagform@=\:gobble \fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{amscd} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech amscd\><<< \ConfigureEnv{CD} {\Picture*{ class="CD"}$} {$\EndPicture} {}{} \Css{.CD {text-align:center}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Memoir} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech memoir\><<< \Configure{poemline} {\HCode{<span class="poemline">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{.poemline {text-align:right; width:6em;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Elsvier Articles (elsart)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech elsart\><<< |<32,4 elsart|> \Configure{abstract} {\HCode{<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}\par\ShowPar} {} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td></tr></table>}} \Configure{keyword} {\HCode{<\tbl:XV{keyword}><tr><td\Hnewline>}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td></tr></table>}} \ConfigureEnv{abstract} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{keyword} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP} {}{} >>> \<32,4 elsart\><<< \ConfigureEnv{frontmatter} {\EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<\tbl:XV{frontmatter}><tr><td><div class="frontmatter"\Hnewline>}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}\end:TTT\IgnorePar} {}{} \Css{div.frontmatter {text-align:center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{American Psychological Association (APA)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech apa\><<< |<apa maketitle|> |<apa abstract|> |<apa captions|> |<apa lists|> \Configure{note} {\HCode{<div class="note">}\bgroup |<apa maketitle br cr|>% } {\egroup \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.note{text-align:left; margin-top:1em; }} >>> \<apa lists\><<< \ConfigureList{enumerate}% {|<enumerate I|>} {|<enumerate II|>} {|<enumerate III|>} {|<enumerate IV|>} \ConfigureList{APAenumerate}% {|<enumerate I|>} {|<enumerate II|>} {|<enumerate III|>} {|<enumerate IV|>} \Configure{seriate} {\HCode{<span class="seriate">}\let\end:seriate=\empty} {\end:seriate\HCode{</span>}} {\end:seriate \def\end:seriate{\HCode{</span>}}% \HCode{<span class="seriate-item">}\HCode{<span class="seriate-label">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \ConfigureList{APAitemize}% {\EndP\HCode{<ul class="itemize" \a:LRdir >}\PushMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm=\empty } {\PopMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm \end:itm \EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar } {\end:itm \gdef\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark} {\HCode{<li class="itemize">}\AnchorLabel } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{JHEP} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech JHEP\><<< |<latex shared part config|> |<latex shared section config|> |<latex shared subsection config|> |<latex shared subsubsection config|> |<acm paragraph config|> \Css{.sectionHead, .partHead{text-transform:uppercase}} \Css{.subsubsectionHead, .likesubsubsectionHead {font-style: italic;}} >>> \<configure html-speech JHEP\><<< \Configure{abstract} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="abstract">}\IgnoreIndent} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{accepted} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="accepted">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{author} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="author">}\par \ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{conference} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="conference">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{dedicated} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="dedicated">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{keywords} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="keywords">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{preprint} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="preprint">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{received} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="received">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{title} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="title">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{.abstract{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} \Css{.accepted{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; text-align:right;}} \Css{div.author{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em;}} \Css{.conference{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} \Css{.dedicated{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} \Css{.keywords{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} \Css{.preprint{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} \Css{.received{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; text-align:right;}} \Css{.title{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech JHEP\><<< |<thebib config|> |<JHEP maketitle footnote|> >>> \<JHEP thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks} {\HCode{<div class="thanks">}}{\HCode{</div>}} |<thank for thanks|> \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> \<JHEP end-thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks} {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP } |<thanks for thanks EndP|> \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{acm-proc-article-sp} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech acm-proc-article-sp\><<< |<acm-proc-article-sp thebib config|> |<config captions|> >>> \<configure html-speech acm-proc-article-sp\><<< \Configure{qed} {\Picture+[Q.E.D.]{}\o:qed:\EndPicture \SavePicture\qed:sym[Q.E.D.]} >>> \<configure html-speech acm-proc-article-sp\><<< |<latex shared part config|> |<latex shared section config|> |<latex shared subsection config|> |<latex shared subsubsection config|> |<acm paragraph config|> \Css{.sectionHead, .partHead{text-transform:uppercase}} \Css{.subsubsectionHead, .likesubsubsectionHead {font-style: italic;}} >>> \<acm paragraph config\><<< \ConfigureMark{paragraph} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\theparagraph\space \HCode{</span>}\fi} \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup} \Configure{likeparagraph}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}% \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup} \Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { font-style:italic; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{scrbook} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech scrbook\><<< |<scr article,report,book|> |<scr report,book|> |<shared bib env|> |<thebib config|> |<description 4|> \def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}} \def\:tempa{ \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc scr: part|>% } \def\:tempb{ |<tocat scr: part|> \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{addchap,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,addchap,part} |<tocat: ch|>% } \def\:tempc{ |<tocat scr: ch|>% \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} |<cut toc: sec|>% } \def\:tempd{ |<tocat scr: section|>% |<tocat scr: subsection|>% |<cut toc: subsec|>% } \:CheckOption{4} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \:tempa \:tempc \:tempd \else \:tempa \:tempb \:tempc \:tempd \fi \else\:CheckOption{3} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \:tempa \:tempc \:tempd \else \:tempa \:tempb \:tempc \fi \else\:CheckOption{2} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \:tempa \:tempc \else \:tempa \:tempb \fi \else\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \:tempa \else \Log:Note{for sectioning pagination, use the command line option `1', `2', or `3'}% \fi \fi \fi \fi \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc scrbook options 1|> \fi |<scrbook end units|> \ifx \part\:UnDef \else |<latex shared part config|> \fi |<config lists of figures and tables|> \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likeparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}} \ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{\thesubparagraph} \Configure{subparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf \TitleMark\space} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}} \ConfigureEnv{picture} {\bgroup\ifvmode \Configure{HtmlPar} {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->% }\HCode{<p class="center">}}% {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->% }\HCode{<p class="center">}}% {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}{\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}} \ShowPar\leavevmode \fi} {\egroup}{}{} |<book-report-article index|> |<scr reprt/book captions|> \ConfigureEnv{verse} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>} {}{} \ConfigureList{verse} {}{} {\parindent=\z@} {\par} \Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}} |<base font size|> |<quotations|> \Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{} |<latex shared part config|> >>> \<scrbook end-thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks author date and} {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi} {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP } {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thanks for thanks p|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> \<scrbook thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks author date and} {\HCode{<div class="thanks">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thank for thanks|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> \<scr report,book\><<< \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thesection\HCode{</span>}\fi } |<section TITLE+|> \Configure{section}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark.~~\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{likesection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<scr report,book\><<< |<shared h5 subsubsection|> \ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}% \thechapter\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{appendix}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark{}.~~} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1} \Configure{likechapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1} \Configure{addchap}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="addchapHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par} >>> \<configure html-speech scrbook\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\if@mainmatter \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thechapter\HCode{</span>}.~~\fi} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark{}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\if@mainmatter\thechapter\space\fi#1} \renewcommand\thechapter {\if@mainmatter\@arabic\c@chapter\fi} >>> \<configure html-speech scrreprt\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thechapter\HCode{</span>}.~~} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark{}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1} >>> \<scr article,report,book\><<< \ConfigureMark{minisec}{} \Configure{minisec}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="minisecHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar} >>> \<scrbook end units\><<< \Configure{endlikeparagraph} {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubparagraph} {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubparagraph} {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsection} {likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesection} {section,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsection} {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsection} {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsubsection} {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsubsection} {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endparagraph} {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likeparaddchap,addchap} \Configure{endaddchap}{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,addchap,part,likepart} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{scrreprt} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}} |<shared bib env|> |<thebib config|> \ifx \part\:UnDef \else |<latex shared part config|> \fi |<config lists of figures and tables|> \ConfigureEnv{picture} {\bgroup\ifvmode \Configure{HtmlPar} {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->% }\HCode{<p class="center">}}% {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->% }\HCode{<p class="center">}}% {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}{\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}} \ShowPar\leavevmode \fi} {\egroup}{}{} |<quote config|> |<book-report-article index|> |<scr reprt/book captions|> \ConfigureEnv{verse} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>} {}{} \ConfigureList{verse} {}{} {\parindent=\z@} {\par} \Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}} |<base font size|> |<quotations|> \Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{} |<latex shared part config|> \ConfigureEnv{abstract}{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode {<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}} {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{} \Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}} \def\:tempa{ \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc scr: part|>% } \def\:tempb{ |<tocat scr: part|>% \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{addchap,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,addchap,part} |<tocat: ch|>% } \def\:tempc{ |<tocat scr: ch|>% \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part} |<cut toc: sec|>% } \def\:tempd{ |<tocat scr: section|>% |<tocat scr: subsection|>% |<cut toc: subsec|>% } \:CheckOption{4} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \:tempa \:tempc \:tempd \else \:tempa \:tempb \:tempc \:tempd \fi \else\:CheckOption{3} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \:tempa \:tempc \:tempd \else \:tempa \:tempb \:tempc \fi \else\:CheckOption{2} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \:tempa \:tempc \else \:tempa \:tempb \fi \else\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \:tempa \else \Log:Note{for sectioning pagination, use the command line option `1', `2', or `3'}% \fi \fi \fi \fi \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc article,report options 1|> \fi |<scrreprt end units|> \Configure{addchapTITLE+}{#1} \def\tocaddchap#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{addchapToc}{#2}\par}% >>> \<scrreprt end-thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks author date and} {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar \ifvoid\fn:box\else \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi} {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP } {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thanks for thanks p|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> \<scrreprt thanks author date and\><<< \Configure{thanks author date and} {\HCode{<div class="thanks">}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}} |<thank for thanks|> \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:85\%; font-style:italic; }} >>> \<configure html-speech scrartcl\><<< |<scr article,report,book|> >>> \<configure html-speech scrreprt\><<< |<scr article,report,book|> |<scr report,book|> |<description 4|> \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likeparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}} \ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{\thesubparagraph} \Configure{subparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf \TitleMark\space} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}} >>> \<scrreprt end units\><<< \Configure{endlikeparagraph} {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubparagraph} {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubparagraph} {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsection} {likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesection} {section,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsection} {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsection} {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsubsection} {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsubsection} {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endparagraph} {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endaddchap}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart,chapter} \Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart,addchap} \Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likepart,addchap} \Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,part,likepart,addchap} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Res} %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech res\><<< \ConfigureEnv{resume} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="resume">}\let\endHR=\empty} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{\endHR</div>}} {} {} \def\c:secnumdepth{-1} \Configure{overlapped-section} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h4 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h4>}% \HCode{<div class="section">}% \HtmlParOn \ShowPar \IgnoreIndent \csname par\endcsname} \ConfigureEnv{tabbing} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<table class="tabbing">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar} {} {} \Configure{tabbing} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{<td class="tabbing">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td>}} \Css{table.tabbing {width:100\%; margin-top:1em;}} \Css{td.tabbing {width:33\%;}} \Css{div.section {margin-left:3em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech res\><<< \Configure{centeraddresses} {} {} {\HCode{<table class="center-addresses"><tr><td class="first-address">}} {\HCode{</td><td class="second-address">}} {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}} \Css{.center-addresses {width:100\%}} >>> \<configure html-speech res\><<< \Configure{linename} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="linename">}} {\HCode{</div><hr />}\par} \Configure{lineaddress} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="line-address">}} {\HCode{<br />}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Css{.line-address {text-align:right;}} >>> \<configure html-speech res\><<< \Configure{boxed-section} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<table class="section"><tr><td class="section">}\par } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</td></tr></table>}\par} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</td><td class="section-body">}\HtmlParOn\par\ShowPar} \Css{table.section td{ vertical-align:top;}} \Css{td.section {padding-right:2em; width:20\%;}} \Css{table.section {margin-top:1em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech res\><<< \ConfigureEnv{position} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="position">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \Css{.position table {width:100\%;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{aa} %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech aa\><<< |<makeketitle config 4.0t|> |<configure aa 3.2/4.0t|> |<latex shared part config|> |<latex config div 4.0t|> |<latex shared div config|> |<shared bib env|> \ifx \part\:UnDef \else |<latex shared part config|> \fi >>> \subsection{Sizes of Fonts} pages should honor the base font sizes the readers choose for their browsers. Hence, under this assumption, all tex4ht should do is just assure appropriate relative dimensions for fonts of other sizes. To meet this end, I modified latex.4ht to automatically include \verb'{\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}\Needs{1...}}' when options 11pt and 12pt are listed in \verb'\documentclass'. \<article,report,book\><<< |<base font size|> >>> > \<base font size\><<< {\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}\ifcase \@ptsize \or \Needs{11}\or \Needs{12}\else \fi} >>> \<ams art,proc,book\><<< |<base font size|> >>> \<latex config div 4.0t\><<< |<latex shared section config|> |<latex shared subsection config|> |<latex shared subsubsection config|> |<latex shared paragraph config|> >>> % \Css{.titlemark{margin-right:0.7em;}} abuses NS 4.7 \<latex shared section config\><<< \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@seccntformat{section}% \HCode{</span>}\fi } |<section TITLE+|> \Configure{section}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn\ShowPar \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{likesection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1} >>> % \def\HCode{<#1>}{\HCode{<#1>}} \<latex shared subsection config\><<< |<shared h5 subsubsection|> |<shared h4 subsection|> >>> \<latex shared paragraph config\><<< \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likeparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}} >>> \<latex config div 4.0t\><<< \ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{} \Configure{subparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf \TitleMark\space} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}} >>> \<32,4 latex\><<< \ConfigureEnv{picture} {\bgroup\ifvmode \Configure{HtmlPar} {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|>}\HCode{<p class="center">}}% {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|>}\HCode{<p class="center">}}% {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}{\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}} \ShowPar\leavevmode \fi} {\egroup}{}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{ltxguide} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech ltxguide\><<< \Configure{m} {\HCode{\string&\#x2329;}} {\HCode{\string&\#x232A;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Polish: mwart.cls, mwrep.cls, mwbk.cls} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech mwart\><<< |<mwcls divs|> |<mwcls tocs|> |<mwart tocs|> |<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|> |%should be after mw ... tocs|% |<mwcls configs|> >>> \<configure html-speech mwrep\><<< |<mwcls divs|> |<mw rep/bk divs|> |<mwcls tocs|> |<mw rep/bk tocs|> |<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|> |%should be after mw ... tocs|% |<mwcls configs|> >>> \<configure html-speech mwbk\><<< |<mwcls divs|> |<mw rep/bk divs|> |<mwcls tocs|> |<mw rep/bk tocs|> |<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|> |%should be after mw ... tocs|% |<mwcls configs|> >>> \<mwcls configs\><<< |<mwcls index|> |<config captions|> |<shared bib env|> |<thebib config|> \def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}} |<config lists of figures and tables|> \ConfigureList{description}% {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="description">}% \PushMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm=\empty} {\PopMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm \end:itm \EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="description">}\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="description">}} |<quote config|> \ConfigureEnv{verse} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>} {}{} \ConfigureList{verse} {}{} {\parindent=\z@} {\par} \Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}} {\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}\ifcase \@ptsize \or \Needs{11}\or \Needs{12}\else \fi} |<quotations|> \Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{abstract} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{} \Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \ConfigureMark{part} {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\partname \space \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi} \Configure{part}{}{} {\NoFonts\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h1 class="partHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark \HCode{<br />}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h1>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{partTITLE+}{\thepart\space #1} \Css{h1.partHead{text-align: left}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \Configure{likepart}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="likepartHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{likepartTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<mw rep/bk divs\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\mw@seccntformat \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h2>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1} >>> \<mw rep/bk divs\><<< \Configure{likechapter}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h2>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\mw@seccntformat \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi} \Configure{section}{}{} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \Configure{likesection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\par\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \Configure{likeparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{} \Configure{subparagraph}{}{} {\par\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent \HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf \TitleMark\space} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{} {\par\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent \HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} >>> \<mwcls divs\><<< \Configure{endpart}{likepart} \Configure{endlikepart}{endpart} \Configure{endsection} {likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesection} {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsection} {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsection} {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubsubsection} {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsubsection} {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endparagraph} {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikeparagraph} {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubparagraph} {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubparagraph} {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} >>> \<mwcls tocs\><<< \ConfigureToc{part} {\HCode{<div class="partToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}. } {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{likepart} {\HCode{<div class="likepartToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{section} {\HCode{<div class="sectionToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}. } {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{likesection} {\HCode{<div class="likesectionToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {\HCode{<div class="subsectionToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}. } {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{likesubsection} {\HCode{<div class="likesubsectionToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{subsubsection} {\HCode{<div class="subsubsectionToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}. } {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection} {\HCode{<div class="likesubsubsectionToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{paragraph} {\HCode{<div class="paragraphToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}. } {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{likeparagraph} {\HCode{<div class="likeparagraphToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{subparagraph} {\HCode{<div class="subparagraphToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}. } {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph} {\HCode{<div class="likesubparagraphToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{</div>}} >>> \<mw rep/bk tocs\><<< \ConfigureToc{chapter} {\HCode{<div class="chapterToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}. } {} {\HCode{</div>}} \ConfigureToc{likechapter} {\HCode{<div class="likechapterToc"><span class="mark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{</div>}} >>> \<mwcls tocs\><<< \Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}} \Css{.partToc, .likepartToc{text-align:center;margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em;}} >>> \<mwart tocs\><<< \Css{.sectionToc, .likesectionToc {white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.subsectionToc, .likesubsectionToc {margin-left:1em; white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.subsubsectionToc, .likesubsubsectionToc {margin-left:2em; white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.paragraphToc, .likeparagraphToc {margin-left:3em; white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.subparagraphToc, .likesubparagraphToc {margin-left:4em; white-space: nowrap;}} >>> \<mw rep/bk tocs\><<< \Css{.chapterToc, .likechapterToc {white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.sectionToc, .likesectionToc {margin-left:1em; white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.subsectionToc, .likesubsectionToc {margin-left:2em; white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.subsubsectionToc, .likesubsubsectionToc {margin-left:3em; white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.paragraphToc, .likeparagraphToc {margin-left:4em; white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.subparagraphToc, .likesubparagraphToc {margin-left:5em; white-space: nowrap;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{texinfo} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech texinfo\><<< \Configure{group} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="group">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.obeylines-v div.group p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }} \Configure{multitable} {\IgnorePar \EndP\HCode{<table\Hnewline class="multitable">}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td \Hnewline class="multitabl\the\colcount">}} {\IgnorePar \EndP\HCode{</td>}} \Css{.multitable td{padding-left:1em; padding-right:1em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech texinfo\><<< \Configure{example} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="example">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.example { margin-left:2em; }} \Configure{smallexample} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="smallexample">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.smallexample { margin-left:2em; }} >>> \<configure html-speech texinfo\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter}{\the\chapno} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{appendix}{\appendixletter} \Configure{appendix}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}Appendix \TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{unnumbered}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="unnumberedHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{numberedsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} \Configure{numberedsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="numberedsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{appendixsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno} \Configure{appendixsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="appendixsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{unnumberedsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="unnumberedsecHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{numberedsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno .\the\subsecno} \Configure{numberedsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 class="numberedsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter .\the\secno.\the\subsecno} \Configure{appendixsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 class="appendixsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno .\the\subsecno} \Configure{appendixsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 class="appendixsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{unnumberedsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 class="unnumberedsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{numberedsubsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno} \Configure{numberedsubsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 class="numberedsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter .\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno} \Configure{appendixsubsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 class="appendixsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent} \ConfigureMark{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno} \Configure{appendixsubsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 class="appendixsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{unnumberedsubsubsec}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 class="unnumberedsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent} >>> \<configure html-speech texinfo\><<< \ConfigureToc{chapter} {\Tg<span class="chapterToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{appendix} {\Tg<span class="appendixToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{unnumbered} {\Tg<span class="unnumberedToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{numberedsec} {\Tg<span class="numberedsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{appendixsec} {\Tg<span class="appendixsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{unnumberedsec} {\Tg<span class="unnumberedsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{numberedsubsec} {\Tg<span class="numberedsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{appendixsubsec} {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{appendixsubsec} {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{unnumberedsubsec} {\Tg<span class="unnumberedsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{numberedsubsubsec} {\Tg<span class="numberedsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{appendixsubsubsec} {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{appendixsubsubsec} {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} \ConfigureToc{unnumberedsubsubsec} {\Tg<span class="unnumberedsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />} >>> \<configure html-speech texinfo\><<< \Configure{enumerate} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<ol\space class="enumerate"\Hnewline>}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</li></ol>}\ShowPar} {\IgnorePar\EndP\ifnum \itemno>1 \Tg</li>\fi\DeleteMark} {\HCode{<li class="enumerate">}} \Configure{itemize} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<ul\space\a:LRdir class="itemize"\Hnewline>}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar} {\IgnorePar\EndP\ifnum \itemno>1 \Tg</li>\fi\DeleteMark} {\HCode{<li class="itemize">}} \Configure{table}% {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="description">}% |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm|=\empty} {|<recall end:itm|>\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}} {\IgnorePar\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="description">}\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="description">}} >>> \<configure html-speech texinfo\><<< \Configure{titlepage} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="titlepage">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{title} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="title">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{subtitle} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="subtitle">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{author} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="author">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Accents, encodings, and Languages} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Outline} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \Link[http://lycos.basistech.com/info/standards/ISO-8859.txt]{}{}iso text\EndLink, \Link[http://titus.uni-frankfurt.de/unicode/iso8859/iso8859.htm]{}{}titus glyphs\EndLink, satto glyphs: \Link[http://www.satto.co.yu/podrska/iso/iso8859-1.htm]{}{}1\EndLink{} \Link[http://www.satto.co.yu/podrska/iso/iso8859-2.htm]{}{}2\EndLink{} ..., microsoft glyphs: \Link[http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/iso/28591.htm]{}{}1\EndLink{} \Link[http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/iso/28592.htm]{}{}2\EndLink{} ... \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \ifOption{charset=iso-8859-7} {|<T1 greek ldf iso-8859-7|>} {} \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents|> \fi \let\^^_|=\v >>> \<old plain,latex accents\><<< |<old iso-8859-1 accents|> |<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents|> |<optional iso-8859-2 accents|> >>> \<babel accents\><<< |<optional iso-8859-2 accents|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Group Configurations} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{8859-1} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<acute codes\><<< A{00C1}C{0106}D{010E}E{00C9}G{01F4}I{00CD}L{0139}N{0143}% O{00D3}R{0154}S{015A}U{00DA}Y{00DD}Z{0179}a{00E1}c{0107}% d{010F}e{00E9}g{01F5}i{00ED}l{013A}n{0144}o{00F3}r{0155}% s{015B}u{00FA}y{00FD}z{017A}j{FFFD}J{FFDD}\i{00ED}\j{FFFD}% >>> \<add acute codes\><<< {A}{\add:acc{00C1}} {C}{\add:acc{0106}} {D}{\add:acc{010E}} {E}{\add:acc{00C9}} {G}{\add:acc{01F4}} {I}{\add:acc{00CD}} {L}{\add:acc{0139}} {N}{\add:acc{0143}} {O}{\add:acc{00D3}} {R}{\add:acc{0154}} {S}{\add:acc{015A}} {U}{\add:acc{00DA}} {Y}{\add:acc{00DD}} {Z}{\add:acc{0179}} {a}{\add:acc{00E1}} {c}{\add:acc{0107}} {d}{\add:acc{010F}} {e}{\add:acc{00E9}} {g}{\add:acc{01F5}} {i}{\add:acc{00ED}} {l}{\add:acc{013A}} {n}{\add:acc{0144}} {o}{\add:acc{00F3}} {r}{\add:acc{0155}} {s}{\add:acc{015B}} {u}{\add:acc{00FA}} {y}{\add:acc{00FD}} {z}{\add:acc{017A}} {j}{\add:acc{FFFD}} {J}{\add:acc{FFDD}} {\i}{\add:acc{00ED}} {\j}{\add:acc{FFFD}} >>> \<acute iso-8859-1\><<< |<acute codes|>% >>> \<acute iso-8859-2\><<< |<acute codes|>% >>> \<double acute code\><<< o{0151}O{0150}U{0170}u{0171}% >>> \<add double acute code\><<< {o}{\add:acc{0151}} {O}{\add:acc{0150}} {U}{\add:acc{0170}} {u}{\add:acc{0171}} >>> \<double acute iso-8859-1\><<< |<double acute code|>% >>> \<double acute iso-8859-2\><<< |<double acute code|>% >>> \<cedilla codes\><<< K{0136}k{0137}L{013B}l{013C}N{0145}n{0146}% R{0156}r{0157}S{015E}s{015F}T{0162}t{0163}% E{0228}e{0229}D{1E10}d{1E11}H{1E28}h{1E29}% C{00C7}c{00E7}G{0122}g{0123}% >>> \<add cedilla codes\><<< {K}{\add:acc{0136}} {k}{\add:acc{0137}} {L}{\add:acc{013B}} {l}{\add:acc{013C}} {N}{\add:acc{0145}} {n}{\add:acc{0146}} {R}{\add:acc{0156}} {r}{\add:acc{0157}} {S}{\add:acc{015E}} {s}{\add:acc{015F}} {T}{\add:acc{0162}} {t}{\add:acc{0163}} {E}{\add:acc{0228}} {e}{\add:acc{0229}} {D}{\add:acc{1E10}} {d}{\add:acc{1E11}} {H}{\add:acc{1E28}} {h}{\add:acc{1E29}} {C}{\add:acc{00C7}} {c}{\add:acc{00E7}} {G}{\add:acc{0122}} {g}{\add:acc{0123}} >>> \<cedilla iso-8859-1\><<< |<cedilla codes|>% >>> \<cedilla iso-8859-2\><<< |<cedilla codes|>% >>> \<dot above codes\><<< C{010A}c{010B}E{0116}e{0117}G{0120}g{0121}% I{0130}Z{017B}z{017C}A{0226}a{0227}O{022E}% o{022F}B{1E02}b{1E03}D{1E0A}d{1E0B}F{1E1E}% f{1E1F}H{1E22}h{1E23}M{1E40}m{1E41}N{1E44}% n{1E45}P{1E56}p{1E57}R{1E58}r{1E59}S{1E60}% s{1E61}T{1E6A}t{1E6B}W{1E86}w{1E87}X{1E8A}% x{1E8B}Y{1E8E}y{1E8F}% >>> \<add dot above codes\><<< {C}{\add:acc{010A}} {c}{\add:acc{010B}} {E}{\add:acc{0116}} {e}{\add:acc{0117}} {G}{\add:acc{0120}} {g}{\add:acc{0121}} {I}{\add:acc{0130}} {Z}{\add:acc{017B}} {z}{\add:acc{017C}} {A}{\add:acc{0226}} {a}{\add:acc{0227}} {O}{\add:acc{022E}} {o}{\add:acc{022F}} {B}{\add:acc{1E02}} {b}{\add:acc{1E03}} {D}{\add:acc{1E0A}} {d}{\add:acc{1E0B}} {F}{\add:acc{1E1E}} {f}{\add:acc{1E1F}} {H}{\add:acc{1E22}} {h}{\add:acc{1E23}} {M}{\add:acc{1E40}} {m}{\add:acc{1E41}} {N}{\add:acc{1E44}} {n}{\add:acc{1E45}} {P}{\add:acc{1E56}} {p}{\add:acc{1E57}} {R}{\add:acc{1E58}} {r}{\add:acc{1E59}} {S}{\add:acc{1E60}} {s}{\add:acc{1E61}} {T}{\add:acc{1E6A}} {t}{\add:acc{1E6B}} {W}{\add:acc{1E86}} {w}{\add:acc{1E87}} {X}{\add:acc{1E8A}} {x}{\add:acc{1E8B}} {Y}{\add:acc{1E8E}} {y}{\add:acc{1E8F}} >>> \<dot above iso-8859-1\><<< |<dot above codes|>% >>> \<dot iso-8859-1\><<< |<dot above codes|>% >>> \<dot above iso-8859-2\><<< |<dot above codes|>% >>> \<breve codes\><<< g{011F}I{012C}i{012D}O{014E}o{014F}% U{016C}u{016D}A{0102}a{0103}E{0114}% e{0115}G{011E}\i{012D}% >>> \<add breve codes\><<< {g}{\add:acc{011F}} {I}{\add:acc{012C}} {i}{\add:acc{012D}} {O}{\add:acc{014E}} {o}{\add:acc{014F}} {U}{\add:acc{016C}} {u}{\add:acc{016D}} {A}{\add:acc{0102}} {a}{\add:acc{0103}} {E}{\add:acc{0114}} {e}{\add:acc{0115}} {G}{\add:acc{011E}} {\i}{\add:acc{012D}} {y}{y\add:acc{0306}} >>> \<breve iso-8859-1\><<< |<breve codes|>% >>> \<breve iso-8859-2\><<< |<breve codes|>% >>> \<caron codes\><<< C{010C}c{010D}D{010E}d{010F}% E{011A}e{011B}L{013D}l{013E}N{0147}n{0148}R{0158}r{0159}% S{0160}s{0161}T{0164}t{0165}Z{017D}z{017E}A{01CD}a{01CE}I{01CF}% i{01D0}O{01D1}o{01D2}U{01D3}u{01D4}G{01E6}g{01E7}K{01E8}k{01E9}% j{01F0}H{021E}h{021F}\i{01D0}\j{01F0}% >>> \<add caron codes\><<< {C}{\add:acc{010C}} {c}{\add:acc{010D}} {D}{\add:acc{010E}} {d}{\add:acc{010F}} {E}{\add:acc{011A}} {e}{\add:acc{011B}} {L}{\add:acc{013D}} {l}{\add:acc{013E}} {N}{\add:acc{0147}} {n}{\add:acc{0148}} {R}{\add:acc{0158}} {r}{\add:acc{0159}} {S}{\add:acc{0160}} {s}{\add:acc{0161}} {T}{\add:acc{0164}} {t}{\add:acc{0165}} {Z}{\add:acc{017D}} {z}{\add:acc{017E}} {A}{\add:acc{01CD}} {a}{\add:acc{01CE}} {I}{\add:acc{01CF}} {i}{\add:acc{01D0}} {O}{\add:acc{01D1}} {o}{\add:acc{01D2}} {U}{\add:acc{01D3}} {u}{\add:acc{01D4}} {G}{\add:acc{01E6}} {g}{\add:acc{01E7}} {K}{\add:acc{01E8}} {k}{\add:acc{01E9}} {j}{\add:acc{01F0}} {H}{\add:acc{021E}} {h}{\add:acc{021F}} {\i}{\add:acc{01D0}} {\j}{\add:acc{01F0}} >>> % \<caron iso-8859-1\><<< |<caron codes|>% >>> \<caron iso-8859-2\><<< |<caron codes|>% >>> \<check iso-8859-1\><<< |<caron codes|>% >>> \<ring codes\><<< A{00C5}a{00E5}U{016E}u{016F}% >>> \<add ring codes\><<< {A}{\add:acc{00C5}} {a}{\add:acc{00E5}} {U}{\add:acc{016E}} {u}{\add:acc{016F}} >>> \<ring iso-8859-1\><<< |<ring codes|>% >>> \<ring iso-8859-2\><<< |<ring codes|>% >>> \<diaeresis codes\><<< H{1E26}h{1E27}W{1E84}w{1E85}X{1E8C}x{1E8D}% t{1E97}A{00C4}E{00CB}I{00CF}O{00D6}U{00DC}% a{00E4}e{00EB}i{00EF}o{00F6}u{00FC}y{00FF}% Y{0178}\i{00EF}% >>> \<add diaeresis codes\><<< {H}{\add:acc{1E26}} {h}{\add:acc{1E27}} {W}{\add:acc{1E84}} {w}{\add:acc{1E85}} {X}{\add:acc{1E8C}} {x}{\add:acc{1E8D}} {t}{\add:acc{1E97}} {A}{\add:acc{00C4}} {E}{\add:acc{00CB}} {I}{\add:acc{00CF}} {O}{\add:acc{00D6}} {U}{\add:acc{00DC}} {a}{\add:acc{00E4}} {e}{\add:acc{00EB}} {i}{\add:acc{00EF}} {o}{\add:acc{00F6}} {u}{\add:acc{00FC}} {y}{\add:acc{00FF}} {Y}{\add:acc{0178}} {\i}{\add:acc{00EF}} {m}{m\add:acc{0308}} >>> \<diaeresis iso-8859-1\><<< |<diaeresis codes|>% >>> \<diaeresis iso-8859-2\><<< |<diaeresis codes|>% >>> \<circumflex codes\><<< A{00C2}E{00CA}I{00CE}O{00D4}U{00DB}a{00E2}e{00EA}% i{00EE}o{00F4}u{00FB}C{0108}c{0109}G{011C}g{011D}% H{0124}h{0125}J{0134}j{0135}S{015C}s{015D}W{0174}% w{0175}Y{0176}y{0177}Z{1E90}z{1E91}\i{00EE}\j{0135}% >>> \<add circumflex codes\><<< {A}{\add:acc{00C2}} {E}{\add:acc{00CA}} {I}{\add:acc{00CE}} {O}{\add:acc{00D4}} {U}{\add:acc{00DB}} {a}{\add:acc{00E2}} {e}{\add:acc{00EA}} {i}{\add:acc{00EE}} {o}{\add:acc{00F4}} {u}{\add:acc{00FB}} {C}{\add:acc{0108}} {c}{\add:acc{0109}} {G}{\add:acc{011C}} {g}{\add:acc{011D}} {H}{\add:acc{0124}} {h}{\add:acc{0125}} {J}{\add:acc{0134}} {j}{\add:acc{0135}} {S}{\add:acc{015C}} {s}{\add:acc{015D}} {W}{\add:acc{0174}} {w}{\add:acc{0175}} {Y}{\add:acc{0176}} {y}{\add:acc{0177}} {Z}{\add:acc{1E90}} {z}{\add:acc{1E91}} {\i}{\add:acc{00EE}} {\j}{\add:acc{0135}} >>> \<circumflex iso-8859-1\><<< |<circumflex codes|>% >>> \<circumflex iso-8859-2\><<< |<circumflex codes|>% >>> \<grave codes\><<< A{00C0}E{00C8}I{00CC}N{01F8}O{00D2}U{00D9}W{1E80}% Y{1EF2}a{00E0}e{00E8}i{00EC}n{01F9}o{00F2}u{00F9}% w{1E81}y{1EF3}\i{00EC}% >>> \<add grave codes\><<< {A}{\add:acc{00C0}} {E}{\add:acc{00C8}} {I}{\add:acc{00CC}} {N}{\add:acc{01F8}} {O}{\add:acc{00D2}} {U}{\add:acc{00D9}} {W}{\add:acc{1E80}} {Y}{\add:acc{1EF2}} {a}{\add:acc{00E0}} {e}{\add:acc{00E8}} {i}{\add:acc{00EC}} {n}{\add:acc{01F9}} {o}{\add:acc{00F2}} {u}{\add:acc{00F9}} {w}{\add:acc{1E81}} {y}{\add:acc{1EF3}} {\i}{\add:acc{00EC}} >>> \<grave iso-8859-1\><<< |<grave codes|>% >>> \<grave iso-8859-2\><<< |<grave codes|>% >>> \<tilde codes\><<< A{00C3}N{00D1}O{00D5}a{00E3}n{00F1}o{00F5}I{0128}% i{0129}U{0168}u{0169}V{1E7C}v{1E7D}E{1EBC}e{1EBD}% Y{1EF8}y{1EF9}\i{0129}% >>> \<add tilde codes\><<< {A}{\add:acc{00C3}} {N}{\add:acc{00D1}} {O}{\add:acc{00D5}} {a}{\add:acc{00E3}} {n}{\add:acc{00F1}} {o}{\add:acc{00F5}} {I}{\add:acc{0128}} {i}{\add:acc{0129}} {U}{\add:acc{0168}} {u}{\add:acc{0169}} {V}{\add:acc{1E7C}} {v}{\add:acc{1E7D}} {E}{\add:acc{1EBC}} {e}{\add:acc{1EBD}} {Y}{\add:acc{1EF8}} {y}{\add:acc{1EF9}} {\i}{\add:acc{0129}} >>> \<tilde iso-8859-1\><<< |<tilde codes|>% >>> \<tilde iso-8859-2\><<< |<tilde codes|>% >>> \<vec iso-8859-1\><<< >>> \<old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\widetilde\widetilde{{}{}} {\a:accents{widetilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{widetilde}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\widehat\widehat{{}{}} {\a:accents{widehat}{#1}} {\b:accents{widehat}{#1}{#2}} >>> \verb'\vec', \verb'\widetilde', and \verb'\widehat' are for math mode. \verb'\b', \verb'\c', \verb'\d', \verb'\t', and \verb'\H' are for text mode. \<bar iso-8859-1\><<< >>> NOT USED!!!!! \<bar below codes\><<< B{1E06}b{1E07}% D{1E0E}d{1E0F}K{1E34}k{1E35}L{1E3A}l{1E3B}N{1E48}n{1E49}% R{1E5E}r{1E5F}T{1E6E}t{1E6F}Z{1E94}z{1E95}h{1E96}% >>> \<dot below codes\><<< A{1EA0}a{1Ea1}B{1E04}b{1E05}D{1E0C}d{1E0D}% E{1EB8}e{1EB9}H{1E24}h{1E25}I{1ECA}i{1ECB}% K{1E32}k{1E33}L{1E36}l{1E37}M{1E42}m{1E43}% N{1E46}n{1E47}O{1ECC}o{1ECD}R{1E5A}r{1E5B}% S{1E62}s{1E63}T{1E6C}t{1E6D}U{1EE4}u{1EE5}% V{1E7E}v{1E7F}W{1E88}w{1E89}Y{1EF4}y{1EF5}% >>> \<macron codes\><<< A{0100}a{0101}E{0112}% e{0113}I{012A}i{012B}O{014C}o{014D}U{016A}u{016B}Y{0232}% y{0233}G{1E20}g{1E21}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{T1 8859-1} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\`\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\`\endcsname{|<grave iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{grave}{#1}} {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\'\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\'\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\^\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\^\endcsname{|<circumflex iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{circ}{#1}} {\b:accents{circ}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\~\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\~\endcsname{|<tilde iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\"\endcsname{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\r\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\r\endcsname{|<ring iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{ring}{#1}} {\b:accents{ring}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\c\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\c\endcsname{|<cedilla iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}} {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\t\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\t\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{udot}{#1}} {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\H\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\H\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}} {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\b\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\b\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{b}{#1}} {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\d\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\d\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{d}{#1}} {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\.\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\.\endcsname {|<dot iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\u\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\u\endcsname {|<breve iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{breve}{#1}} {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\vec\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\vec\endcsname {|<vec iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{vec}{#1}} {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\v\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\v\endcsname {|<check iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\=\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\=\endcsname {|<bar iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{T1 on Empty Base} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<latex accents\><<< \Configure{add accent}{T1:2} {}{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x005E;}x} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{OT1 8859-1} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\`\endcsname \grave{|<grave iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{grave}{#1}} {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\'\endcsname \acute{|<acute iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\^\endcsname \hat{|<circumflex iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{circ}{#1}} {\b:accents{circ}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\~\endcsname \tilde{|<tilde iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname \csname OT1\string\"\endcsname{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\ddot\ddot{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\r\endcsname \mathring{|<ring iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{ring}{#1}} {\b:accents{ring}{#1}{#2}} >>> The following are also placed under accents configuration. \<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname OT1\string\c\endcsname}% \csname OT1\string\c\endcsname{|<cedilla iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}} {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname OT1\string\t\endcsname}% \csname OT1\string\t\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{udot}{#1}} {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname OT1\string\H\endcsname}% \csname OT1\string\H\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}} {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname OT1\string\b\endcsname}% \csname OT1\string\b\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{b}{#1}} {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname OT1\string\d\endcsname}% \csname OT1\string\d\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{d}{#1}} {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}} >>> The following originally have been defined to be parameter-less. \<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\.\endcsname \dot{|<dot iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\u\endcsname \breve{|<breve iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{breve}{#1}} {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\vec\endcsname \vec{|<vec iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{vec}{#1}} {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\v\endcsname \check{|<check iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\=\endcsname \bar{|<bar iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<< |<ot1enc.def unicode|> >>> \<ot1enc.def unicode\><<< \expandafter\def \csname OT1\string\l\endcsname{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0142{59}}x} \expandafter\def \csname OT1\string\L\endcsname{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0141{59}}x} >>> \<configure html-speech plain\><<< \Configure{l}{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0142{59}}x} \Configure{L}{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0141{59}}x} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{8859-2} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<optional iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \def\:temp{charset=iso-8859-2} \ifx \a:charset\:UnDef \ifx \A:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi \else \ifx \a:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi \fi \ifx \:temp\def \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<old iso-8859-2 accents|> \fi \fi >>> \<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<< |<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents|> >>> % d{239} \<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\`\grave{|<grave iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{grave}{#1}} {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\'\acute{|<acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\^\hat{|<circumflex iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{hat}{#1}} {\b:accents{hat}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\~\tilde{|<tilde iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\"\ddot{|<diaeresis iso-8859-2|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} >>> The following are also placed under accents configuration. \<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\c\c{|<cedilla iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}} {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\t\t{{}{}} {\a:accents{udot}{#1}} {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\H\H{|<double acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}} {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\b\b{{}{}} {\a:accents{b}{#1}} {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\d\d{{}{}} {\a:accents{d}{#1}} {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}} >>> The following originally have been defined to be parameter-less. \<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\.\.{|<dot above iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\dot\dot{|<dot above iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\u\breve{|<breve iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{breve}{#1}} {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\vec\vec{{}{}} {\a:accents{vec}{#1}} {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\v\v{|<caron iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\check\check{|<caron iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\=\bar{{}{}} {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<old 8859-2 accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\widetilde\widetilde{{}{}} {\a:accents{widetilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{widetilde}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\widehat\widehat{{}{}} {\a:accents{widehat}{#1}} {\b:accents{widehat}{#1}{#2}} >>> \verb'\vec', \verb'\widetilde', and \verb'\widehat' are for math mode. \verb'\b', \verb'\c', \verb'\d', \verb'\t', and \verb'\H' are for text mode. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{T1 8859-2} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\`\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\`\endcsname{|<grave iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{grave}{#1}} {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\'\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\'\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\^\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\^\endcsname{|<circumflex iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{circ}{#1}} {\b:accents{circ}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\~\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\~\endcsname{|<tilde iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\"\endcsname{|<diaeresis iso-8859-2|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\r\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\r\endcsname{|<ring iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{ring}{#1}} {\b:accents{ring}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\c\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\c\endcsname{|<cedilla iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}} {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\t\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\t\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{udot}{#1}} {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\H\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\H\endcsname{|<double acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}}{\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\b\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\b\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{b}{#1}} {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}% \csname T1\string\d\endcsname}% \csname T1\string\d\endcsname{{}{}} {\a:accents{d}{#1}} {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\.\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\.\endcsname {|<dot iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}}{\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\u\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\u\endcsname {|<breve iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{breve}{#1}}{\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\vec\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\vec\endcsname {|<vec iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{vec}{#1}}{\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}} \expandafter\let\csname T1\string\v\endcsname\:UnDef \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\v\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\v\endcsname {|<caron iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{check}{#1}}{\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\=\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\=\endcsname {|<bar iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{bar}{#1}}{\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{T1, OT1 8859-7} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<T1 greek ldf iso-8859-7\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\'\expandafter\endcsname \csname T1\string\'\endcsname {|<acute iso-8859-7|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<greek ldf iso-8859-7\><<< \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\'\endcsname \acute{|<acute iso-8859-7|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<acute iso-8859-7\><<< A{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00C1{59}}A}% E{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00C9{59}}E}% I{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00CD{59}}I}% O{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00D3{59}}O}% U{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00DA{59}}U}% Y{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00DD{59}}Y}% a{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00E1{59}}a}% e{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00E9{59}}e}% i{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00ED{59}}i}% \i{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00ED{59}}i}% o{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00F3{59}}o}% u{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00FA{59}}u}% y{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00FD{59}}y}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc a}{\ht:special{t4ht@220}a}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc e}{\ht:special{t4ht@221}e}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc h}{\ht:special{t4ht@222}h}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc i}{\ht:special{t4ht@223}i}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc o}{\ht:special{t4ht@252}o}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc u}{\ht:special{t4ht@253}u}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc w}{\ht:special{t4ht@254}w}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{LaTeX Encodings} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<32,4 plain,latex\><<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \Configure{accents} {\expandafter\ifx \csname #1-num\endcsname\relax \ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2{59}}x% \else \ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x#2;}X% \fi } {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture} \expandafter\let\csname ring-num\endcsname=\def \fi >>> \<32,4 latexPRE-CSS\><<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \Configure{textscaccent} {\Tg<small class="small-caps">}{\Tg</small>} \fi >>> \<latex ltoutenc\><<< \Configure{textcircled} {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc c} {\leavevmode \special{t4ht@+\string&\#x00A9;}c} {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc \scshape r} {\leavevmode \special{t4ht@+\string&\#x00AE;}r} {} >>> \<latex accents\><<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option |<new accents|> \else |<old plain,latex accents|> \fi \let\^^_|=\v >>> \<latex accents\><<< \Configure{@TITLE}{|<env for titles|>} >>> \<env for titles\><<< \let\"=\:same \let\~=\:same \let\^=\:same \PictureOff >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< |<latex accents|> \let\@acci|=\' \let\@accii|=\` \let\@acciii|=\= >>> \<new accents\><<< \:CheckOption{accent-} \if:Option \Configure{HAccent}\acute{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\bar{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\breve{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\check{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\ddot{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\dot{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\grave{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\hat{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\tilde{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\vec{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\widehat{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\widetilde{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \fi \:CheckOption{mathaccent-} \if:Option \Configure{HAccent}\"{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\'{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\.{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\={}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\H{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\^{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\`{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\b{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\c{Cc{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\d{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\t{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\u{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\v{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\~{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \fi >>> \<new accents\><<< \Configure{accent}{*} {<!--tex4ht:accent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->} {<!--tex4ht:end accent-->} \Configure{mathaccent}{*} {<!--tex4ht:mathaccent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->} {<!--tex4ht:end mathaccent-->} \Configure{accented}{*} {<!--tex4ht:accented\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->} {<!--tex4ht:end accented-->} \Configure{accenting}{*} {<!--tex4ht:accenting\Hnewline-->} {<!--tex4ht:end accenting-->} >>> \<0,32,4 plain\><<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option |<new plain accents|> \else |<old plain accents|> \Configure{accents} {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2{59}}x} {\Picture+{ \:Picture:{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture} \fi \let\^^_|=\v >>> \<new plain accents\><<< \:CheckOption{accent-} \if:Option \Configure{HAccent}\acute{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\bar{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\breve{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\check{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\ddot{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\dot{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\grave{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\hat{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\tilde{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\vec{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\widehat{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\widetilde{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \fi \:CheckOption{mathaccent-} \if:Option \Configure{HAccent}\"{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\'{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\.{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\={}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\H{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\^{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\`{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\b{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\c{Cc{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\d{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\t{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\u{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\v{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \Configure{HAccent}\~{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture} \fi >>> \<new plain accents\><<< \Configure{accent}{*} {<!--tex4ht:accent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->} {<!--tex4ht:end accent-->} \Configure{mathaccent}{*} {<!--tex4ht:mathaccent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->} {<!--tex4ht:end mathaccent-->} \Configure{accented}{*} {<!--tex4ht:accented\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->} {<!--tex4ht:end accented-->} \Configure{accenting}{*} {<!--tex4ht:accenting\Hnewline-->} {<!--tex4ht:end accenting-->} >>> \<old plain accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\`\grave{|<grave codes|>{}{}} {\a:accents{grave}{#1}} {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\'\acute{|<acute codes|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\^\hat{|<circumflex codes|>{}{}} {\a:accents{circ}{#1}} {\b:accents{hat}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\~\tilde{|<tilde codes|>{}{}} {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\"\ddot{|<diaeresis codes|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} >>> The following are also placed under accents configuration. \<old plain accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\c\c{C{C}c{c}{}{}} {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}} {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\t\t{{}{}} {\a:accents{udot}{#1}} {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\H\H{{}{}} {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}} {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\b\b{{}{}} {\a:accents{b}{#1}} {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\d\d{{}{}} {\a:accents{d}{#1}} {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}} >>> The following originally have been defined to be parameter-less. \<old plain accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\.\.{{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\dot\dot{{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\u\breve{{}{}}{\a:accents{breve}{#1}} {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\vec\vec{{}{}}{\a:accents{vec}{#1}} {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\v\v{{}{}}{\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\check\check{{}{}}{\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\=\bar{{}{}} {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}} >>> % \= macron \<old plain accents\><<< \Configure{accent}\widetilde\widetilde{{}{}} {\a:accents{widetilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{widetilde}{#1}{#2}} \Configure{accent}\widehat\widehat{{}{}} {\a:accents{widehat}{#1}} {\b:accents{widehat}{#1}{#2}} >>> \verb'\vec', \verb'\widetilde', and \verb'\widehat' are for math mode. \verb'\b', \verb'\c', \verb'\d', \verb'\t', and \verb'\H' are for text mode. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{AMS Encodings} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<ams 2000 art + book + proc\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5{% \expandafter\ifx \csname #1mathaccentV\endcsname\relax \o:mathaccentV:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% \else \csname #1mathaccentV\endcsname{#5}\fi} \HLet\mathaccentV\:tempc \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<ams 2000 iso-8859-1 accents|> \fi \def\:temp{charset=iso-8859-2} \ifx \a:charset\:UnDef \ifx \A:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi \else \ifx \a:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi \fi \ifx \:temp\def \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<old ams 2000 iso-8859-2 accents|> \fi \fi >>> \<ams 2000 iso-8859-1 accents\><<< \HRestore\grave \expandafter\let\csname gravemathaccentV\endcsname=\grave \expandafter\let\csname GRAVEmathaccentV\endcsname=\grave \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname gravemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname GRAVEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<grave iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{grave}{#1}} {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\acute \expandafter\let\csname acutemathaccentV\endcsname=\acute \expandafter\let\csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname=\acute \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname acutemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\hat \expandafter\let\csname hatmathaccentV\endcsname=\hat \expandafter\let\csname HATmathaccentV\endcsname=\hat \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname hatmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname HATmathaccentV\endcsname{|<hat iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{hat}{#1}} {\b:accents{hat}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\tilde \expandafter\let\csname tildemathaccentV\endcsname=\tilde \expandafter\let\csname TILDEmathaccentV\endcsname=\tilde \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname tildemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname TILDEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<tilde iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\ddot \expandafter\let\csname DDOTmathaccentV\endcsname=\ddot \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname DDOTmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname DDOTmathaccentV\endcsname{|<ddot iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{ddot}{#1}} {\b:accents{ddot}{#1}{#2}} \expandafter\let\csname ddotmathaccentV\endcsname=\ddot \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname ddotmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname ddotmathaccentv\endcsname{|<ddot iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{ddot}{#1}} {\b:accents{ddot}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\check \expandafter\let\csname checkmathaccentV\endcsname=\check \expandafter\let\csname CHECKmathaccentV\endcsname=\check \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname checkmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname CHECKmathaccentV\endcsname{|<check iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\dot \expandafter\let\csname dotmathaccentV\endcsname=\dot \expandafter\let\csname DOTmathaccentV\endcsname=\dot \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname dotmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname DOTmathaccentV\endcsname{|<dot iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\breve \expandafter\let\csname brevemathaccentV\endcsname=\breve \expandafter\let\csname BREVEmathaccentV\endcsname=\breve \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname brevemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname BREVEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<breve iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{breve}{#1}} {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\bar \expandafter\let\csname barmathaccentV\endcsname=\bar \expandafter\let\csname BARmathaccentV\endcsname=\bar \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname barmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname BARmathaccentV\endcsname{|<bar iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}} \HRestore\vec \expandafter\let\csname vecmathaccentV\endcsname=\vec \expandafter\let\csname VECmathaccentV\endcsname=\vec \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname vecmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname VECmathaccentV\endcsname{|<vec iso-8859-1|>{}{}} {\a:accents{vec}{#1}} {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}} >>> \<old ams 2000 iso-8859-2 accents\><<< \HRestore\acute \expandafter\let\csname acutemathaccentV\endcsname=\acute \expandafter\let\csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname=\acute \expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname acutemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname \csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}} {\a:accents{acute}{#1}} {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}} >>> The upper case is needed for cases like \begin{verbatim} \documentclass[12pt]{amsart} \begin{document} \title{BUDOWA J''ADER ATOM{O}W PIERWIASTK{O}W} \author{Rafa''l ``Raba--P{o}''lg''l{o}wek\'o$\acute{o}$} \def\datename{Wersja z} \date{\today} \maketitle \end{document} \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{ot4enc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech ot4enc\><<< \def\add:acc#1{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x#1;}x} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:18} %\` |<add grave codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:127} %\" |<add diaeresis codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:19} %\' |<add acute codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:95} %\. |<add dot above codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:22} %\= {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:94} %\^ |<add circumflex codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:126} %\~ |<add tilde codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:125} %\H |<add double acute code|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:21} %\u |<add breve codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:20} %\v |<add caron codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:23} %\r |<add ring codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{OT4:24} %\c |<add cedilla codes|> {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{pd1enc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech pd1enc\><<< \def\add:acc#1{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x#1;}x} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:96} %\` |<add grave codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:168} %\" |<add diaeresis codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:180} %\' |<add acute codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:27} %\. |<add dot above codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:26} %\^ |<add circumflex codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:31} %\~ |<add tilde codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:24} %\u |<add breve codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:20} %\v |<add caron codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:21} %\r |<add ring codes|> {}{} \Configure{add accent}{PD1:184} %\c |<add cedilla codes|> {}{} >>> % \Configure{add accent}{PD1:22} %\= {}{} % \Configure{add accent}{PD1:125} %\H % |<add double acute code|> {}{} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Languages} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Babel} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<babel.def\><<< |<quotedblbase|> >>> \<babel macros\><<< |<babel.def|> >>> \<config tex4ht\><<< \NewConfigure{charset}[1]{\def\a:charset{#1}} \def\:temp#1charset=#2,#3|<par del|>{% \if !#2!% \Log:Note{for alternative charset, use the command line option `charset=...'} \else \Configure{charset}{charset=#2}\fi} \expandafter\:temp\Preamble ,charset=,|<par del|> >>> \<configure html-speech CJK\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} |<simplified chinese (mainland)|> |<traditional chinese (taiwanese)|> |<japanese charset|> |<korean charset|> \Configure{CJKbold}{\HCode{<b>}}{\HCode{</b>}} >>> The following are from CJK.enc \begin{verbatim} % CEF: CEFX C80 % CEFY C81 \end{verbatim} \<traditional chinese (taiwanese)\><<< \Configure{CJK.enc}{Bg5}{\def\A:charset{charset=big5}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{Bg5pmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=big5}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{Bg5+}{\def\A:charset{charset=big5}} >>> GB2312 (1980) has been superceded by GBK (circa 1993?) and GB18030 (2000). \<simplified chinese (mainland)\><<< \Configure{CJK.enc}{GBpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{GBK}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{GBt}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{GBtpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{CNS1-7}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}} >>> \<japanese charset\><<< \Configure{CJK.enc}{JIS}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{JISpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{JISdnp}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{JISwn}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{JIS2}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{JIS2dnp}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{SJIS}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}} >>> \<korean charset\><<< \Configure{CJK.enc}{KS}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-kr}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{KSpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-kr}} \Configure{CJK.enc}{KSHL}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-kr}} >>> \<configure html-speech hebtex\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-8} \Configure{arabtext} {\ifhmode \let\end:arabtex=\empty \IgnorePar \else \HCode{<div align="right"><table class="arabtex"><tr><td\Hnewline style="white-space:nowrap;" align="right">}% \def\end:arabtex{\HCode{</td></tr></table></div>}}% \fi \global\let\start:arab=\relax} {\end:arabtex} {\ifx \start:arab\relax \global\let\start:arab=\empty \else \Tg<br />\fi} {} \:CheckOption{nikud} \if:Option \Configure{chireq}{\char5 } \Configure{cholem}{\char3 } \Configure{chpatach}{\char1\char7 } \Configure{chqames}{\char2\char7 } \Configure{chsegol}{\char3\char7 } \Configure{dagesh}{\char46 } \Configure{meteg}{\char44 } \Configure{patachf}{\char1 } \Configure{patach}{\char1 } \Configure{qameschat}{\char6\char7 } \Configure{qames}{\char6 } \Configure{qibbus}{\HCode{<!--qibbus-->}} \Configure{rdot}{\HCode{<!--rdot-->}} \Configure{segol}{\char3 } \Configure{sere}{\char9 } \Configure{shindot}{\HCode{<!--shindot-->}} \Configure{shwa}{\char7 } \Configure{sindot}{\HCode{<!--sindot-->}} \else \Log:Note{for hebrew vowels, use the command line option `nikud'} \Configure{chireq}{\HCode{<!--chireq-->}} \Configure{cholem}{\HCode{<!--cholem-->}} \Configure{chpatach}{\HCode{<!--chpatach-->}} \Configure{chqames}{\HCode{<!--chqames-->}} \Configure{chsegol}{\HCode{<!--chsegol-->}} \Configure{dagesh}{\HCode{<!--dagesh-->}} \Configure{meteg}{\HCode{<!--meteg-->}} \Configure{patachf}{\HCode{<!--patachf-->}} \Configure{patach}{\HCode{<!--patach-->}} \Configure{qameschat}{\HCode{<!--qameschat-->}} \Configure{qames}{\HCode{<!--qames-->}} \Configure{qibbus}{\HCode{<!--qibbus-->}} \Configure{rdot}{\HCode{<!--rdot-->}} \Configure{segol}{\HCode{<!--segol-->}} \Configure{sere}{\HCode{<!--sere-->}} \Configure{shindot}{\HCode{<!--shindot-->}} \Configure{shwa}{\HCode{<!--shwa-->}} \Configure{sindot}{\HCode{<!--sindot-->}} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech abidir\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-RL}\if:Option \Configure{RL} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP \def\RL:tag{div}\else \def\RL:tag{span}\fi \HCode{<\RL:tag\space class="pic-RL">}\Picture*{}} {\EndPicture\HCode{</\RL:tag>}} {} {} {} {} \Css{div.pic-RL{text-align:right;}} \else \Log:Note{for pictorial RL, use the command line option `pic-RL'} \Configure{RL} {\HCode{<span class="RL">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {} {\HCode{<br />}} {} {} \fi >>> % \:CheckOption{RL2LR}\if:Option % \Configure{RL} % {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="RL" % dir="rtl" >}} % {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} % {} {} {} {} % \else % \Configure{RL} % {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="RL" % dir="rtl" >}} % {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} % {} {\HCode{<br />}} {} {} % \fi \<configure html-speech-uni babel\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}% >>> \<configure html-speech-uni austrian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni catalan\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni croatian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni czech\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni danish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni dutch\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni english\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni esperant\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni estonian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni finnish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni francais\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni galician\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni germanb\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni greek\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni hebrew\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni ngermanb\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni norsk\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni polish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni polski\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni portuges\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni romanian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni scottish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni slovak\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni slovene\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni spanish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} |<spanish configs|> >>> \<configure html-speech-uni swedish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni turkish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni ukraineb\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni usorbian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni welsh\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni CJK\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} \Configure{CJKbold}{\HCode{<b>}}{\HCode{</b>}} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni hebtex\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech-uni exerquiz\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} >>> \<configure html-speech romanian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<old iso-8859-2 accents|> \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Umlaut} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech german\><<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \Configure{accent}\grmn@OTumlaut \grmn@OTumlaut{|<diaeresis codes|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech ngerman\><<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \Configure{accent}\grmn@OTumlaut \grmn@OTumlaut{|<diaeresis codes|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} \fi >>> \<babel.def\><<< \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else \Configure{accent}\lower@umlaut\lower@umlaut{|<diaeresis codes|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} \fi >>> \<u mlaut\><<< \Configure{accent}\bbl@umlauta \bbl@umlaute{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Russian and Cyrillic} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech t2benc\><<< \def\:temp{charset=koi8-r}\ifx \A:charset\:temp \else \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech koi8-r\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=koi8-r} >>> \<set babel charset\><<< \def\:temp{charset=koi8-r}\ifx \A:charset\:temp \else \a:temp{russian}{iso-8859-5}{ru} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech-uni russianb\><<< \NewConfigure{dtd-lang}{1} \Configure{dtd-lang}{RU} \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8} \ifx \@begindocumenthook\:UnDef\else \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<russian|> \fi\fi >>> \<configure html-speech russianb\><<< \NewConfigure{dtd-lang}{1} \Configure{dtd-lang}{RU} \def\:temp{charset=koi8-r}\ifx \A:charset\:temp \else \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5} \fi \ifx \@begindocumenthook\:UnDef\else \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else % \def\:temp{russian}\ifx \languagename\:temp |<russian|> % \fi \fi\fi >>> We had also \verb'\append:def\@begindocumenthook{\HLet\"|=\ddot}' in babel. It gets russian and brazil into infinite loop. Why it was inserted. ERROR: The non ascii characters might translate wrongly in the 4ht file (e.g., \verb'^^e5' for 00EB below). They also not show in the documentation since a cmtt10 font is in use and it doesn't covet those symbols. The problem will probably vanish once the new accent approach will kick in. \<russian\><<< \Configure{accent}\"\ddot{|<diaeresis codes|>å{00EB}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc A}{00C4}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc E}{00CB}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc I}{00CF}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc O}{00D6}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc U}{00DC}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc Y}{0178}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc a}{00E4}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc e}{00EB}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc i}{00EF}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc \i}{00EF}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc o}{00F6}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc u}{00FC}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc y}{00FF}% {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc å}{00EB}% {}{34}} {\a:accents{uml}{#1}} {\def\:temp{>}\def\:tempa{#2}\ifx \:temp\:tempa\HCode{»}% \else \def\:temp{<}\ifx \:temp\:tempa\HCode{«}% \else \b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}\fi\fi} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Features} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Margin Comments} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% We need to consider cases like \verb+\marginpar{ Consider: \par *one \par *two}+ for margin pars. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Pictures in Margins} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech picins\><<< \Configure{parpic} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="picins-\parpicOpt">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} >>> \<configure html-speech picins\><<< \Css{.picins-dr, .picins-rd { float:right; padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border: 1px dashed black; }} \Css{.picins-dl, .picins-ld, .picins-d { float:left; padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border: 1px dashed black; }} \Css{.picins-fr, .picins-rf { float:right; padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border: 1px dashed black; }} \Css{.picins-fl, .picins-lf, .picins-f { float:left; padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border: 1px solid black; }} \Css{.picins-sr, .picins-rs { float:right; padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border-left: 1px solid black; border-top: 1px solid black; border-right: 4px solid black; border-bottom: 4px solid black; }} \Css{.picins-sl, .picins-ls, .picins-s { float:left; padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border-left: 1px solid black; border-top: 1px solid black; border-right: 4px solid black; border-bottom: 4px solid black; }} \Css{.picins-xr, .picins-rx { float:right; padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border-left: 1px solid black; border-top: 1px solid black; border-right: 1px double black; border-bottom: 1px double black; }} \Css{.picins-xl, .picins-lx, .picins-x { float:left; padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px; border-left: 1px solid black; border-top: 1px solid black; border-right: 1px double black; border-bottom: 1px double black; }} \Css{.picins-r { float:right; padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px; }} \Css{.picins-l, .picins- { float:left; padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Style Files} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{MeX} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech mex\><<< \def\MeX{\HCode{<span class="MeX">}MeX\HCode{</span>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{eplain} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech eplain\><<< \Configure{columns} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="columns"><!--cols=\NumColumns-->}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.columns { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; }} >>> \<configure html-speech eplain\><<< \Configure{bibliography} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="bibliography">}\par} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} >>> \<configure html-speech eplain\><<< \Configure{makecolumns} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<table class="makecolumns"><tr><td>}% \gdef\make:col{\gdef\make:col{\HCode{<br />}}}} {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}} {\HCode{</td><td>}% \gdef\make:col{\gdef\make:col{\HCode{<br />}}}} {\make:col} {} \Css{table.makecolumns{width:100\%;}} \Css{table.makecolumns td {vertical-align:top;}} >>> \<configure html-speech eplain\><<< \Configure{flushleft} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="flushleft">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br />}} \Configure{flushright} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="flushright">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br />}} \Configure{center} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="center">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\HCode{<br />}} \Css{div.center {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.flushright {text-align:right;}} \Css{div.flushleft {text-align:left;}} >>> \<configure html-speech eplain\><<< |<eplain dates|> \Configure{numberedlist} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<ol>}\let\end:itm=\empty} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \end:itm \HCode{</ol>}} {\end:itm \def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\HCode{<li>}\special{t4ht@[}\IgnorePar} {\special{t4ht@]}} \Configure{orderedlist} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<ol>}\let\end:itm=\empty} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \end:itm \HCode{</ol>}} {\end:itm \def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\HCode{<li>}\special{t4ht@[}\IgnorePar} {\special{t4ht@]}} \Configure{unorderedlist} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<ul>}\let\end:itm=\empty} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \end:itm \HCode{</ul>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:itm \def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}% \HCode{<li>}\special{t4ht@[}\IgnorePar} {\special{t4ht@]}} >>> \<configure html-speech eplain\><<< \Configure{listing} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="listing">}\par \Configure{HtmlPar} {\EndP} {\EndP} {~\HCode{<br />}} {~\HCode{<br />}} } {\HCode{</div>}\par} >>> \<configure html-speech-math eplain\><<< \Configure{PicDisplay} {\edef\MathPar{\ifvmode par-\fi}\IgnorePar\endgraf\EndP \HCode{<div class="\if@leftdisplays leftdisplay\else centereddisplay\fi">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {} {class="\MathPar math-display" } \Css{div.lsftdisplay {text-align:left;}} \Css{div.centereddisplay {text-align:center;}} >>> \<configure html-speech-math eplain\><<< \Configure{contents} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="contents">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{tocchapterentry} {\HCode{<span class="tocchapterentry">}} {\HCode{</span><span class="toc-num">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{tocsectionentry} {\HCode{<span class="tocsectionentry">}} {\HCode{</span><span class="toc-num">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{tocsubsectionentry} {\HCode{<span class="tocsubsectionentry">}} {\HCode{</span><span class="toc-num">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.tocchapterentry{width:30em}} \Css{span.tocsectionentry{width:30em; padding-left:1.5em}} \Css{span.tocsectionentry{width:30em; padding-left:3em}} \Css{span.toc-num{width:6em; padding-left:2em}} >>> \<eplain dates\><<< \Configure{monthname} {\HCode{<span class="month">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{timestring} {\HCode{<span class="time">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{timestamp} {\HCode{<span class="timestamp">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{today} {\HCode{<span class="today">}} {\HCode{</span>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Drawing Utilitis} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Diagrams} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech epsf\><<< \Configure{epsfsetgraph} {\Picture+[\PicName]{}} {\EndPicture} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Diagrams} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech diagrams\><<< \ConfigureEnv{diagram} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP \Tg<div class="diagrams">\def\End:Diagrams{\Tg</div>}% \else \let\End:Diagrams\empty \fi } {\End:Diagrams} {}{} \Configure{diagram} {\Picture*{}$} {$\EndPicture} \Css{.diagrams {text-align: center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{dratex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech dratex\><<< \Css{div.Draw{text-align:center}} >>>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{pgf} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech pgf\><<< \ConfigureEnv{pgfpicture} {\hbox\bgroup\Picture+[picture]{}} {\EndPicture\egroup} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{pgf} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech overpic\><<< \ConfigureEnv{overpic} {\Picture*[pic]{}} {\EndPicture} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{psfig} %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech psfig\><<< |<0,32,4 psfig|> >>> \<0,32,4 psfig\><<< \Configure{psfig} {\Picture+[psfig]{}}{\EndPicture} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{graphics} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech graphics\><<< \:CheckOption{graphics-} \if:Option \Configure{graphics} {\bgroup \let\E:IMG=\e:IMG \let\e:IMG=\empty \Picture+[\a:GraphicsAlt]{ class="graphics"}} {\EndPicture \E:IMG\HCode{<!--tex4ht:graphics \Hnewline name="\PictureFile" src="\Gin@base\Gin@ext" \Hnewline -->}% \egroup} \else |<graphics quality|> \Configure{graphics} {\bgroup \let\E:IMG=\e:IMG \let\e:IMG=\empty \Picture+[\a:GraphicsAlt]{ class="graphics"}} {\EndPicture \ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined |<pixels graphics width/height|>\fi \E:IMG\HCode{<!--tex4ht:graphics \Hnewline name="\PictureFile" src="\Gin@base\Gin@ext" \Hnewline -->}% \egroup} \fi \Css{.figure img.graphics {margin-left:10\%;}} \Configure{graphics*} {gif} {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.gif |<graphics dim|>}} \Configure{graphics*} {png} {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.png |<graphics dim|>}} \Configure{graphics*} {jpg} {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.jpg |<graphics dim|>}} \Configure{graphics*} {jpeg} {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.jpeg |<graphics dim|>}} \NewConfigure{GraphicsAlt}{1} \Configure{GraphicsAlt}{PIC} |<includegraphics dim|> >>> \<graphics quality\><<< \def\:temp#1graphics-#2,#3|<par del|>{\def\gr:density{#2}} \expandafter\:temp\Preamble,graphics-,|<par del|> \ifx \gr:density\empty \Log:Note{if included graphics are of degraded quality, try the command line options `graphics-num' or `graphics-'. The `num' should provide the density of pixels in the bitmaps (e.g., 110). } \else \def\int:pt#1.#2|<par del|>{#1} \fi >>> \<graphics dim\><<< \csname a:Gin-dim\endcsname >>> \<includegraphics dim\><<< \NewConfigure{Gin-dim}{1} \:CheckOption{Gin-dim} \if:Option \Configure{Gin-dim} {\ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined |<graphics width/height|>% \else |<graphicx width/height|>% \fi class="includegraphics" } \else \:CheckOption{Gin-dim+} \if:Option \Configure{Gin-dim} {\ifx \Gin:ewidth\Gin@exclamation \ifx \Gin:eheight\Gin@exclamation \ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined |<graphics width/height|>% \fi \else height="\Gin:eheight" \fi \else width="\Gin:ewidth" \ifx \Gin:eheight\Gin@exclamation \else height="\Gin:eheight" \fi \fi class="includegraphics" } \else \Log:Note{for key dimensions try the option `Gin-dim'; for key dimensions when bounding box is unavailable try `Gin-dim+'; neither is recommended} \Configure{Gin-dim} {\ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined |<graphics width/height|>% \fi } \fi \fi >>> \<pixels graphics width/height\><<< \ifx \gr:density\empty \HCode{ width="\the\Gin@req@width" height="\the\Gin@req@height" }% \else \bgroup \divide\Gin@req@width by 72 \multiply\Gin@req@width by \gr:density \relax \divide\Gin@req@height by 72 \multiply\Gin@req@height by \gr:density \relax \HCode{ width="\expandafter\int:pt\the\Gin@req@width|<par del|>" height="\expandafter\int:pt\the\Gin@req@height|<par del|>" }% \egroup \fi >>> \<graphics width/height\><<< width="\the\Gin@req@width" height="\the\Gin@req@height" >>> \<graphicx width/height\><<< \ifx \Gin:ewidth\Gin@exclamation \else width="\Gin:ewidth" \fi \ifx \Gin:eheight\Gin@exclamation \else height="\Gin:eheight" \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{xy} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech xy\><<< |<32,4 xy|> >>> \<32,4 xy\><<< \Configure{xypic} {\Picture*{}} {\EndPicture} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{pstricks} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech pst-all\><<< \ConfigureEnv{psmatrix} {\Picture*{}} {\EndPicture} {}{} >>> \<configure html-speech pstricks\><<< \Configure{pspicture} {\ifvmode \ifinner\else \vfill\break\fi \leavevmode\fi \bgroup \ifdim \pst@dimh<\z@ \pst@dimh=-\pst@dimh \fi \HCode{<!--width="\ifdim \wd\pst@hbox=\z@ \the\pst@dimg \else\the\wd\pst@hbox\fi" height="\ifdim \ht\pst@hbox=\z@ \the\pst@dimh \else \the\ht\pst@hbox\fi"-->}% \egroup \Picture+[\a:pspictureAlt]{ class="pspicture"}} {\EndPicture} \NewConfigure{pspictureAlt}{1} \Configure{pspictureAlt}{PIC} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{pb-diagram} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech pb-diagram\><<< \ConfigureEnv{diagram} {\Picture*{ class="pb-diagram"}$} {$\EndPicture} {}{} \Css{.pb-diagram {align:center}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{pictex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech pictex\><<< \Configure{pictex} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<div class="pictex">}}{\HCode{</div>}}{+[PICT]} \Css{div.pictex {text-align:center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Slides} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Beamer} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< |<beamer slides|> |<beamer environments|> \ifx \beamer@version\:UnDef |<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3|> \fi >>> \<beamer environments\><<< \let\block:Name=\empty \ConfigureEnv{block} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \ifx \block:Name\empty \def\block:Name{block}\fi \HCode{<div class="\block:Name">}\global\let\block:Name=\empty} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{alertblock} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \ifx \block:Name\empty \def\block:Name{alertblock}\fi \HCode{<div class="\block:Name">}\global\let\block:Name=\empty} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Problem} {\def\block:Name{Problem}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Loesung} {\def\block:Name{Loesung}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Definition} {\def\block:Name{Definition}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Satz} {\def\block:Name{Satz}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Beweis} {\def\block:Name{Beweis}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Folgerung} {\def\block:Name{Folgerung}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Lemma} {\def\block:Name{Lemma}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Fakt} {\def\block:Name{Fakt}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Theorem} {\def\block:Name{Theorem}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Proof} {\def\block:Name{Proof}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Corollary} {\def\block:Name{Corollary}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Fact} {\def\block:Name{Fact}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{definition} {\def\block:Name{definition}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{definitions} {\def\block:Name{definitions}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{theorem} {\def\block:Name{theorem}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{proof} {\def\block:Name{proof}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{corollary} {\def\block:Name{corollary}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{fact} {\def\block:Name{fact}} {} {} {} >>> \<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<< \ConfigureEnv{exampleblock} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \ifx \block:Name\empty \def\block:Name{exampleblock}\fi \HCode{<div class="\block:Name">}\global\let\block:Name=\empty} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {} {} >>> \<beamer environments\><<< \ConfigureEnv{Beispiel} {\def\block:Name{Beispiel}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Beispiele} {\def\block:Name{Beispiele}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Example} {\def\block:Name{Example}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{Examples} {\def\block:Name{Examples}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{example} {\def\block:Name{example}} {} {} {} \ConfigureEnv{examples} {\def\block:Name{examples}} {} {} {} \Css{div.Example, div.examplblock, div.Beispiele, div.Beispiel, div.Examples, div.example, div.examples{color:green;}} >>> \<beamer slides\><<< \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \ifnum \Slide:cnt>0 \HPage{}\fi \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<beamer header|>% \HCode{<div class="slide">}\par } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\ifnum \Slide:cnt>1\relax \EndHPage{}\fi} {} {} \Css{div.slide {border-top:solid black 0.4pt;}} \else \Log:Note{for pagination of slides, use the command line option `1'} \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<hr class="hidden" />}% |<beamer header|>% \HCode{<div class="slide">}\par } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {} {} \Css{div.slide {border:solid black 0.4pt;}} \fi >>> \<beamer toc 0.8 and 0.3\><<< \Configure{frametitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h2 class="frametitle">}\bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{ }{ }{}{}% } {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h2>}} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \Css{h1, h2, span.inst sup{font-size:100\%;}} \ConfigureEnv{overlayarea} {\bgroup \ConfigureEnv{minipage} {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP \ConfigureEnv{minipage} {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<table class="minipage"><tr><td>}} {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}\egroup } {}{}% } {\EndP\egroup } {}{} } {\egroup} {}{} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \Configure{sec@slide} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="hidden">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par |<beamer cross links|>\par} \Css{.hidden {visibility:hidden;}} \Css{table.columns {width:100\%;}} \Css{td.column {vertical-align:top;}} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \Configure{inst} {\HCode{<span class="inst">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{titlepage} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="titlepage">}% \gHAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1 \Link{}{sl1}\EndLink |<beamer cross links|>% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{title} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h1 class="title">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h1>}} \Configure{author} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="author">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{institute} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="institute">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{date} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{andtitle}{\HCode{<br />}} \Css{div.titlepage {text-align:center;}} \Css{div.institute { margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \ConfigureEnv{columns} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<table class="columns"><tr>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</tr></table>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{column} {\bgroup \ConfigureEnv{minipage} {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP \ConfigureEnv{minipage} {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<table class="minipage"><tr><td>}} {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}\egroup } {}{}% } {\EndP\egroup } {}{}% \HCode{<td class="column">}% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</td>}\egroup} {}{} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \ifx \beamer@version\:UnDef |<shared conf beamer 0.8 and 0.3|> \ifx \insertinstituteshort\:UnDef |<conf beamer 0.8|> \else |<conf beamer 0.3|> \fi \else |<conf beamer 3.01|> \fi >>> \<shared conf beamer 0.8 and 0.3\><<< \Configure{sectionshadedintoc} {\HCode{<div class="sectionshadedintoc">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{sectionintoc} {\HCode{<div class="sectionintoc">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{subsectionshadedintoc} {\HCode{<div class="subsectionshadedintoc">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{subsectionintoc} {\HCode{<div class="subsectionintoc">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.sectionintoc, div.sectionshadedintoc{ margin-top:1em; }} \Css{div.tableofcontents { padding-left:1em; padding-right:1em; padding-bottom:1em; }} \Css{.tableofcontents div.subsectionintoc, .tableofcontents div.subsectionshadedintoc{ margin-left:1em; }} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \ConfigureToc{toc} {} {\Configure{TocLink} {\def\hyperlink########1########2{\Link{####2}{}########2\EndLink}####4}% \leavevmode} {}{\par} \Configure{tableofcontents} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="TableOfContents">}}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} {}{} >>> \<beamer cross links\><<< \slides:toc >>> \<beamer header\><<< \gHAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1 \ifx \sec:name\empty \HCode{<div class="hidden">}\Link{}{sl\Slide:cnt}\EndLink \HCode{</div>}% \else \HCode{<div class="header">}\Link{}{sl\Slide:cnt}\EndLink \sec:name \ifx \subsec:name\empty \else \HCode{<br />}\subsec:name\fi \HCode{</div>}% \fi >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \let\beamer:section=\@section \def\@section[#1]#2{\beamer:section[#1]{#2}% \gHAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1 \def\sec:name{#2}\let\subsec:name=\empty} \append:defI\subsection{% \gHAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1 \def\subsec:name{#1}} \HAssign\:bookmarkN=0 \let\sec:name=\empty \let\subsec:name=\empty \Css{div.header{ margin:0; text-align:right; font-size:70\%; }} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \gHAssign\Slide:cnt=0 \def\slides:toc{% |<beamer bookmarks|>% |<beamer toc frames|>% \gdef\slides:toc{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<p class="links">}|<set beamer cross links|>% \HCode{</p>}\par}% \slides:toc } \Css{p.links{ margin:0; float:right; text-align:right; font-size:70\%; }} >>> \<set beamer cross links\><<< \bgroup \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1\relax \ifTag{)Qsl\Slide:cnt}{\Link{sl\Slide:cnt}{}next\EndLink\HCode{<br />}}{}% \egroup \ifnum \Slide:cnt>1 \bgroup \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by -1 \Link{sl\Slide:cnt}{}prev\EndLink\HCode{<br />}% \ifnum \:bookmarkN>0\relax \Link[ target="|<tex4ht-menu|>" ]{tc-\:bookmarkN}{}toc\EndLink\HCode{<br />}% \fi \Link{sl1}{}top\EndLink\HCode{<br />}% {\HAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1\relax \Slide:cnt}% \egroup \else \Link[ target="|<tex4ht-menu|>"]{bookmark}{}toc\EndLink \fi >>> \<beamer bookmarks\><<< \:CheckOption{frames}\if:Option\else \bgroup \HPage{}{\beamer:bookmarks\tableofcontents}\EndHPage{}% \egroup \fi >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \:CheckOption{frames}\if:Option \:CheckOption{ver}\if:Option |<beamer ver frames|> \else \Log:Note{for vertically stacked frames, use the command line options `frames' and `ver'} |<beamer hor frames|> \fi \Css{body\#tex4ht-menu{ background-color:\#EEEEEE; }} \fi \def\beamer:bookmarks{% \Link{}{bookmark}\EndLink \HAssign\:bookmarkN=0 |<beamer bookmark config|>% \Configure{tableofcontents} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="bookmarks">}}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} {}{} \let\std:tableofcontents\tableofcontents \def\tableofcontents{\std:tableofcontents[section,subsection]}% } >>> \<beamer bookmark config\><<< \:CheckOption{frames}\if:Option \Configure{TocLink} {\HAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1\relax \Link{##2}{tc-\:bookmarkN}##4\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndLink} \else \Configure{TocLink} {\HAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1\relax \Link[ target="|<tex4ht-main|>"]{##2}{tc-\:bookmarkN}##4\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndLink} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \ConfigureToc{section} {}{\HCode{<div class="sectionintoc">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureToc{subsection} {} {\HCode{<div class="subsectionintoc">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{} \Css{div.bookmarks {white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{div.bookmarks div.subsectionintoc a { text-decoration: none; font-size:85\%;}} >>> \<configure html-speech beamer\><<< \Configure{alert} {\HCode{<span class="alert">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.alert {color:\#FF0000;}} \Hinclude{% \Configure{HColor}{alert}{rgb(100\%,0\%,0\%)}% \Configure{HColor}{blockstructure}{rgb(20\%,20\%,70\%)}% \Configure{HColor}{darkgreen}{rgb(15\%,60\%,15\%)}% \Configure{HColor}{lightgray}{rgb(90\%,90\%,90\%)}% \Configure{HColor}{shaded}{rgb(60\%,60\%,60\%)}% \Configure{HColor}{structuremedium}{rgb(30\%,30\%,30\%)}% \Configure{HColor}{structureshaded}{rgb(75\%,75\%,75\%)}% \Configure{HColor}{structure}{rgb(0\%,0\%,0\%)}% }{color} >>> The following is problematic when used on titles. \begin{verbatim} \Configure{structure} {\HCode{<span class="structure">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.structure {color:\#000000;}} \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{foils} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech foils\><<< |<32,4 foils|> >>> \<32,4 foils\><<< \Configure{foilheads} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="foilheadsHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnorePar} \ConfigureEnv{Theorem}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{Lemma}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{Corollary}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{Corollary*}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{Proposition}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{Definition}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{Proof}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{} |<foils bib|> \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \CutAt{foilheads} |<foils toc 1|>% \else \Log:Note{for pagination of slides, use the command line option `1'} \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{epigraph.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech epigraph\><<< \Configure{epigraphhead} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="epigraphhead">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{epigraph} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="epigraph">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="episource">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div></div>}} \ConfigureEnv{epigraphs} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="epigraphs">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} {}{} \Configure{qitem} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="qitem">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="episource">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div></div>}} \Css{.epigraph, .epigraphhead, epigraphs {margin-left:60\%}} \Css{.epigraphhead .epigraph {margin-left:0\%}} \Css{.episource {text-align:right}} \Configure{epirule} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\Tg<hr />\par} \Css{.epigraphs table { width:40\% ;}} \Css{.epigraphs table div .episource { text-align:right; width:100\%;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{slides} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech slides\><<< \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<multi slides|> \else \Log:Note{for pagination of slides, use the command line option `1'} \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifnum \c@slide=0 \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\fi} {\rightline{\a:slidename}% \IgnorePar\EndP\par\HCode{<hr />}} {}{} \fi >>> \<multi slides\><<< \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifnum \c@slide=0 \EndP\ShowPar\else\IgnorePar\fi} {} {}{} \CutAt{slide} \Configure{crosslinks}{[}{] }{next}{prev}{}{}{}{up} \Configure{crosslinks+} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="crosslinks"><p class="noindent">}% {\advance\c@slide by -1 \the\c@slide}: } {\HCode{</p></div>}\par} \Css{.crosslinks{text-align:right;font-size:85\%;}} >>> \<configure html-speech slides\><<< |<quote config|> |<quotations|> |<description 4|> \ConfigureEnv{verse} {\Tg<div class="verse">} {\Tg</div>} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{note} {\Tg<div class="note">} {\Tg</div>} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{titlepage} {\Tg<div class="titlepage">} {\Tg</div>} {}{} >>> \<configure html-speech slides\><<< \Configure{maketitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>% \vtop\bgroup \IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\egroup} {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts} \Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}} \Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }} \Configure{author date} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Prosper} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech prosper\><<< |<prosper maketitle|> |<prosper lists|> >>> \<configure html-speech prosper\><<< \Configure{slidetitle} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h2 class="slidetitle">} } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h2>}\EndNoFonts} \Css{h2.slidetitle {text-align:center;}} >>> \<configure html-speech prosper\><<< \Configure{Subtitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Subtitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{email} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="email">}\Link[mailto:\@email]{}{}} {\EndLink \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{institution} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="institution">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.email, div.institution {text-align:center;}} >>> \<configure html-speech prosper\><<< \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<paginated prosper|> \else \Log:Note{for pagination of slides, use the command line option `1'} |<non paginated prosper|> \fi \:CheckOption{nolayers} \if:Option \def\itemstep{\itemize} \def\enditemstep{\enditemize} \let\overlays=\:gobble \else \Log:Note{to remove overlays of slides, use the command line option `nolayers'} \fi >>> \<non paginated prosper\><<< \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par} {\rightline{\bgroup \ifx \slide\SlideNormal \advance\c@slide by -1 \fi \ifnum \c@slide>0 \the\c@slide \ifx \slide\SlideOverlay .\the\c@overlaysCount\fi \fi \egroup }}{}{} >>> \<paginated prosper\><<< \HAssign\Slide:cnt=0 \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifnum \Slide:cnt>0 \ifnum \Slide:cnt>1 \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \fi |<start prosper page|>% } {\ifnum \Slide:cnt=1 \else |<end prosper page|>\fi } {}{} >>> \<start prosper page\><<< \ifnum \Slide:cnt=1 \IgnorePar \par\EndP \HCode{<hr />}\par \fi \noindent \HPage{\the\c@slide \ifx \slide\SlideOverlay .\the\c@overlaysCount\fi }\fi \gHAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1 \Tag{f-\Slide:cnt}{\FileName}% >>> \<end prosper page\><<< \rightline{|<foot paginated prosper|>}% \EndHPage{}~~ >>> \<foot paginated prosper\><<< \bgroup \ifx \slide\SlideNormal \advance\c@slide by -1 \fi \the\c@slide \egroup \ifx \slide\SlideOverlay .\the\c@overlaysCount\fi, \bgroup \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1 \ifTag{f-\Slide:cnt}{\Link [\LikeRef{f-\Slide:cnt}]{}{}next\EndLink, }{}% \egroup \bgroup \ifnum \Slide:cnt>1 \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by -1 \Link[\LikeRef{f-\Slide:cnt}]{}{}prev\EndLink, \fi \egroup \Link[\LikeRef{f-1}]{}{}up\EndLink% \ifTag{prosperTOC}{% \edef\:temp{\FileName}\edef\:tempa{\LikeRef{prosperTOC}}% \ifx \:temp\:tempa \else, \Link[\LikeRef{prosperTOC}]{}{}toc\EndLink}{}\fi >>> \<paginated prosper\><<< \Configure{tableofcontents} {\ifx \prosperTOCtag\:UnDef \global\let\prosperTOCtag\def \Tag{prosperTOC}{\FileName}% \fi \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="tableofcontents">}\IgnorePar} {} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} {\HCode{<br />}} {} >>> FROM MANUAL: When translated into PDF files, \texttt{prosper} slides benefit from additional possibilities such as transition effects between slides and incremental display of a slide with several animation effects. The currently supported transitions are: \begin{itemize} \item {Split}: two lines sweep across the screen revealing the new slide; \item {Blinds}: multiple lines, evenly distributed across the screen, appear and synchronously sweep in the same direction to reveal the new slide; \item {Box}: a box sweeps from the center, revealing the new slide; \item {Wipe}: a single line sweeps across the screen from one edge to the other, revealing the new slide; \item {Dissolve}: the old page image dissolves to reveal the new slide; \item {Glitter}: similar to \texttt{Dissolve}, except the effect sweeps across the image in a wide band moving from one side of the screen to the other; \item {Replace}: the effect is simply to replace the old page with the new page. \end{itemize} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{seminar} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech seminar\><<< \ConfigureEnv{slide} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par} {\rightline{\the\c@slide}}{}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{slidesec} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech slidesec\><<< \ConfigureToc{slidesection} {\HCode{<span class="tocslidesection">}}{\ }{}{\HCode {</span><br\xml:empty>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Lit Prog and Verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{ProTex} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech ProTex\><<< \def\NAME:{ id=} \:CheckProtexOption{[[]]}\if:Option |<frame protex code|> \fi >>> \<frame protex code\><<< \Configure{FrameCode} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<lynx separator|>% \HCode{<div class="ShowCode">\ifx \:test\:minus \else<div class="head">\fi}\par\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div></div>}} \Configure{ShowCode} {\HCode{\ifx \:test\:minus \else </div>\fi \html:src<div class="body"><span class="ShowCode" style="font-family:monospace;white-space:nowrap;" >\html:invisible}% \nobreak } {\special{t4ht=\html:src</span>% \ifx \:test\:minus \else </div><div class="tail">\html:BackTitle\fi}} {\HCode{<br />\html:invisible}} {\HCode{<i>}} {\HCode{</i>}} {|<nbsp|>} \Css{div.ShowCode{background-color:\#EEEEEE; border: 1px white solid;}} \Css{div.ShowCode div.head{background-color:\#E0E0E0;}} \Css{div.ShowCode div.tail{background-color:\#E0E0E0;}} >>> \<nbsp\><<< \leavevmode\special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0{59}}x% >>> The `59' stands for semicolon. Explicit character might be problematic for languages (e.g., French) where the cahacter is active and may be imported from aux or another file. \<lynx separator\><<< \ifx \par:end\empty \HCode{<p></p>}\fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{moreverb} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech moreverb\><<< |<moreverb.sty config 4.0t|> >>> \<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \ConfigureEnv{verbatimtab} {\env:verb{verbatim}} {\endenv:verb}{}{} \Configure{verbatimtab} {\HAdvance\Verb:N by 1 \ifnum \Verb:N>1 \:nbsp \HCode{<br />}\fi} {\a:sp} \ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim} {\env:verb{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim*} {\env:verb{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{} >>> \<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim} {\env:verB{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim*} {\env:verB{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{} \def\env:verB#1{\IgnorePar\HCode{<table \Hnewline class="#1"><tr class="#1"><td \Hnewline class="#1"><pre class="#1">}\EndNoFonts} \Css{ pre.boxedverbatim{border:solid 1px; padding-right:1em;} } \Css{table.boxedverbatim {text-align:center;}} >>> \<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{listinginput} {\HCode{<div class="listinginput">}} {\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}} \Css{.listinginput p{ margin-bottom:0em; margin-top:0em; }} >>> \<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{verbatimtabinput} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="verbatimtabinput"\a:LRdir>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{fancyvrb} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech fancyvrb\><<< |<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t|> >>> \<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \HAssign\fancyvrbNo|=0 \Configure{fancyvrb} {\IgnorePar \EndP \gHAdvance\fancyvrbNo by 1 \gHAssign\fancyvrb:cnt0 \HCode{<div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo">}} {\EndP\HCode{</div>}} {\gHAdvance\fancyvrb:cnt by 1 \ifnum \fancyvrb:cnt>1 \HCode{<br class="fancyvrb"\xml:empty>}\fi} {} {}{} \Css{P.fancyvrb {white-space: nowrap; margin:0em;}} >>> The following is harmful at the start of section 1.1 in listings.dtx. \begin{verbatim} \ConfigureEnv{verbatim}{\HAssign\Verb:N=0\relax}{\empty}{}{} \ConfigureEnv{verbatim*}{\HAssign\Verb:N=0\relax}{\empty}{}{} \end{verbatim} \<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{fancyvrbcolor} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { color: \HColor; }}} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { background-color: \HColor;}}} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-color: \HColor;}}} >>> \<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{fancyvrbframe} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-top: solid \HSize; }}} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-left: solid \HSize; }}} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-bottom: solid \HSize; }}} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-right: solid \HSize; }}} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo {border-width:\HSize;}}} {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo {padding:\HSize;}}} >>> \<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{BVerbatimInput} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \gHAssign\HRow=0 \HCode{<div class="BVerbatimInput">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {\gHAdvance\HRow by 1 \ifnum \HRow>1 \HCode{<br />}\fi}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Listings} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech listings\><<< \Configure{lstinline} {\HCode{<span class="lstinline">}} {\HCode{</span}} >>> \<configure html-speech listings\><<< \Log:Note{to ensure proper alignments use fixed size fonts (see listings.dtx)} \Configure{listings} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP {\everypar{}\leavevmode}\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->}% \HCode{<pre class="listings">}% } {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}\HCode{</pre>}} {}{} >>> \<configure html-speech listings\><<< \ConfigureEnv{lstlisting} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->}% \HCode{<div class="lstlisting">}% \bgroup \special{t4ht@(}% \Configure{listings} {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}} {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}} {|<nbsp|>\HCode{<br />}}{}% } {\special{t4ht@)}\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} {} {} >>> \<configure html-speech listings\><<< \Configure{lstinputlisting} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->}% \HCode{<div class="lstinputlisting">}% \bgroup \tt \special{t4ht@(}% \Configure{listings} {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}} {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}} {|<nbsp|>\HCode{<br />}} {}% } {\special{t4ht@)}\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} \Css{div.lstinputlisting{ font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech verbatim\><<< \Configure{verbatiminput} {\HAssign\Verb:N=0 \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="verbatiminput"\a:LRdir>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.verbatiminput {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{mdwlist} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech sverb\><<< \HAssign\demoN=0 \Configure{demo} {\HAdvance\demoN by 1 \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \ifnum \demoN=1 \HCode{<table class="demo"><tr>}% \fi \HCode{<td>}% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</td>} \ifnum \demoN=2 \HAssign\demoN=0 \HCode{</tr></table>}% \fi } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{verbatimlisting} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech verbatimlisting\><<< \Configure{verbatimlisting} {\ifvmode \EndP\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="verbatimlisting"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</div>}} {\ifnum \c@lineno > 1 \HCode{<br />}\fi \ifnum \c@lineno<10 ~\fi \ifnum \c@lineno<100 ~\fi \ifnum \c@lineno<1000 ~\fi } {} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{doc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech doc\><<< \ConfigureEnv{macrocode} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{<pre class="macrocode">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \HCode{</pre>}\par\else \HCode{</pre>}\fi} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Boxes and Multiple columns} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{fancybox} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech fancybox\><<< \Configure{ovalbox} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="ovalbox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}% \else \HCode{<span class="ovalbox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}% \fi} {\end:bx} \Css{.ovalbox { padding-left:3pt; padding-right:3pt; border:solid thin; }} >>> \<configure html-speech fancybox\><<< \Configure{Ovalbox} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="Ovalbox-thick">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}% \else \HCode{<span class="Ovalbox-thick">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}% \fi} {\end:bx} \Css{.Ovalbox-thick { padding-left:3pt; padding-right:3pt; border:solid thick; }} >>> IE doesn't distinguish between upper and lower case characters in css \<configure html-speech fancybox\><<< \Configure{shadowbox} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="shadowbox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}% \else \HCode{<span class="shadowbox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}% \fi} {\end:bx} \Css{.shadowbox { padding-left:3pt; padding-right:3pt; border:solid thin; border-right:solid thick; border-bottom:solid thick; }} >>> \<configure html-speech fancybox\><<< \Configure{doublebox} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="doublebox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}% \else \HCode{<span class="doublebox">}% \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}% \fi} {\end:bx} \Css{.doublebox { padding-left:3pt; padding-right:3pt; border-style:double; border:solid thick; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{boxedminipage} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech boxedminipage\><<< \ConfigureEnv{boxedminipage} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP \def\after:bmp{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar}% \HCode{<div class="boxedminipage">}% \expandafter\everymath\expandafter{\expandafter \everymath\expandafter{\the\everymath}}% \else \def\after:bmp{\HCode{</span>}}% \HCode{<span class="boxedminipage">}% \fi \bgroup \fboxrule=\z@} {\egroup \after:bmp} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Multicol} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech multicol\><<< \HAssign\MultiCols=0 \ConfigureEnv{multicols} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \gHAdvance\MultiCols by 1\relax \HCode{<table class="multicols" id="multicols-\MultiCols"><tr><td class="multicol-1">}% \let\sv:HCol=\HCol \bgroup \gHAssign\HCol=1\relax } {\egroup \global\let\HCol=\sv:HCol \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</td></tr></table>}\par } {}{} \Configure{columnbreak} {\gHAdvance\HCol by 1\relax \par \IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{</td><td class="multicol-\HCol">}} \Css{table.multicols { width:100\%; margin-left:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{array.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech array\><<< |<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t|> >>> \<configure html-speech-math array\><<< |<math html latex array/tabular|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{algorithmic} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech algorithmic\><<< \ConfigureEnv{algorithmic} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="algorithmic">}% \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}} {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \Configure{ALCitem} {\HCode{\ifnum \c@ALC@line>1 <br />\fi <span class="ALCitem">}} {\HCode{</span><span style="width:\the\ALC@tlm ;"> </span>}} \Css{.ALCitem {width:2em; text-align:right;}} >>> \<configure html-speech algorithmic\><<< \ConfigureEnv{ALC@for} {\HCode{<span class="for-body">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{ALC@whl} {\HCode{<span class="while-body">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{ALC@loop} {\HCode{<span class="loop-body">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{ALC@rpt} {\HCode{<span class="repeat-body">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {}{} \Configure{ALCif} {\HCode{<span class="if-body">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {\HCode{<span class="else-body">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{algorithmiccomment} {\HCode{<span class="ALC-comment">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Bibliography} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{jurabib} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech jurabib\><<< \HAssign\jbancorDepth=0 \Configure{jblink} {\HAdvance\jbancorDepth by 1 \Link} {\EndLink \HAdvance\jbancorDepth by -1 } \Configure{jbanchor} {\bgroup \ifnum \jbancorDepth=0 \Configure{Link}{a}{href=}{id=}{}% \else \Configure{Link}{span}{}{id=}{}% \fi \Link} {\EndLink \egroup} >>> The code \verb+\Configure{jbanchor}{\Link}{\EndLink}+ doen't work because anchors can in jurabib reside within links. \begin{verbatim} Definition of \@citex --------------------- \hyper@jblinkstart{\@citeb} \jb@firstcitefull \hyper@jblinkend Definiton of \jb@firstcitefull ------------------------------ \hyper@jbanchorstart{look@\@citeb:\jb@reset@look@label@for}\hyper@jbanchorend \jbincollcrossref Definition of \jbincollcrossref ------------------------------- \hyper@jblinkstart{#1}% \hyper@jblinkend \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Harvard} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech harvard\><<< \Configure{harvardyear} {\HCode{<span class="bib-year">}} {\HCode{</span>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Text Decoration} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{color} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech color\><<< \Configure{HColor}{red}{\#FF0000} \Configure{HColor}{rgb 1 0 0}{\#FF0000} \Configure{HColor}{blue}{\#0000FF} \Configure{HColor}{rgb 0 0 1}{\#0000FF} \Configure{HColor}{green}{\#00FF00} \Configure{HColor}{rgb 0 1 0}{\#00FF00} \Configure{HColor}{white}{\#FFFFFF} \Configure{HColor}{gray 1}{\#FFFFFF} \Configure{HColor}{rgb 1 1 1}{\#FFFFFF} \Configure{HColor}{black}{\#000000} \Configure{HColor}{gray 0}{\#000000} \Configure{HColor}{rgb 0 0 0}{\#000000} \Configure{HColor}{cyan}{\#00FFFF} \Configure{HColor}{cmyk 1 0 0 0}{\#00FFFF} \Configure{HColor}{magenta}{\#FF00FF} \Configure{HColor}{cmyk 0 1 0 0}{\#FF00FF} \Configure{HColor}{yellow}{\#FFFF00} \Configure{HColor}{cmyk 0 0 1 0}{\#FFFF00} \Configure{color}{\:gobble} |<color.sty config 4.0t|> >>> % \Configure{pagecolor} % {\Configure{color} % {\Configure{SetHColor}{\Css{body {background-color:\HColor}}}}} \<configure html-speech color\><<< \Configure{HColor:gray}{% \int:of\:tempa{255}{#1}% \Configure{HColor}{}{rgb(\:tempa,\:tempa,\:tempa)}% } \Configure{HColor:rgb}{% \int:of\:tempa{255}{#1}% \int:of\:tempb{255}{#2}% \int:of\:tempc{255}{#3}% \Configure{HColor}{}{rgb(\:tempa,\:tempb,\:tempc)}% } \Configure{HColor:cmyk}{% \int:of\:Cyan{255}{#1}% \int:of\:Magenta{255}{#2}% \int:of\:Yellow{255}{#3}% \int:of\:Black{255}{#4}% \:cmyk\:tempa\:Cyan \:cmyk\:tempb\:Magenta \:cmyk\:tempc\:Yellow \Configure{HColor}{}{rgb(\:tempa,\:tempb,\:tempc)}% } |<HColor util|> >>> \<HColor util\><<< \def\int:of#1#2#3{% \tmp:dim=#3pt \tmp:dim=#2\tmp:dim \edef\:temp{\tmp:cnt\the\tmp:dim//}% \def#1##1//{}\afterassignment#1\:temp \edef#1{\the\tmp:cnt}% } >>> \begin{verbatim} cmyk -> gray (1 - 0.299c - 0.587m - 0.114y)(1 - k) cmyk -> rgb Red = 1-minimum(1,Cyan *(1-Black)+Black) Green = 1-minimum(1,Magenta*(1-Black)+Black) Blue = 1-minimum(1,Yellow *(1-Black)+Black) \end{verbatim} \<HColor util\><<< \def\:cmyk#1#2{% \tmp:cnt=255 \advance\tmp:cnt by -\:Black \multiply\tmp:cnt by#2 \advance\tmp:cnt by \:Black \advance\tmp:cnt by -255 \tmp:cnt=-\tmp:cnt \ifnum \tmp:cnt<0 \tmp:cnt=0 \fi \edef#1{\the\tmp:cnt}% } >>> \<color.sty config 4.0t\><<< \HAssign\textcolorN=0 \Configure{textcolor} {\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1 \Configure{color}% {\Configure{SetHColor} {\Css{span\#textcolor\textcolorN{color:\HColor}}}}% \HCode{<span id="textcolor\textcolorN">}}% {\HCode{</span>}} >>> \<color.sty config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{colorbox} {\bgroup \gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1 \ifvmode \let\v:colorbox\def \IgnorePar \EndP \else \let\v:colorbox=\relax \fi |<colorbox background|>% \HCode{<\ifx \v:colorbox\def div\else span\fi \Hnewline class="colorbox" id="colorbox\textcolorN">}}% {\ifx \v:colorbox\def \EndP\HCode{</div>}\par \else \HCode{</span>}\fi \egroup } >>> \<colorbox background\><<< \let\A:color=\a:color \Configure{color}% {\let\a:color=\A:color \Configure{SetHColor} {\Css{\ifx \v:colorbox\def div\else span\fi \#colorbox\textcolorN{background-color:\HColor;}}}}% >>> \<\><<< \Configure{fcolorbox} {\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1 \let\A:color=\a:color \Configure{color}% {\Configure{SetHColor}{\Css{\#colorbox\textcolorN{border: solid 1px \HColor;}}}}% \Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode \gHAdvance\textcolorN by -1 \let\a:color=\A:color}{}} {} >>> \<color.sty config 4.0t\><<< \Configure{fcolorbox} {\bgroup\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1 \ifvmode \let\v:colorbox\def \IgnorePar \EndP \else \let\v:colorbox=\relax \fi \HCode{<\ifx \v:colorbox\def div\else span\fi \Hnewline class="colorbox" id="colorbox\textcolorN">}% |<fcolorbox border|>% \Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode }{}% } {\ifx \v:colorbox\def \EndP\HCode{</div>}\par \else \HCode{</span>}\fi \egroup} >>> \<fcolorbox border\><<< \let\A:color=\a:color \Configure{color}% {|<fcolor background|>% \Configure{SetHColor}{% \Css{\#colorbox\textcolorN{border: solid 1px \HColor;}}}% }% >>> \<fcolor background\><<< \Configure{color}% {\let\a:color=\A:color \Configure{SetHColor}{% \Css{\#colorbox\textcolorN{background-color: \HColor;}}% }}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{colortbl.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech colortbl\><<< \Configure{@classz} {\let\begin:current@color|=\relax \let\end:current@color|=\relax } {% \ifx \CT@column@color\relax \else \ifx \CT@column@color\empty \else{% \def\CT@color{\@ifnextchar[\color:ii\color:i}% \CT@column@color|<par del|>% \edef\:temp{\noexpand\add:color {background-color}{\:temp}{\ar:cnt}}\:temp }\fi \fi } {\begin:current@color} {\end:current@color} \Configure{rowcolor}{\row:clr} \def\row:clr#1{{% % \HAdvance\HRow by 1 \add:color{background-color}{#1}{\HRow-}}} \Configure{text-colortbl} {\add:color{color}{\current@color}{\HRow-\HCol}} \Configure{cell-colortbl} {\add:color{background-color}{\current@color}{\HRow-\HCol}} \def\add:color#1#2#3{% \Configure{SetHColor}{\Css{ \#TBL-\TableNo-#3{ #1:\HColor }}}{#2}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Soul} %%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech soul\><<< \Configure{textcaps} {\HCode{<span class="textcaps">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{texthl} {\HCode{<span class="texthl">}\bgroup \ifx\sethlcolor\:gobble\else |<soul color|>\fi} {\egroup \HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textso} {\HCode{<span class="textso">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textst} {\HCode{<span class="textst">}\bgroup \ifx\setstcolor\:gobble\else |<soul color|>\fi} {\egroup \HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textul} {\HCode{<span class="textul">}\bgroup \ifx\setulcolor\:gobble\else |<soul color|>\fi} {\egroup \HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.textso{letter-spacing: 0.3em; word-spacing: 0.3em}} \Css{span.textul{text-decoration:underline}} \Css{span.textst{text-decoration:line-through}} \Css{span.textcaps{font-variant:small-caps}} >>> \<soul color\><<< \Configure{textcolor} {\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1 \Configure{color}% {\Configure{SetHColor} {\Css{span\#textcolor\textcolorN{background-color:\HColor}}}}% \HCode{<span id="textcolor\textcolorN">}}% {\HCode{</span>}}% >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{verse} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech verse\><<< \Configure{poemtitle} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="poemtitle"><span class="poemtitlemark">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} \Configure{likepoemtitle} {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="likepoemtitle">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} \Css{.poemtitle, likepoemtitle {margin-left:2em; margin-bottom:0.5em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech verse\><<< \ConfigureEnv{verse} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="verse">}% \bgroup \Configure{hspace} {\HCode{<span style="margin-right:\the\tmp:dim">}\:nbsp} {\HCode{</span>}} {} \let\end:verseln\empty } {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureList{verse} {} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:verseln} {\parindent=\z@} {} \Configure{verseline} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:verseln \HCode{<div class="verseline">}\def\end:verseln{\HCode{</div>}}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:verseln \HCode{<div class="skip-verseline">}% \def\end:verseln{\HCode{</div>}}} \Configure{flagverse} {\HCode{<span class="flagverse">}\bgroup \setlength{\vleftskip}{0em}} {\egroup \HCode{</span>}\ignorespaces} \Css{.skip-verseline {margin-top: 1em;}} \Css{.skip-verseline, .verseline {white-space: nowrap;}} \Css{.flagverse {float:right; font-size:85\%; text-decoration:underline;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{OpenOffice writer} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech writer\><<< \Configure{WriterEnv} {% \ConfigureEnv{#1} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="#1">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{}% } {% \tmp:dim=\parindent \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim \Css{div.#1 {text-indent:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;}}% \tmp:dim=\leftskip \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim \Css{div.#1 {margin-left:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;}}% \tmp:dim=\rightskip \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim \Css{div.#1 {margin-right:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;}}% \Css{div.#1 {margin-top:0.75em; margin-bottom:0.75em; }}% } |<10 em constant|> >>> \<10 em constant\><<< { \def\x:Em{% \catcode`\p=12 \catcode`\t=12 \gdef\x:Em} \x:Em#1pt{#1} } \tmp:dim=10em \edef\ten:Em#1.#2//{#1} \edef\ten:Em{\expandafter\ten:Em \the\tmp:dim//} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{manmac} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech manmac\><<< \Configure{chapter} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><div class="chapter">}\IgnorePar } {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div><!--end chapter-->}\par\ShowPar} {\HCode{<div class="chapterTitle">}\par \ShowPar \noindent \let\sv:rightline=\rightline \let\rightline=\hbox } {\IgnorePar\EndP \let\rightline=\sv:rightline \HCode{</div><!--end chapter title-->}\par\ShowPar} \Configure{titlepage} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><div class="titlepage">}\par} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div><!--end titlepage-->}\par\ShowPar} >>> \<configure html-speech manmac\><<< \Configure{mathdemo} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="mathdemo">}} {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} \Css{table.mathdemo{margin-left:2em}} \Configure{longdisplaymathdemo} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="longdisplaymathdemo">}} {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} \Css{table.longdisplaymathdemo{margin-left:2em}} \Configure{longmathdemo} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="longmathdemo">}} {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} \Css{table.longmathdemo{margin-left:2em}} \Configure{displaymathdemo} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="displaymathdemo">}} {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} \Css{table.displaymathdemo{margin-left:2em}} >>> \<configure html-speech manmac\><<< \Configure{exercise} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><h5 class="exercise">}% \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}} {\egroup\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{manmac-display} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="manmac-display">}} {\HCode{</table>}\IgnoreIndent\par} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</td>}} \Configure{ttenv} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><div class="ttenv">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par\noindent} >>> \<configure html-speech manmac\><<< \Configure{sampleglue} {\HCode{<table class="sampleglue">}} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} >>> \<configure html-speech manmac\><<< \Configure{danger} {\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><!--danger-->}} {\HCode{<!--end danger-->}} \Configure{ddanger} {\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><!--ddanger-->}} {\HCode{<!--end ddanger-->}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Small Packagesy} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{lineno.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech lineno\><<< \:warning{The line numbers are commented out. To reintroduce them, use the \string\Configure{lineno}{...}{...} command} \Configure{lineno} {\bgroup \let\LineNumber=\empty} {\egroup} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{revtex (aps)} %%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech aps\><<< \ifx \@authoraddress\:UnDef |<revtex4 aps.rtx|> \else |<revtex3 aps.sty|> \fi >>> \<revtex3 aps.sty\><<< |<revtex sections|> |<revtex title page|> |<shared bib env|> |<thebib config|> >>> \<revtex sections\><<< \def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}} >>> \<revtex sections\><<< \:CheckOption{4} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc: part|> \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: sec|>% \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: subsec|>% |<tocat: part|>% |<tocat: section|>% \else \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc: part|> \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part} |<tocat: ch|>% \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: sec|>% \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: subsec|>% |<tocat: part|>% |<tocat: ch|>% |<tocat: section|>% \fi \else\:CheckOption{3} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc: part|> \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: sec|>% \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,% chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: subsec|>% |<tocat: part|>% |<tocat: section|>% \else \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc: part|> \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part} |<tocat: ch|>% \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: sec|>% |<tocat: part|>% |<tocat: ch|>% \fi \else\:CheckOption{2} \if:Option \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc: part|> \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} |<cut toc: sec|>% |<tocat: part|>% \else \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc: part|> \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part} \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part} |<tocat: ch|>% |<tocat: part|>% \fi \else\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \CutAt{part} \CutAt{likepart} |<cut toc: part|> \else \Log:Note{for automatic sectioning pagination, use the command line option `1', `2', or `3'}% \fi \fi \fi \fi \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option |<toc article,report options 1|> \fi |<shared h5 subsubsection|> \Configure{endlikesubsubsection} {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikeparagraph} {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endsubparagraph} {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubparagraph} {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,% subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \ifx \part\:UnDef \else |<latex shared part config|> \fi \Configure{endsection} {likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesection} {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thesection\HCode{</span>}\fi } |<section TITLE+|> \Configure{section}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark.\space\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \par} \Configure{likesection}{}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} \Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1} \Css{h3.sectionHead, h3.likesectionHead {text-align:center;}} \Configure{endsubsection} {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endlikesubsection} {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,% likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} |<shared h4 subsection|> \Css{h4.subsectionHead {text-align:center;}} \Configure{endsubsubsection} {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{endparagraph} {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,% likesubsection,section,% likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart} \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likeparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}} \ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{} \Configure{subparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf \TitleMark\space} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} \Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Spatial Math} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech longdiv\><<< \Configure{longdiv} {\Configure{halign} {\HCode{<table class="longdiv">}} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr>}} {\HCode{</tr>\Hnewline}} {\tmp:cnt=\HRow \divide\tmp:cnt by 2 \multiply\tmp:cnt by 2 \advance\tmp:cnt by -\HRow \HCode{<td \ifnum\HCol=2 \ifnum\HRow=2 class="longdiv"\fi \fi>% <span \ifnum \tmp:cnt=-1 \ifnum \HRow>2 class="longdiv"\fi\fi >}% } {\HCode{</span></td>}}% } {} \Css{table.longdiv {text-align: right;}} \Css{td.longdiv {border-top:solid 1px black; border-left:solid 1px black;}} \Css{span.longdiv {text-decoration:underline;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{lncse} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech lncse\><<< |<lncse chapter|> \Configure{paragraph}{}{} {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent \HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\it} {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar} >>> \<lncse chapter\><<< \ConfigureMark{chapter} {\if@mainmatter \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}\fi} \Configure{chapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\if@mainmatter\thechapter\space\fi#1} \renewcommand\thechapter {\if@mainmatter\@arabic\c@chapter\fi} \ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}% \appendixname \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{appendix}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} \Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1} \Configure{likechapter}{}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead">}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{?????} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<0,32,4 preambles\><<< |<hook utility|> |<cascade style sheets|> \Configure{Preamble} {|<default cascade style sheets|>} {} >>> \<default cascade style sheets\><<< {\ifdim \lastskip>\z@ \unskip\fi \IgnorePar\parindent\z@ \leavevmode}% \immediate\write-1{--- file \aa:CssFile\space ---}% \ht:special{t4ht>\aa:CssFile}\ht:special{t4ht=\Hnewline /* css.sty */}% \ht:special{t4ht<\aa:CssFile}% >>> \verb'\special' are like \verb'\hbox', and they so they may introduve empty lines in vertical mode. That might be a problem if we don't want empty lines at the start of the files. Hence, in latex we give them special treatment. \<cascade style sheets\><<< \ScriptCommand{\CssFile}{% \immediate\write-1{--- file \aa:CssFile\space ---}% \def\FontSize##1##2{\:Context{##1}\ht:special{t4ht;\%##2}\%}% \def\FontName##1{\:Context{##1}\ht:special{t4ht;=}}% \def\:Context##1{\ht:special{t4ht>\jobname.tmp}##1\ht:special {t4ht>\aa:CssFile}}% \ht:special{t4ht>\jobname.tmp}\ht:special{t4ht>\aa:CssFile}% \bgroup \everypar{}\NoFonts \bb:CssFile \hfil\break} {\egroup \EndNoFonts \ht:special{t4ht<\aa:CssFile}\ht:special{t4ht<\jobname.tmp}} \let\Css:File|=\CssFile \def\CssFile{\futurelet\:temp\Css:Fl} \def\Css:Fl{\ifx [\:temp \expandafter\Css:fl \else \expand:after{\Css:File \space}\fi} \def\Css:fl[#1]{\Css:File\space \css:files #1,,|<par del|>} \def\css:files#1,#2|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty \else \def\:temp{\in:css#1.|<par del|>\css:files#2,,|<par del|>}\fi \:temp } \def\in:css#1.#2|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty \inc:ss#1.css|<par del|> \else \inc:ss#1.#2|<par del|>\fi} \def\inc:ss#1.|<par del|>{|<input css file|> } \NewConfigure{CssFile}[2]{\def\aa:CssFile{#1}\def\bb:CssFile{#2}} >>> \<input css file\><<< \immediate\openin15=#1 \ifeof15 \immediate\closein15 \:warning{Missing file: #1}% \else \immediate\closein15 \input #1 \fi >>> \verb'\CssFile[file-name,filename.ext,..]...\EndCssFile'. Default file, just in case the user doesn't provide one. If the user does, the following file will be overwritten. Can't use below \verb'\a:CssFile' and \verb'\b:CssFile', because \verb'\ScriptFile{\CssFile}' also needs them. \verb'\Css' changes its definition upon reachin \verb'\CssFile'. The first definition is needed within the sty files, and the info is sent to the lg file (where else it can be sent?). \<cascade style sheets\><<< \def\Css#1{{\def\:temp{\Configure{Needs}}% \expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\aa:Css}\Needs{#1}}} >>> \<cascade style sheets-DISABLE\><<< \let\send:css|=\Css \ScriptCommand{\Css}{\HCode{<style type="text/css">\Hnewline}\NoFonts}{\EndNoFonts\HCode{</style>}} \let\loc:css|=\Css \def\Css{\futurelet\:temp\:Css} \def\:Css{\ifx \:temp\bgroup \expandafter\send:css \else \expandafter\loc:css\fi} >>> \<hook utility\><<< \:CheckOption{hooks++} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{hooks+} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{hooks}\fi \fi \if:Option \Configure{hooks} {\HCode{<strong class="hooks"><}}{\HCode{></strong>}}{}{} \fi >>> The following provides a faster version than \verb'\LinkCommand\Link{a,href,name,}' for the \verb'\Link' command \<config tex4ht\><<< \Configure{Link}{a}{href=}{id=}{} >>> \section{Shared} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<config book-report-article\><<< |<makeketitle config 4.0t|> >>> \<config book-report-article\><<< |<latex shared div config|> |<shared bib env|> \ifx \part\:UnDef \else |<latex shared part config|> \fi |<config lists of figures and tables|> |<description 4|> >>> \<config lists of figures and tables\><<< \ConfigureToc{lof} {\HCode{<span class="lofToc">}}{\ }{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \ConfigureToc{lot} {\HCode{<span class="lotToc">}}{\ }{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} >>> \<config book-report-article\><<< |<thebib config|> |<latex config div 4.0t|> >>> \<quote config\><<< \ConfigureEnv{quote} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quote">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\ShowIndent} \Css{.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}} >>> \<quote noindent config\><<< \ConfigureEnv{quote} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quote">}\IgnoreIndent} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\ShowIndent} \Css{.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}} >>> \<config book-report-article\><<< \ConfigureEnv{verse} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>} {}{} \ConfigureList{verse} {}{} {\parindent=\z@} {\par} \Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}} >>> \<config book-report-article\><<< |<article,report,book|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{babel.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech babel\><<< |<babel macros|> |<babel char set|> |<babel accents|> |<u mlaut|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Character Set} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<babel char set\><<< \def\a:temp#1#2#3{% \ifOption{charset=#2}{\def\a:charset{charset=#2}}{}% \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \languagename\:tempa \def\A:charset{#2}\ifx \A:charset\empty\else \def\A:charset{charset=#2}% \fi \if !#3!\else \Configure{@HTML}{% \iflanguage{#1}{lang="#3" }{}% } \fi \fi} \a:temp{afrikaans}{iso-8859-1}{af} \a:temp{arabic}{iso-8859-6}{ar} \a:temp{austrian}{iso-8859-1}{ge} \a:temp{brazilian}{iso-8859-1}{pt} \a:temp{brazil}{iso-8859-1}{pt} \a:temp{catalan}{iso-8859-1}{ca} \a:temp{croatian}{iso-8859-2}{hr} \a:temp{czech}{iso-8859-2}{cs} \a:temp{danish}{iso-8859-1}{da} \a:temp{dutch}{iso-8859-1}{nl} \a:temp{esperanto}{iso-8859-3}{eo} \a:temp{estonian}{iso-8859-5}{et} \a:temp{finnish}{iso-8859-1}{fi} \a:temp{francais}{iso-8859-1}{fr} \a:temp{frenchb}{iso-8859-1}{fr} \a:temp{french}{iso-8859-1}{fr} \a:temp{galician}{iso-8859-1}{gl} \a:temp{germanb}{iso-8859-1}{de} \a:temp{german}{iso-8859-1}{de} \a:temp{greek}{iso-8859-7}{el} \a:temp{hebrew}{iso-8859-8}{he} \a:temp{hungarian}{iso-8859-2}{hu} \a:temp{ngerman}{iso-8859-1}{de} \a:temp{norsk}{iso-8859-1}{no} \a:temp{nynorsk}{iso-8859-1}{no} \a:temp{polish}{iso-8859-2}{pl} \a:temp{polski}{iso-8859-2}{pl} \a:temp{polutonikogreek}{iso-8859-7}{el} \a:temp{portuges}{iso-8859-1}{pt} \a:temp{portuguese}{iso-8859-1}{pt} \a:temp{romanian}{iso-8859-2}{ro} \a:temp{scottish}{iso-8859-1}{gd} \a:temp{slovak}{iso-8859-2}{sk} \a:temp{slovene}{iso-8859-2}{sl} \a:temp{spanish}{iso-8859-1}{es} \a:temp{swedish}{iso-8859-1}{sv} \a:temp{turkish}{iso-8859-9}{tr} \a:temp{ukrainian}{iso-8859-5}{uk} \a:temp{uppersorbian}{iso-8859-2}{} \a:temp{welsh}{iso-8859-1}{cy} |<set babel charset|> >>> \<configure html-speech german\><<< |<quotedblbase|> >>> \<configure html-speech ngerman\><<< |<quotedblbase|> >>> \<quotedblbase\><<< \Configure{quotedblbase}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}8222{59}}x} \Configure{quotesinglbase}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}8218{59}}x} >>> % \HCode{&}\HChar{-35}\HCode{8222;}} \<configure html-speech austrian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech catalan\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech croatian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<old iso-8859-2 accents|> \fi >>> \<configure html-speech latin2\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} >>> \<configure html-speech czech\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} >>> \<configure html-speech danish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech dutch\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech english\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech esperant\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-3} >>> \<configure html-speech estonian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5} >>> \<configure html-speech finnish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech francais\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech frenchb\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} \Configure{@TITLE}{\Configure{frenchb-thinspace}{}{}} >>> \<configure html-speech frenchb\><<< \Configure{system-nbsp} {\ht:special{t4ht@[unhskip}} {\ht:special{t4ht@]unhskip}} >>> \<configure html-speech frenchb\><<< \ifx \tmp:bx\:UnDef \csname newbox\endcsname \tmp:bx \fi \Configure{frenchb-nbsp} {\ht:special{t4ht@?unhskip}\HCode{<span class="frenchb-nbsp">}% \HCode{ }\setbox\tmp:bx=\hbox\bgroup} {\egroup \HCode{</span>}} \Css{.frenchb-nbsp{font-size:75\%;}} >>> \<configure html-speech frenchb\><<< \Configure{frenchb-thinspace} {\ht:special{t4ht@?unhskip}\HCode{<span class="frenchb-thinspace">}% \HCode{ }\setbox\tmp:bx=\hbox\bgroup} {\egroup \HCode{</span>}} \Css{.frenchb-thinspace{font-size:75\%;}} >>> \<configure html-speech galician\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech germanb\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech greek\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-7} \ifOption{charset=iso-8859-7} {|<greek ldf iso-8859-7|>} {\Log:Note{for iso-8859-7 accents use the command line option `charset=iso-8859-7'}} \ifOption{sgreek} {\:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<greek ldf sgreek|> \fi} {\Log:Note{for Sgreek font use the command line option `sgreek'}} \ifOption{oldgreek} {\:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<greek ldf Greek Old Face|> \fi} {\Log:Note{for Greek Old Face font use the command line option `oldgreek'}} >>> \<greek ldf sgreek\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} \Configure{htf}{254}{+}{<font \Hnewline face="}{}{}{}{}{Sgreek">}{</font>} \Configure{htf}{252}{+}{<font \Hnewline face="}{}{}{}{}{Sgreek" class="small-caps">}{</font>} \Configure{htf-css}{252}{.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }} \Configure{accents} {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2{59}}x} {\expandafter \ifx \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname\relax \Picture+{ \a:@Picture{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture \else \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname {#3}% \fi } \def\LGR:acute#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{237}% \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">/</font>}\fi } \def\LGR:grave#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{236}% \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">\string\</font>}\fi} \def\LGR:circ#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{238}% \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">=</font>}\fi} \def\LGR:tilde#1{#1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">@</font>}} \def\LGR:uml#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{239}% \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">+</font>}\fi} \def\LGR:gobble#1#2#3{#1} >>> The accented \''\i' arrives in the form of \''\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc \i'. \<greek ldf Greek Old Face\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} \Configure{htf}{254}{+}{<font \Hnewline face="}{}{}{}{}{Greek Old Face">}{</font>} \Configure{htf}{252}{+}{<font \Hnewline face="}{}{}{}{}{Greek Old Face" class="small-caps">}{</font>} \Configure{htf-css}{252}{.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }} \Configure{accents} {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2{59}}x} {\expandafter \ifx \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname\relax \Picture+{ \a:@Picture{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture \else \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname {#3}% \fi } \def\LGR:acute#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{237}% \else \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}% \LGR:ch{i}{133}\LGR:ch{w}{232}\LGR:ch{u}{218}\LGR:ch{o}{210}% \LGR:ch{h}{187}\LGR:ch{a}{163}\LGR:ch{e}{154}% \ifx \:temp\empty\else #1\HChar{-180}\fi \fi } \def\LGR:grave#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{236}% \else \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}% \LGR:ch{i}{136}\LGR:ch{235}{232}\LGR:ch{u}{221}\LGR:ch{o}{213}% \LGR:ch{h}{190}\LGR:ch{a}{166}\LGR:ch{e}{157}% \ifx \:temp\empty\else #1`\fi \fi } \def\LGR:circ#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{238}% \else \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}% \LGR:ch{i}{139}\LGR:ch{w}{238}\LGR:ch{u}{224}\LGR:ch{o}{253}% \LGR:ch{h}{193}\LGR:ch{a}{169}\LGR:ch{e}{252}% \ifx \:temp\empty\else #1\string^\fi \fi} \def\LGR:tilde#1{#1} \def\LGR:uml#1{% \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{239}% \else \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}% \LGR:ch{u}{227}\LGR:ch{i}{142}% \ifx \:temp\empty\else #1\HChar{168}\fi \fi} \def\LGR:gobble#1#2#3{#1} \def\LGR:ch#1#2{\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \HCode{<font face="Greek Old Face">}\HChar{#2}\HCode{</font>}% \let\:temp=\empty \fi } >>> \<configure html-speech hebrew\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-8} >>> \<configure html-speech ngermanb\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech norsk\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech polish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} >>> \<configure html-speech polski\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} >>> \<configure html-speech portuges\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech scottish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech slovak\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<old iso-8859-2 accents|> \fi >>> \<configure html-speech slovene\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} \:CheckOption{new-accents} \if:Option \else |<old iso-8859-2 accents|> \fi >>> \<configure html-speech spanish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} |<spanish configs|> >>> \<spanish configs\><<< \Configure{spanish"a} {\HCode{<sup><u>a</u></sup>}} \Configure{spanish"o} {\HCode{<sup><u>o</u></sup>}} \Configure{@TITLE}{% \Configure{spanish"a}{\HCode{&\#170;}}% \Configure{spanish"o}{\HCode{&\#176;}}% } >>> \<configure html-speech swedish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> \<configure html-speech turkish\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-9} >>> \<configure html-speech ukraineb\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5} >>> \<configure html-speech usorbian\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2} >>> \<configure html-speech welsh\><<< \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{right to left babel} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% tex4ht.sty indert Rregion and Lregion end hooks within \verb+\beginL/R+ and \verb+\endL/R+, mainly to void the inverse produced by the elatex compiler. \<configure html-speech rlbabel\><<< \Configure{TITLE+}{\HCode{\jobname}} \Configure{Rregion} {\beginL} {\endL} \Configure{!P}{\a:LRdir} \Configure{!BODY}{\a:LRdir} \Configure{LRdir}{ |<dir ltr/rtl|> } >>> \<dir ltr/rtl\><<< dir="\if@rl rtl\else ltr\fi" >>> \<configure html-speech rlbabel\><<< \Configure{moreL} {\ifvmode \let\end:moreRL=\empty \else\HCode{<span dir="ltr" >}\def\end:moreRL{\HCode{</span>}}\fi} {\end:moreRL} \Configure{moreR} {\ifvmode \let\end:moreRL=\empty \else\HCode{<span dir="rtl" >}\def\end:moreRL{\HCode{</span>}}\fi} {\end:moreRL} >>> \<configure html-speech-math rlbabel\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-m} \if:Option \else \Configure{$} {\HCode{<span |<dir ltr/rtl|>>}} {\HCode{</span>}}{} \fi >>> % \def\HCode{<#1>}{\HCode{<#1 |<dir ltr/rtl|>>}} \<configure html-speech-math rlbabel\><<< \Configure{[]} {\bgroup \protect\nested:math \PicDisplay $$\everymath{}\everydisplay{}} {$$\EndPicDisplay \egroup |<try inline par|>\if@rl \beginL\fi \beginR } >>> Test data \begin{verbatim} \def\providehyphenmins#1#2{} \documentclass[english,hebrew]{article} \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} \makeatletter %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands. %% Bold symbol macro for standard LaTeX users \newcommand{\boldsymbol}[1]{\mbox{\boldmath $#1$}} \usepackage{babel} \makeatother \begin{document} ôéñ÷ä áòáøéú \[F=ma\quad(\textrm{\L{Newton's 2nd Law}\R{áòáøéú }})\] \[F=ma\quad(\mbox{Newton's 2nd Law áòáøéú} )\] \R{\[F=ma\quad(\mbox{Newton's 2nd Law áòáøéú} )\]} åòåã ÷öú òáøéú \end{document} \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Scientific Word} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % When \verb+\BOXEDSPECIAL+ is defined we don't want the % following configuration, because the frame may enclose % a graphics-like file that we might not want to translate. % % \<configure html-speech tcilatex\><<< % \ifx \BOXEDSPECIAL\:UnDef % \Configure{BOXTHEFRAME} % {\Picture+[PICT]{}} {\EndPicture} % \fi % >>> \<configure html-speech tcilatex\><<< \Configure{GRAPHICSPS} {\Picture+[PICT]{}} {\EndPicture} \Configure{GRAPHICSHP} {\Picture+[PICT]{}} {\EndPicture} \Configure{DFRAME} {\EndP \IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="FRAME">}} {\HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar} \Configure{FFRAME} {\EndP \IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="FRAME">}} {\HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar} \Configure{IFRAME} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi} {} \Css{div.FRAME {text-align:center;}} \expandafter\ifx \csname @TCItagstar\endcsname\relax |<tcilatex 2.5|> \else |<tcilatex 3.5|> \fi >>> \<configure html-speech-math tcilatex\><<< \expandafter\ifx \csname @TCItagstar\endcsname\relax |<tcilatex 2.5 math|> \else |<tcilatex 3.5 math|> \ifx \@msidraft\:Undef |<tcilatex 3.5 not 4.0 math|> \fi \fi >>> \<tcilatex 3.5 not 4.0 math\><<< \Configure{dfrac} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} \Configure{tfrac} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} \Configure{binom} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} \Configure{tbinom} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} \Configure{dbinom} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} >>> \<tcilatex 3.5 math\><<< \Configure{QATOP} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} \Configure{QDATOP} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} \Configure{QTATOP} {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {} {} {\egroup\EndPicture} >>> \<configure html-speech seslideb\><<< \ConfigureEnv{center} {\IgnorePar \par \EndP \HCode{<div class="center"\Hnewline>}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{</div>}} {} {} {\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}% \expandafter\Needs\expandafter{\csname normalsize@fsize\endcsname}} >>> \<configure html-speech seslideb\><<< \ConfigureToc{swSlide} {} {\relax } {} { } \:CheckOption{0} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{1} \fi \if:Option \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option \CutAt{swSlide} \Configure{crosslinks}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{} \fi |<seslideb toc|> |<seslideb page break|> \else |<handle my missing sw fonts|> \Log:Note{pagination may be obtained through the option `0' or `1', at locations marked with \noexpand\csname PageBreak\string\endcsname} \fi >>> \<handle my missing sw fonts\><<< \Configure{swSlide}{}{}{\bgroup\bf}{\egroup} >>> \<seslideb toc\><<< \def\:temp{% \ifOption{1}{\par\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}{} \HAssign\TocN=1 \def\swTitle{\gHAdvance\TocN by 1 \TocN}\:TableOfContents[swSlide] \let\swTitle=\relax \ifOption{0}{\par\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}{} \let\swSlide=\o:swSlide: \let\o:swSlide:=\empty \swSlide} \HLet\swSlide=\:temp >>> \<seslideb page break\><<< \Configure{swSlide} {\gHAdvance\swSlideN by 1 \Link{}{s-\swSlideN}\EndLink } {\rightline{ {\HAdvance\swSlideN by -1 \Link{s-\swSlideN}{}\swSlideN\EndLink} \Link[\jobname.html]{}{}\HCode{<>}\EndLink{} {\HAdvance\swSlideN by 1 \ifTag{)Qs-\swSlideN}{\Link{s-\swSlideN}{}\swSlideN\EndLink}{}} } \ifOption{0}{\par \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}{} } {\IgnorePar\bgroup \bf } {\egroup \ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\par} \HAssign\swSlideN=1 >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{minitoc} \<configure html-speech minitoc\><<< |<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t|> >>> \<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t\><<< \Configure{minitoc} {\Configure{tableofcontents} {\HCode{<div class="minitoc"><hr\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}{} {\IgnorePar\HCode{<hr\xml:empty></div>}\ShowPar} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}} {} {\HCode{<div class="minitoc-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{minilof} {\Configure{tableofcontents} {\HCode{<div class="minilof"><hr\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}{} {\IgnorePar\HCode{<hr\xml:empty></div>}\ShowPar} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}} {} {\HCode{<div class="minilof-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{minilot} {\Configure{tableofcontents} {\HCode{<div class="minilot"><hr\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}{} {\IgnorePar\HCode{<hr\xml:empty></div>}\ShowPar} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}} {} {\HCode{<div class="minilot-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Css{.minitoc-l,.minilot-l,.minilof-l {text-align:left;margin-left:3em;}} \Css{.minitoc-c,.minilot-c,.minilof-c {text-align:center;margin-left:3em;}} \Css{.minitoc-r,.minilot-r,.minilof-r {text-align:right;margin-left:3em;}} \Css{DIV.minitoc,DIV.minilot,DIV.minilof{margin-left:3em;}} \Css{.minitoc .sectionToc { font-weight:bold;} } >>> Only one of the following is needed for a given document!!! \<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t\><<< \Configure{parttoc}{}{} {\HCode{<div class="parttoc-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{partlof}{}{} {\HCode{<div class="partlof-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{partlot}{}{} {\HCode{<div class="partlot-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Css{.parttoc-l,.partlof-l,.partlot-l{text-align:left;}} \Css{.parttoc-c,.partlof-c,.partlot-c{text-align:center;}} \Css{.parttoc-r,.partlof-r,.partlot-r{text-align:right;}} >>> \<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t\><<< \Configure{secttoc}{}{} {\HCode{<div class="secttoc-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{sectlof}{}{} {\HCode{<div class="sectlof-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{sectlot}{}{} {\HCode{<div class="sectlot-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Css{.secttoc-l,.sectlof-l,.sectlot-l{text-align:left;}} \Css{.secttoc-c,.sectlof-c,.sectlot-c{text-align:center;}} \Css{.secttoc-r,.sectlof-r,.sectlot-r{text-align:right;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{alltt.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech alltt\><<< \ConfigureEnv{alltt} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="alltt">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} {}{} \Css{.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }} \Css{.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{url.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech url\><<< \:CheckOption{url-il2-pl} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{url-enc} \fi \if:Option \Configure{string-encoder}{url-encoder} % \:CheckOption{url-il2-pl} \if:Option |<il2-pl.tcx url encoder|> % \else |<default url encoder WAIT|> % \Log:Note{for il2-pl url encoding, % use the command line option 'url-il2-pl'} % \fi \Configure{url}% {|<:temp = url encoded string|>% \Link[\noexpand\the\tmp:toks \space class="url"]{}{}{\let\UrlBigBreaks\empty \let\UrlBreaks\empty #1}\EndLink} |<url encoded string utilities|> \else \Log:Note{for URL encoding within href use the command line option `url-enc'} \Configure{url}% {\tmp:toks{#1}\Link[\noexpand\the\tmp:toks\space class="url"]{}{}{\let\UrlBigBreaks\empty \let\UrlBreaks\empty #1}\EndLink} \fi |<path config|> >>> \<:temp = url encoded string\><<< \tmp:toks={}\set:spaces#1|<par del|>% \edef\:temp{\tmp:toks{\csname url-encoder\expandafter\endcsname \the\tmp:toks |<par del|>}}\:temp >>> \<url encoded string utilities\><<< \def\set:spaces{\futurelet\:temp\set:spacesoo} \def\set:spacesoo{% \expandafter\ifx \space\:temp \tmp:toks\expandafter{\the\tmp:toks{ }}% \fi \set:spaceso } \def\set:spaceso#1#2|<par del|>{% \tmp:toks\expandafter{\the\tmp:toks #1}% \if :#2:\else \set:spaces#2|<par del|>\fi } >>> \<default url encoder\><<< \Configure{url-encoder} {%}{%25} {&}{%26} {'}{%27} {<}{%3C} {>}{%3E} {_}{_} {^}{^} {}{} \Log:Note{current url encoding setting: \string\Configure{url-encoder}% {\%}{\%25}% {&}{\%26}% {'}{\%27}% {<}{\%3C}% {>}{\%3E}% {\string _}{\string _}% {\string ^}{\string ^}% {}{}} >>> \<il2-pl.tcx url encoder\><<< \Configure{url-encoder} {%}{%25} {&}{%26} {'}{%27} {<}{%3C} {>}{%3E} {_}{_} {^}{^} {±}{ą} {æ}{ć} {ê}{ę} {³}{ł} {ó}{ó} {ñ}{ń} {¶}{ś} {¼}{ź} {¿}{ż} {¡}{Ą} {Æ}{Ć} {Ê}{Ę} {£}{Ł} {Ó}{Ó} {Ñ}{Ń} {¦}{Ś} {¬}{Ź} {¯}{Ż} {}{} >>> \Link[http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2396.html]{}{}http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2396.html\EndLink See issues in: \begin{verbatim} \documentclass{article} \usepackage{url} \begin{document} \url{a%b c&d} \url{a%25b+c&d} \end{document} \end{verbatim} \<\><<< \expandafter\ifx\csname Url@OT1encSpecials\endcsname\relax |<url.sty|> \else |<url-2004.sty|> \fi >>> \<url-2004.styNO\><<< >>> \<url.styNO\><<< \Configure{url}{\Link[#1 class="url"]{}{}{\let\UrlBigBreaks\empty \let\UrlBreaks\empty #1}\EndLink} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Path.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<path config\><<< \Configure{path} {\HCode{<span class="path">}\bgroup \Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}% } {\egroup\HCode{</span>}} >>> \<configure html-speech path\><<< |<path config|> >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{fontmath} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \:CheckOption{fonts} \if:Option \Configure{textbf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textbf">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textit}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textit">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textrm}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textrm">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textup}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textup">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textsc}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textsc">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textsf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textsf">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{textsl}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textsl">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{texttt}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="texttt">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{emph}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="emph">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.textbf { font-weight: bold; }} \Css{span.textit { font-style: italic; }} \Css{span.textrm { font-family: serif; }} \Css{span.textsc { font-variant: small-caps; }} \Css{span.textsf { font-family: sans-serif; }} \Css{span.texttt { font-family: monospace; }} \else \Log:Note{for tracing of latex font commands, use the command line option `fonts'} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech-math fontmath\><<< \:CheckOption{fonts} \if:Option \Configure{mathit}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathit">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{mathbf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathbf">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{mathtt}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathtt">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{mathsf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathsf">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{mathrm}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathrm">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech-math amsfonts\><<< \:CheckOption{fonts} \if:Option \Configure{mathbb}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathbb">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{mathfrak}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathfrak">}} {\Protect\HCode{</span>}} \fi >>> \subsection{1: Large Operators} \begin{verbatim} \mathchardef\coprod="1360 \mathchardef\bigvee="1357 \mathchardef\bigwedge="1356 \mathchardef\biguplus="1355 \mathchardef\bigcap="1354 \mathchardef\bigcup="1353 \mathchardef\intop="1352 \def\int{\intop\nolimits} \mathchardef\prod="1351 \mathchardef\sum="1350 \mathchardef\bigotimes="134E \mathchardef\bigoplus="134C \mathchardef\bigodot="134A \mathchardef\ointop="1348 \def\oint{\ointop\nolimits} \mathchardef\bigsqcup="1346 \mathchardef\smallint="1273 \end{verbatim} \<plain tex classes\><<< \Configure{MathClass}{1}{}{}{}{ \mathchar"1360 \mathchar"1357 \mathchar"1356 \mathchar"1355 \mathchar"1354 \mathchar"1353 \mathchar"1352 \mathchar"1351 \mathchar"1350 \mathchar"134E \mathchar"134C \mathchar"134A \mathchar"1348 \mathchar"1346 \mathchar"1273 } >>> \subsection{2: Binary Operations} \begin{verbatim} \mathchardef\triangleleft="212F \mathchardef\triangleright="212E \mathchardef\bigtriangleup="2234 \mathchardef\bigtriangledown="2235 \mathchardef\wedge="225E \let\land=\wedge \mathchardef\vee="225F \let\lor=\vee \mathchardef\cap="225C \mathchardef\cup="225B \mathchardef\ddagger="227A \mathchardef\dagger="2279 \mathchardef\sqcap="2275 \mathchardef\sqcup="2274 \mathchardef\uplus="225D \mathchardef\amalg="2271 \mathchardef\diamond="2205 \mathchardef\bullet="220F \mathchardef\wr="226F \mathchardef\div="2204 \mathchardef\odot="220C \mathchardef\oslash="220B \mathchardef\otimes="220A \mathchardef\ominus="2209 \mathchardef\oplus="2208 \mathchardef\mp="2207 \mathchardef\pm="2206 \mathchardef\circ="220E \mathchardef\bigcirc="220D \mathchardef\setminus="226E % for set difference A\setminus B \mathchardef\cdot="2201 \mathchardef\ast="2203 \mathchardef\times="2202 \mathchardef\star="213F \mathcode`\*="2203 % \ast \mathcode`\+="202B \mathcode`\-="2200 \end{verbatim} \<plain tex classes\><<< \Configure{MathClass}{2}{}{}{}{ *-+/ \mathchar"212F \mathchar"212E \mathchar"2234 \mathchar"2235 \mathchar"225E \mathchar"225F \mathchar"225C \mathchar"225B \mathchar"227A \mathchar"2279 \mathchar"2275 \mathchar"2274 \mathchar"225D \mathchar"2271 \mathchar"2205 \mathchar"220F \mathchar"226F \mathchar"2204 \mathchar"220C \mathchar"220B \mathchar"220A \mathchar"2209 \mathchar"2208 \mathchar"2207 \mathchar"2206 \mathchar"220E \mathchar"220D \mathchar"226E \mathchar"2201 \mathchar"2203 \mathchar"2202 \mathchar"213F } >>> \subsection{3: Relational Operations} The catcode is needed because 303A is \verb':'. \<plain tex classes\><<< \Configure{MathClass}{3}{}{}{}{ \mathchar"3128 \mathchar"3129 \mathchar"312A \mathchar"312B \mathchar"315E \mathchar"315F \mathchar"3210 \mathchar"3211 \mathchar"3212 \mathchar"3213 \mathchar"3214 \mathchar"3215 \mathchar"3216 \mathchar"3217 \mathchar"3218 \mathchar"3219 \mathchar"321A \mathchar"321B \mathchar"321C \mathchar"321D \mathchar"321E \mathchar"321F \mathchar"3220 \mathchar"3221 \mathchar"3224 \mathchar"3227 \mathchar"3232 \mathchar"3233 \mathchar"3236 \mathchar"3237 \mathchar"323F :=>< \mathchar"322F \mathchar"3276 \mathchar"3277 \mathchar"326B \mathchar"326A \mathchar"3261 \mathchar"3260 \mathchar"3225 \mathchar"3226 \mathchar"322D \mathchar"322E \mathchar"322C \mathchar"3228 \mathchar"3229 } >>> \begin{verbatim} \mathcode`\>="313E \mathcode`\<="313C \mathcode`\=="303D \mathcode`\:="303A \mathchardef\leq="3214 \let\le=\leq \mathchardef\geq="3215 \let\ge=\geq \mathchardef\succ="321F \mathchardef\prec="321E \mathchardef\approx="3219 \mathchardef\succeq="3217 \mathchardef\preceq="3216 \mathchardef\supset="321B \mathchardef\set="321A \mathchardef\supseteq="3213 \mathchardef\seteq="3212 \mathchardef\in="3232 \mathchardef\ni="3233 \let\owns=\ni \mathchardef\gg="321D \mathchardef\ll="321C \mathchardef\not="3236 \mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3224 \mathchardef\leftarrow="3220 \let\gets=\leftarrow \mathchardef\rightarrow="3221 \let\to=\rightarrow \mathchardef\mapstochar="3237 \def\mapsto{\mapstochar\rightarrow} \mathchardef\sim="3218 \mathchardef\simeq="3227 \mathchardef\perp="323F \mathchardef\equiv="3211 \mathchardef\asymp="3210 \mathchardef\smile="315E \mathchardef\frown="315F \mathchardef\leftharpoonup="3128 \mathchardef\leftharpoondown="3129 \mathchardef\rightharpoonup="312A \mathchardef\rightharpoondown="312B \mathchardef\propto="322F \mathchardef\sqsubseteq="3276 \mathchardef\sqsupseteq="3277 \mathchardef\parallel="326B \mathchardef\mid="326A \mathchardef\dashv="3261 \mathchardef\vdash="3260 \mathchardef\nearrow="3225 \mathchardef\searrow="3226 \mathchardef\nwarrow="322D \mathchardef\swarrow="322E \mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="322C \mathchardef\Leftarrow="3228 \mathchardef\Rightarrow="3229 \end{verbatim} \subsection{4/5: Delimiters} \begin{verbatim} \mathcode`\(="4028 \mathcode`\)="5029 \mathcode`\[="405B \mathcode`\]="505D \mathcode`\{="4266 \mathcode`\}="5267 \delcode`\(="028300 \delcode`\)="029301 \delcode`\[="05B302 \delcode`\]="05D303 \def\lmoustache{\delimiter"437A340 } % top from (, bottom from ) \def\rmoustache{\delimiter"537B341 } % top from ), bottom from ( \def\lgroup{\delimiter"462833A } % extensible ( with sharper tips \def\rgroup{\delimiter"562933B } % extensible ) with sharper tips \def\backslash{\delimiter"26E30F } % for double coset G\backslash H \def\rangle{\delimiter"526930B } \def\langle{\delimiter"426830A } \def\rbrace{\delimiter"5267309 } \let\}=\rbrace \def\lbrace{\delimiter"4266308 } \let\{=\lbrace \def\rceil{\delimiter"5265307 } \def\lceil{\delimiter"4264306 } \def\rfloor{\delimiter"5263305 } \def\lfloor{\delimiter"4262304 } \def\arrowvert{\delimiter"26A33C } % arrow without arrowheads \def\Arrowvert{\delimiter"26B33D } % double arrow without arrowheads \def\bracevert{\delimiter"77C33E } % the vertical bar that extends braces \def\Vert{\delimiter"26B30D } \let\|=\Vert How should these be treated? \def\vert{\delimiter"26A30C } " " " " " \def\uparrow{\delimiter"3222378 } \def\downarrow{\delimiter"3223379 } \def\updownarrow{\delimiter"326C33F } \def\Uparrow{\delimiter"322A37E } \def\Downarrow{\delimiter"322B37F } \def\Updownarrow{\delimiter"326D377 } \end{verbatim} The comamnds \verb'\Configure{MathClass}{4}...' and \verb'\Configure{MathClass}{5}...' are for unmatched delimiters, and the comamnd \verb'\Configure{MathDelimiters}{(}{)}' is for matched ones. \<plain tex classes\><<< \Configure{MathClass}{4}{}{}{}{} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{(}{)} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{[}{]} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4262}{\mathchar"5263} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4264}{\mathchar"5265} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4266}{\mathchar"5267} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4268}{\mathchar"5269} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4300}{\mathchar"5301} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4302}{\mathchar"5303} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4304}{\mathchar"5305} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4306}{\mathchar"5307} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4308}{\mathchar"5309} \Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"430A}{\mathchar"530B} >>> \begin{verbatim} \mathcode`\?="503F \end{verbatim} \subsection{6: Punctuation Marks} \begin{verbatim} \mathchardef\ldotp="613A % ldot as a punctuation mark \mathchardef\cdotp="6201 % cdot as a punctuation mark \mathchardef\colon="603A % colon as a punctuation mark \mathcode`\;="603B \mathcode`\,="613B \end{verbatim} \<plain tex classes\><<< \Configure{MathClass}{6}{}{}{}{ \mathchar"613A \mathchar"6201 \mathchar"603A ?; , } >>> \subsection{Questions} \begin{verbatim} \delcode`\<="26830A \delcode`\>="26930B \delcode`\|="26A30C \delcode`\\="26E30F % N.B. { and } should NOT get delcodes; otherwise parameter grouping fails! \def\mathhexbox#1#2#3{\leavevmode \hbox{$\m@th \mathchar"#1#2#3$}} \def\dag{\mathhexbox279} \def\ddag{\mathhexbox27A} \def\S{\mathhexbox278} \def\P{\mathhexbox27B} \end{verbatim} \subsection{Type 4: Math Open} latex.ltx, fontmath.ltx, plain.tex \section{fleqn.sty} \<configure html-speech-math fleqn\><<< \Configure{equation} {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar } {\IgnorePar\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}} {\end:TTT\IgnorePar\par} >>> \section{emulateapj.clo} \<configure html-speech emulateapj\><<< \Configure{slugcomment} {\HCode{<div class="slugcomment">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Css{.slugcomment{text-align:center;font-size:85\%; font-style: italic;}} \Configure{subtitle}{\HCode{<div class="subtitle">}}{\HCode{</div>}} \Configure{submitted}{}{\Tg<br\xml:empty>} \Configure{title}{\HCode{<h1 class="title">}}{\HCode{</h1>}} \Css{.title{text-align:center;}} \Configure{author} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.author{text-align:center;}} \Configure{affil}{\HCode{<div class="affil"><div>}}{\HCode{</div></div>}} \Css{.affil{text-align:center;}} \Css{.affil div{text-align:left; margin-right:15pt;margin-left:15pt;}} \Configure{keywords} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="keywords"><div>}} {\HCode{</div></div>}} \Css{.keywords{text-align:center;}} \Css{.keywords div{text-align:left; margin-right:15pt;margin-left:30pt; text-indent:-15pt;}} \Configure{subjectheadings} {\HCode{<div class="subjectheadings"><div>}}{\HCode{</div></div>}} \Css{.subjectheadings{text-align:center;}} \Css{.subjectheadings div{text-align:left; margin-right:15pt;margin-left:15pt;}} \Css{.abstract {margin-right:15pt;margin-left:15pt;}} \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@seccntformat{section}% \thesection\HCode{</span>}\fi} \Configure{section}{}{} {\IgnorePar \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>} \TitleMark{. \space}} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent \par} \ConfigureEnv{references} {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="references">} {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg</div>} {}{} \Css{.references p { margin: 0.35em; text-indent:-2em;margin-left:2em;}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{vanilla} \<configure html-speech vanilla\><<< |<32 amsppt, 32,4 vanilla|> |<32,4 vanilla|> |<config vanilla.sty 4.0t|> >>> \<32,4 vanilla\><<< \Configure{matrix} {\EndP\HCode{<center><table\Hnewline border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15" class="matrix">}} {\HCode{</table></center>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline valign="top">}}{\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} \Configure{align} {\EndP\HCode{<center><table\Hnewline border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15" class="align">}} {\HCode{</table></center>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline valign="top">}}{\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} >>> \<config vanilla.sty 4.0t\><<< \Configure{heading} {}{}{\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="heading">}}{\HCode{</h2>}} \ConfigureToc{heading} {}{\HCode{<span class="heading">}}{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \Configure{subheading} {}{}{\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="subheading">}}{.\HCode{</h3>}} \ConfigureToc{subheading} {}{\HCode{<span class="subheading">}}{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \Configure{demo} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="demo"><span class="demo">}} {\HCode{</span>}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} >>> \<config vanilla.sty 4.0t\><<< \Configure{aligned} {\EndP\HCode{<center><table\Hnewline border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15" class="aligned">}} {\HCode{</table></center>}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline valign="top">}}{\HCode{</tr>}} {\HCode{<td>}} {\HCode{</td>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{tugboat} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech tugboat\><<< \Configure{head}{}{} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h3 class="headHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \ShowPar \par} \Configure{subhead}{}{} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h4 class="subheadHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \ShowPar \par} \Configure{subsubhead}{}{} {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h5 class="subsubheadHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \ShowPar \par} >>> \<configure html-speech tugboat\><<< \Configure{figure} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="figure">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} >>> \<configure html-speech tugboat\><<< \Configure{verbatim} {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}\EndP \HCode{<div class="verbatim\:ruled">}\par\ShowPar} {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}\EndP \HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar} \Configure{verb} {\HCode{<span class="verb">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{div.verbatim p, div.verbatim-ruled p {margin:0.2em}} \Css{div.verbatim-ruled { border-top: 1px solid black; border-bottom: 1px solid black; }} >>> \<configure html-speech tugboat\><<< \Configure{display-list} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="list"><!--cols: \the\@cols-->}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par} {\HCode{<span class="listitem">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{inline-list} {\HCode{<span class="list"><!--cols: \the\@cols-->}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</span>}\par} {\HCode{<span class="listitem">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{div.list p span.listitem {text-indent:-3em; margin-right:1em;}} \Css{div.list { margin-left:3em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech tugboat\><<< \Configure{rtitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="rtitle">}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\par} \Configure{title} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<h2 class="title">}\IgnorePar} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{address} {\ifx\@addressstyle\@inlinestyle \HCode{<span class="address">}% \else \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="address">}% \fi } {\ifx\@addressstyle\@inlinestyle \HCode{</span>}% \else \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}% \fi } \Configure{netaddress} {\HCode{<span class="netaddress">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{author} {\HCode{<span class="author">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{authorlist} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="authorlist">}\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent\par\ShowPar} \Css{div.authorlist {margin-left:2em;}} |<tugboat cmn|> >>> \<tugboat cmn\><<< \Configure{signature} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="signature">}\par\ShowPar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\par} \Css{div.signature p{ margin-top:0.3em; margin-bottom:0.3em;}} \Css{div.signature { white-space:nowrap; margin-left:70\%; }} \Configure{signaturemark} {\HCode{<span class="signaturemark">} } {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.signaturemark {margin-top:1.5em;}} >>> \<tugboat cmn\><<< \Configure{issno} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="issno">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}} \Configure{volyr} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="volyr">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}} \Configure{volno} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="volno">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{ltug boat/proc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech ltugboat\><<< |<quote noindent config|> \ConfigureEnv{verbatim} {\par}{|<try inline par|>}{}{} \Configure{author} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="author">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{<br /></span>}}} \Configure{address} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="address">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{<br /></span>}}} \Configure{netaddress} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="netaddress">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{<br /></span>}}} \Configure{PersonalURL} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="PersonalURL">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{<br /></span>}}} \Configure{signaturemark} {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="signaturemark">}}} {\hbox{\HCode{</span> }}} >>> \<configure html-speech ltugboat\><<< \Configure{makesignature} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="makesignature">}% \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}% \Configure{rightline}{}{}% \IgnorePar } {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{signature} {\def\||{\HCode{<br />}}% \Configure{HtmlPar} {}{\HCode{<br />}} {}{\HCode{}}% } \Css{.makesignature{margin-left:60\%; white-space: nowrap;}} >>> \<configure html-speech ltugboat\><<< |<tug boat maketitle|> \Configure{titlex} {\HCode{<div class="titlex">}} {\HCode{</div>}} \Css{div.titlex p{margin-bottom:1em;}} |<ltugboat congif|> >>> \<ltugboat congif\><<< \Configure{sectitle} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="sectitle">}% \SaveEndP\bgroup\everypar{}} {\egroup\RecallEndP \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} >>> \<configure html-speech ltugproc\><<< |<tug proc maketitle|> \ConfigureEnv{abstract} {}{} {}{} \Configure{abstract} {\bgroup \HCode{<div class="abstract">}\IgnoreIndent\par} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}\egroup} \Css{div.abstract {margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:left;}} \Css{div.maketitle div.centerline {margin-top:1em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech ltugproc\><<< \Configure{abstractHead} {\bgroup \Configure{centerline}{}{} \NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h3>}% } {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h3>}% \EndNoFonts \egroup} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{tex4ht} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< |<config tex4ht|> |<title for hypertext page|> |<tex4ht doctype|> >>> \<config tex4ht\><<< \:CheckOption{NoFonts} \if:Option \NoFonts \else \Log:Note{to ignore CSS font decoration, use the `NoFonts' command line option} \fi >>> \<config tex4ht\><<< \Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{\:nbsp} \:CheckOption{jpg} \if:Option \Configure{Picture}{.jpg} \else \Log:Note{for jpg bitmaps, use the `jpg' command line option} \fi \:CheckOption{gif} \if:Option \Configure{Picture}{.gif} \else \Log:Note{for gif bitmaps, use the `gif' command line option} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< |<tex4ht HTML|> >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \newif\ifHCond |<global HtmlPar|> \Css{p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }} \Css{p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }} \Css{p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }} \NewConfigure{!P}[1]{\expandafter\concat:config\csname a:!P\endcsname{#1}} \expandafter\let\csname a:!P\endcsname|=\relax \Configure{!P}{} >>> \<global HtmlPar\><<< \Configure{HtmlPar} {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|><p \csname a:!P\endcsname class="no\ifHCond par\else indent\fi">}} {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|><p \csname a:!P\endcsname class="\ifdim \parindent=\z@ no\fi indent">}} {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}} {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}% >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \NewConfigure{!BODY}[1]{\expandafter\concat:config \csname a:!BODY\endcsname{#1}} \expandafter\let\csname a:!BODY\endcsname|=\relax \Configure{!BODY}{} >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \NewConfigure{LRdir}[1]{\concat:config\a:LRdir{#1}} \let\a:LRdir|=\relax \Configure{LRdir}{} >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \Css{@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}} \Configure{halignTR} {\HCode{ valign="baseline"}} \Configure{halignTBL} % % {t}{\HCode{ valign="top"}} % % {b}{\HCode{ valign="baseline"}} % % {c}{\HCode{ valign="middle"}} {} \Configure{halign} {\EndP\halignTB{halign}} {\HCode{</table>}} \R:HA\r:HA\D:HA\d:HA \Configure{pic-halign}{} >>> The following should be just under LaTeX. \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \Configure{halignTD} {}{} {<}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}} {-}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}} {>}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}} {^}{\HCode{ valign="top" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {=}{\HCode{ valign="baseline" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {||}{\HCode{ valign="middle" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {_}{\HCode{ valign="bottom" style="white-space:nowrap;"}} {p}{\HCode{ style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;"}\Protect\a:HColWidth} {m}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="middle"}} {b}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="baseline"}} {} \NewConfigure{HColWidth}{1} \Configure{HColWidth}{} >>> The following code allows width specifications of p-columns of tables through the command line option `p-width'. The command line option activates a configuration similar to the following ones. \Configure{HColWidth} {\HCode{ style="width:\HColWidth"}} \Configure{HColWidth} {\HCode{ style="width: \ifnum \HCol=1 160\fi \ifnum \HCol=3 500\fi "}} Try the above examples with the following source under different font sizes in the browser. \begin{tabular}{p{2cm}cp{3cm}} 1 2 3 1 2 3 & x & 1 2 3 1 2 3 \end{tabular} The configuration provided through the command line option `p-width' takes to some degree into account the size of fonts in use within the HTML displays. Yet, not all browsers react properly to the size changes. \<configure html-speech latex\><<< \:CheckOption{p-width} \if:Option |<10 em constant|> \Configure{HColWidth} {\tmp:dim=\HColWidth \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim \HCode{ style="width:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;"}} \else \Log:Note{for width specifications of tabular p entries, use the `p-width' command line option or a configuration similar to \string\Configure{HColWidth}{\string\HCode { style="width:\string\HColWidth"}}} \fi >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< |<img src dir|> \Configure{IMG} {\ht:special{t4ht=<img\Hnewline src="|<a:imgdir|> }} {\ht:special{t4ht=" alt="}} {" } {\ht:special{t4ht=" }} {\ht:special{t4ht=\xml:empty>}} \Css{a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }} >>> A change from the \verb'-' in the \verb'%' patterns of c to, say \verb'@', requires a \verb'Font_hyphen: @' in the \verb'.lg' file for a match in the css output of t4ht. \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \Configure{htf}{0}{+}{<span\Hnewline class="}{\%s}{-\%s}{x-x-\%d}{}{">}{</span>} |<img src dir|> \Configure{htf}{1}{+}{<img\Hnewline src="|<a:imgdir|> }{" alt="}{" class="}{\%s}{-\%d}{x-x-\%x}{" />} \Configure{htf}{3}{+}{<img\Hnewline src="|<a:imgdir|> }{" alt="}{" class="\%s-}{\%s}{-\%d}{x-x-\%x}% {" align="middle" />} >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \Configure{htf}{4}{+}{<span\Hnewline class="}{}{}{}{}{small-caps">}{</span>} \Configure{htf}{6}{+}{<u\Hnewline class="}{}{}{}{}{underline">}{</u>} >>> % \Configure{htf}{4}{+}{<span\Hnewline % class="}{}{}{}{}{small-caps">}{</span>} % \Configure{htf}{6}{+}{<span\Hnewline % class="}{}{}{}{}{underline">}{</span>} \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \Configure{htf}{8}{+} {<sup class="htf">}{}{}{}{}{}{</sup>} \Configure{htf}{10}{+} {<span class="htf-cmbx">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>} \Configure{htf}{12}{+} {<span\Hnewline class="htf-calligraphy">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>} \Configure{htf}{14}{+} {<span\Hnewline class="htf-italic">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>} \Configure{htf}{16}{+} {<span\Hnewline class="htf-bold">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>} \Configure{htf}{18}{+} {<span\Hnewline class="htf-calligraphy-bold">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>} \Configure{htf}{20}{+} {<span\Hnewline class="htf-flip-hor">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>} \Configure{htf}{22}{+} {<sub class="htf">}{}{}{}{}{}{</sub>} \Configure{htf}{24}{+}{<span\Hnewline class="}{}{}{}{}{small-caps">}{</span>} \Configure{htf-css}{4}{.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }} \Configure{htf-css}{10}{.htf-cmbx {font-weight: bold; font-style:normal;}} \Configure{htf-css}{12}{.htf-calligraphy {font-family:cursive}} \Configure{htf-css}{14}{.htf-italic {font-style: italic;}} \Configure{htf-css}{16}{.htf-bold {font-weight: bold;}} \Configure{htf-css}{12}{.htf-calligraphy-bold {font-family:cursive ; font-weight: bold; }} >>> \verb'\Configure{htf}{0}{+}{<!--span class="}{\%s}{-\%s}{--\%d}{}{"-->}{<!--/span-->}' caused netscape to loose spaces between comments. \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \Configure{@Picture}{\:class} \def\:class#1{ class="#1" \expandafter\ifx\csname a:@#1\endcsname\relax\else \csname a:@#1\endcsname\fi} >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \Css{center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }} \Css{td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }} >>> \<configure html-speech tex4ht\><<< \NewConfigure{Canvas}[4]{\ht:special{t4ht"% *<span\Hnewline class="Canvas">% *X<span style="position:relative;\Hnewline width:\%.2f#4;"></span></span>% **<span\Hnewline style="position:absolute; left:\%.2f#4; top:\%.2f#4;"\Hnewline class="Canvas-xy"><span\Hnewline class="Canvas-char">% *</span></span>% *<span class="Canvas-HR"\Hnewline style="position:absolute; left:\%.2f#4;top:\%.2f#4;width:\%.2f#4;" ><hr\Hnewline style="height:\%.2f#4;"></span>% *#1*#2*#1*#2*#3}} \Configure{Canvas}{0.00000290646}{0.0}{0.5}{ex} \Css{.Canvas { position:relative; }} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \subsection{Subdirectories for Images} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<a:imgdir\><<< \a:imgdir >>> \<img src dir\><<< \ifx \a:imgdir\:UnDef \let\a:imgdir=\empty \catcode`\:=12 \expandafter \def\csname :temp\endcsname#1imgdir:#2,#3|<par del|>{% \if !#2!\else \expandafter \def\csname a:imgdir\endcsname{#2}\fi} \expandafter\csname :temp\expandafter\endcsname \Preamble ,imgdir:,|<par del|>% \catcode`\:=11 \Log:Note{for addressing images in a subdirectory, use the command line option `imgdir:.../'} \fi >>> A = instead of \verb+->+ works well on Windows NT but unfortunately there's a problem with Windows 98. This OS insists on seeing = as a delimiter and reports an error. \<configure html-speech tex4ht2\><<< \ifx \a:imgdir\empty\else \let\GIF:NAME=\gif:name \def\gif:name#1{% \let\:temp=\GIF:NAME \ifx \gif:nm\cond:imgs \def\:next{\edef\:tempa{#1}\expandafter\I:images \:tempa/....}% \else \def\:next{\GIF:NAME{#1}}% \fi \:next} \def\cond:imgs{\edef\gif:nm} \def\I:images#1/#2....{% \edef\:next{\noexpand\:temp{\:tempa}}% \if .#2.\else \edef\:next{\noexpand\no:images{\:tempa}}\fi \:next} \def\no:images#1{\let\a:imgdir=\empty \:temp{#1}} \fi >>> Test file: \begin{verbatim} \documentclass{article} \begin{document} \Picture{xx.png} \Picture{http://wwww.foo.goo/xx.png} With image: $\left( x_{n}\right) \alpha_m$. \end{document} \end{verbatim} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{th4} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech th4\><<< |<th4 for non-private use|> \:CheckOption{th4}\if:Option \else \expandafter\endinput\fi |<th4 sections|> |<th4 tocs|> |<th4 lists|> |<th4 tables|> |<th4 verbatim|> |<th4 columns|> |<th4 index|> >>> \<th4 for non-private use\><<< \:CheckOption{javascript} \if:Option \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi \if:Option \Configure{JavaScript} {\HCode{<script type="text/JavaScript" ><!--\Hnewline}} {\HCode{//-->\Hnewline </script>}} \fi >>> \<th4 for non-private use\><<< \:CheckOption{draw} \if:Option \:CheckOption{th4} \if:Option \Configure{Fig} {\ifx \AltFig\empty \Picture*{ \a:@Picture{Fig}}% \else \Picture*[\AltFig]{ \a:@Picture{Fig}}\fi} {\EndPicture} \fi \fi >>> \<th4 columns\><<< \Configure{Columns} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<table \Hnewline cellspacing="15"><tr valign="top">}} {\HCode{</tr></table>}} {\HCode{<td>}\ColMag{1.03}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</td>}} >>> \<th4 index\><<< \:CheckOption{index}\if:Option \Configure{index} {\bgroup \Configure{Columns} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<table \Hnewline class="index" width="100\%" cellspacing="15"><tr valign="top">}} {\HCode{</tr></table>}} {\HCode{<td>}\ColMag{1.1}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</td>}} \Columns{2}\IndexFonts} {\EndColumns \egroup} {\bgroup\IgnorePar\EndP \expandafter\ifx \csname prev:A\endcsname\relax \else \hfil\break \Tg<br />\par\IgnorePar \fi \IndexSec} {\egroup~~~~} {\bgroup\hfil\break\Tg<br />~~~}{\egroup~~~~} {~}{} \def\Idx:ch{0} \def\IndexSec#1{% \tmp:cnt=`#1\relax \ifnum \tmp:cnt>`Z\advance\tmp:cnt by -32 \fi \ifnum \tmp:cnt<`A\else \ifnum \tmp:cnt>`Z \else \ifnum \Idx:ch<\tmp:cnt \bgroup \Configure{centerline} {\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="IndexSec">}}{\HCode{</div>}} \leftline{\bf \char\tmp:cnt }% \global\let\prev:A|=\:UnDef \xdef\Idx:ch{\the\tmp:cnt}% \egroup \fi \fi \fi #1% } \Css{.IndexSec {margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0.5em;}} \fi >>> \<th4 sections\><<< \Configure{Part}{}{}{% \html:rightskip \bgroup \html:rightskip \ht:everypar{} \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="PartHead">}\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h1>}\HtmlParOn\IgnoreIndent \egroup\par\ShowPar \IgnoreIndent} \Configure{LikeSection}{}{} {\IgnorePar \EndP\HCode{<h3 class="LikeSectionHead">}} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent |<addr for Tag and Ref of Sec|>% \par \IgnoreIndent } \ConfigureMark{Section} {\theSection} \Configure{Section} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="SectionHead">}% \gHAdvance\SectionCounter |by 1 \TitleMark\space }{\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent |<addr for Tag and Ref of Sec|>% \par \IgnoreIndent } \Configure{SubSection} {}{} {\par \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="SubSectionHead">}} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent \ShowPar} >>> \<th4 sections\><<< \ConfigureMark{Chapter} {Chapter \theChapterCounter} \Configure{Chapter} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="ChapterHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark{\HCode{<br />}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\IgnorePar} \ConfigureMark{Appendix}{Appendix \theChapterCounter} \Configure{Appendix} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="AppendixHead"\a:LRdir>}% \TitleMark {\HCode{<br />}}} {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\IgnorePar} \Configure{LikeChapter} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="LikeChapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\noindent \bgroup \def\uppercase##1{##1}} {\egroup \HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\IgnorePar } >>> \<th4 sections\><<< \Configure{+CutAt}{Chapter}{[}{] } \Configure{+CutAt}{Section}{[}{] } \Configure{+CutAt}{LikeSection}{[}{] } \Configure{+CutAt}{SubSection}{[}{] } >>> \<th4 tocs\><<< \ConfigureToc{Chapter} {\HCode{<span class="ChapterToc">}} {~} {} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \ConfigureToc{Section} {\HCode{<span class="SectionToc">}~~~} {~} {} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \ConfigureToc{LikeSection} {} {\HCode{<span class="LikeSectionToc">}~~~} {} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} \ConfigureToc{SubSection} {} {\HCode{<span class="SubSectionToc">}~~~~~~} {} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}} >>> \<th4 verbatim\><<< \Configure{Verbatim} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HAssign\Verb:N = 0 \EndP\HCode{<div class="Verbatim">}} {\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar} {\HAdvance\Verb:N by 1 \ifnum \Verb:N>1 \HCode{<br />}\fi} {\:nbsp} \Css{div.Verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }} \Css{body .Verbatim { margin: 1em; }} >>> \<th4 lists\><<< \Configure{buttonList+} {\ifnum \ListCounter>1 \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr\xml:empty>}\fi \ShowPar\par\IgnoreIndent } {. #1\ShowPar} {\IgnorePar\EndP} {\ListCounter} >>> \<th4 lists\><<< \Configure{UList} {\IgnorePar\EndP\def\:tempB{disc}% \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{square}\fi \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{circle}\fi \hbox{\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<ul \ifx\:tempA\:tempB type="\:tempA" \fi \:UL:>}}} {\ht:everypar{}\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar\par} {\ifnum \ListCounter>1 \EndP\HCode{</li>}\fi \hfil\break \HCode{<li>}} \Configure{OList} {\IgnorePar\EndP\hbox{\HCode{<ol \ifx \:temp\empty \else type="\:temp" \fi \:OL:>}}} {\ht:everypar{}\EndP \HCode{\ifnum \ListCounter=0<li>\fi </li></ol>}\ShowPar\par} {\ifnum \ListCounter>1 \EndP\HCode{</li>}\fi \hfil\break \HCode{<li>}} >>> \<th4 lists\><<< \Configure{Item}{}{\par}% \Configure{DList} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<dl \:DL:>}} {\ht:everypar{}\EndP\HCode{\End:dd</dl>}% \ShowPar\par } {\IgnorePar\EndP\ifnum \ListCounter>1 \HCode{</dd>}\fi \HCode{<dt>}} {\HCode{</dt><dd>}\ShowPar \def\End:dd{</dd>}\hfil\break} \Configure{buttonList}{}{} {}{.\ #1 }{\ListCounter} >>> \<th4 tables\><<< \HAssign\TableNo=0 \Configure{HTable} {\gHAdvance\TableNo by 1 \ht:everypar{}\EndP\HCode{<table id="TBL-\TableNo" \Hnewline\TABLE:\:HTable:>}% \def\BR{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}} {\HCode{</table>}} {\HCode{<tr \:TR>}}{\HCode{</tr>}} {\ht:everypar{}\HCode{<\TD:typ\TD:more\Hnewline>}} {\ht:everypar{}\HCode{</\TD:typ>}} \let\:HTable:|=\empty \Configure{HTable+} {B}{ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3pt" frame="border" border="1" } {<}{ align="left" } {>}{ align="right" } {-}{ align="center" } {^}{ valign="top" } {||}{ valign="middle" } {_}{ valign="bottom" } {=}{ valign="baseline" } {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{nicefrac} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech nicefrac\><<< \Configure{nicefrac} {\HCode{<sup class="nicefrac">}} {\HCode{</sup>}/\HCode{<sub class="nicefrac">}} {\HCode{</sub>}} >>> \<configure html-speech bibtopic\><<< \ConfigureEnv{btSect} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="btSect">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} {}{} >>> \section{ntheorem} \<configure html-speech ntheorem\><<< |<32,4 ntheorem|> >>> \<32,4 ntheorem\><<< \ConfigureEnv{Anmerkung} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Anmerkung">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Beispiel} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Beispiel">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Bemerkung} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Bemerkung">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Beweis} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Beweis">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Corollary} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Corollary">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Definition} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Definition">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Example} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Example">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Korollar} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Korollar">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Lemma} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Lemma">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Proof} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Proof">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Proposition} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Proposition">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Remark} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Remark">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Satz} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Satz">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{Theorem} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="Theorem">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{anmerkung} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="anmerkung">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{beispiel} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="beispiel">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{bemerkung} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="bemerkung">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{beweis} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="beweis">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{corollary} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="corollary">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{definition} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="definition">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{example} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="example">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{korollar} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="korollar">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{lemma} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="lemma">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{proof} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="proof">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{proposition} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="proposition">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{remark} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="remark">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{satz} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="satz">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{theorem} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="theorem">}} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} >>> \section{hyperref} \<config hyperref form 4\><<< \Configure{Form} {\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode \Tg<form \Hnewline \Attributes>} {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg</form>} >>> \<configure html-speech hyperref\><<< |<config hyperref form 4|> |<hyperref shared|> |<hyperref TextField|> |<hyperref multiline|> |<hyperref password|> |<hyperref radio|> |<hyperref on...|> \NewConfigure{::action}{1} \Configure{::action} {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space action="\AttributeVal"}} \NewConfigure{::method}{1} \Configure{::method} {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space method="\AttributeVal"}} \NewConfigure{PushButton::}{1} \Configure{PushButton::} {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="button" \Attributes\space/>} \NewConfigure{Reset::}{1} \Configure{Reset::} {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="reset" \Attributes\space/>} \NewConfigure{Submit::}{1} \Configure{Submit::} {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="submit" \Attributes\space/>} \NewConfigure{CheckBox::}{2} \Configure{CheckBox::} {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="checkbox" \Attributes\space/>}{} \NewConfigure{CheckBox::checked}{2} \Configure{CheckBox::checked} {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="checkbox" checked="checked" \Attributes\space/>}{} \HAssign\form:id=0 >>> \<hyperref shared\><<< \NewConfigure{::value}{1} \Configure{::value} {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space value="\AttributeVal"}} \NewConfigure{::name}{1} \Configure{::name} {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space name="\AttributeVal"}} \NewConfigure{::default}{1} \Configure{::default} {\let\::default=\AttributeVal} \def\get:int#1.#2//{\tmp:cnt=#1 } >>> \<\><<< \NewConfigure{::borderwidth}{1} \Configure{::borderwidth} {\Css{div\#form-\form:id {border-width: \AttributeVal; border-style:solid;}}} \NewConfigure{::bordercolor}{1} \Configure{::bordercolor} {\expandafter\get:colors\AttributeVal//% \Css{div\#form-\form:id {border-color:\AttributeVal}}} \def\get:colors#1 #2 #3//{% \get:color{#1}\edef\AttributeVal{\the\tmp:cnt\%}% \get:color{#2}\edef\AttributeVal{\AttributeVal, \the\tmp:cnt\%}% \get:color{#3}\edef\AttributeVal{rgb(\AttributeVal, \the\tmp:cnt\%)}% } \def\get:color#1{% \tmp:dim=#1pt \multiply\tmp:dim by 100 \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//} >>> \<hyperref on...\><<< \def\:tempc#1{% \NewConfigure{::#1}{1}% \Configure{::#1}% {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space #1="\AttributeVal"}}} \:tempc{onclick} \:tempc{onblur} \:tempc{onchange} \:tempc{onclick} \:tempc{ondblclick} \:tempc{onfocus} \:tempc{onkeydown} \:tempc{onkeypress} \:tempc{onkeyup} \:tempc{onmousedown} \:tempc{onmousemove} \:tempc{onmouseout} \:tempc{onmouseover} \:tempc{onmouseup} \:tempc{onselect} >>> \<hyperref TextField\><<< \NewConfigure{TextField::}{2} \Configure{TextField::}{}{ \Tg<input type="text" \Attributes />} \NewConfigure{TextField::width}{1} \Configure{TextField::width} {\tmp:dim=\AttributeVal \divide\tmp:dim by 6 \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//% \edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space size="\the\tmp:cnt"}} \NewConfigure{TextField::default}{1} \Configure{TextField::default} {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space value="\AttributeVal"}} >>> \<hyperref multiline\><<< \NewConfigure{TextField::multiline}{2} \Configure{TextField::multiline} {} { \Tg<textarea \Attributes>\expandafter\set:ln\multiline:value,|<par del|>% \global\let\multiline:value=\empty \Tg</textarea>} \let\multiline:value=\empty \def\set:ln#1,#2|<par del|>{#1% \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty \else \hfil\break \def\:temp{\set:ln#2|<par del|>}% \fi \:temp} \NewConfigure{multiline::value}{1} \Configure{multiline::value} {\let\multiline:value=\AttributeVal} \NewConfigure{multiline::width}{1} \Configure{multiline::width} {\tmp:dim=\AttributeVal \divide\tmp:dim by 6 \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//% \edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space cols="\the\tmp:cnt"}} \NewConfigure{multiline::height}{1} \Configure{multiline::height} {\tmp:dim=\AttributeVal \divide\tmp:dim by 6 \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//% \edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space rows="\the\tmp:cnt"}} >>> \<hyperref password\><<< \NewConfigure{TextField::password}{2} \Configure{TextField::password} {}{\Tg<input type="password" \Attributes />} >>> \<hyperref shared\><<< \def\Default:Checked#1{% \ifx #1\Un:Def \let\:temp=\empty \else \let\:temp=\relax \let\:tempa=\relax \edef\:temp{\def\:temp####1#1#1####2//{\def\:temp{####2}}% \:temp \AttributeVal #1=#1#1//% \def\:tempa####1=####2//{\def\noexpand\AttributeVal{####1}}% \:tempa\AttributeVal=//}% \:temp \fi } >>> \<hyperref radio\><<< \NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::radio}{5} \Configure{ChoiceMenu::radio} {\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode \Tg<div id="form-\form:id">\gHAdvance\form:id by 1 } { }{\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg</div>} {\Default:Checked\radio::default \Tg<input\Hnewline type="radio" \ifx \:temp\empty\else checked="checked" \fi \Attributes\space />} {} \NewConfigure{radio::default}{1} \Configure{radio::default} {\let\radio::default=\AttributeVal} >>> \<hyperref radio\><<< \NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::combo}{5} \Configure{ChoiceMenu::combo} {} {~\Tg<select\Hnewline \Attributes \Hnewline size="1">} {\Tg</select>} {\Tg<option \ifx\::default\AttributeVal selected="selected"\fi \Hnewline>} {\Tg</option>} \NewConfigure{combo::default}{1} \Configure{combo::default} {\let\combo::default=\AttributeVal} >>> \<hyperref radio\><<< \NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::popdown}{5} \Configure{ChoiceMenu::popdown} {}{\HCode{\Hnewline <select \Attributes \Hnewline size="1">}} {\Tg</select>} {\Tg<option \ifx\::default\AttributeVal selected="selected"\fi \Hnewline>} {\Tg</option>} >>> The \verb'size="1"' makes the select a popout memnu \<hyperref radio\><<< \NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::}{5} \Configure{ChoiceMenu::} {}{\HCode{\Hnewline <select\Hnewline \Attributes>}}{\Tg</select>} {\Tg<option \ifx\::default\AttributeVal selected="selected"\fi \Hnewline>} {\Tg</option>} \NewConfigure{::menulength}{1} \Configure{::menulength} {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space size="\AttributeVal"}} >>> \<configure html-speech hyperref\><<< \ifx \@baseurl\@empty \else \Configure{@HEAD} {\HCode{<base href="\:baseurl" />}} \let\:baseurl\@baseurl \let\@baseurl=\@empty \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{web} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech web\><<< \Configure{webversion} {\\} {} \Configure{webuniversity} {\Tg<div class="webuniversity">} {\Tg</div>} \Css{div div.webuniversity {color : rgb(0\%,0\%,80\%); margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: center;}} \Configure{maketitle} {\IgnorePar\EndP\par\Tg<div class="maketitle">} {\IgnorePar\EndP\par\Tg</div>} \Css{div.maketitle {text-align: center; margin-left: 3em; margin-right: 3em; }} \Configure{HColor}{webgreen}{rgb(0\%,50\%,0\%)} \Configure{HColor}{webbrown}{rgb(60\%,0\%,0\%)} \Configure{HColor}{webyellow}{rgb(98\%,92\%,73\%)} \Configure{HColor}{webgray}{rgb(75.3\%,75.3\%,75.3\%)} \Configure{HColor}{webblue}{rgb(0\%,0\%,80\%)} >>> \section{exerquiz} \<configure html-speech exerquiz\><<< |<32,4 exerquiz|> |<4 exerquiz|> >>> \<32,4 exerquiz\><<< \Configure{Form}{}{} \Configure{@HEAD}{\input exerqz.4ht } \Css{.onClick {color:green;}} \Configure{TextField::}{}{% \IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<form action="." name="form\quiz@total"><input type="text"\Hnewline \Attributes /></form>}% } \Configure{javascript}{JavaScript:} >>> \<32,4 exerquiz\><<< \ifx \eq@sqrtmsg\:UnDef \def\eq@sqrtmsg{"Right!"} \fi \ifx \eq@sqwgmsg\:UnDef \def\eq@sqwgmsg{"Wrong!"} \fi \Configure{shortquiz} {(\alph{quizno})} {alert(\eq@sqrtmsg,3);} {alert(\eq@sqwgmsg,3);} \Configure{quiz} {(\alph{quizno})} {qthis=this; ProcessQuestion (\ANS,"\alph{quizno}",\thequestionno, 1,"\eq@bqlabel",\Quiz:N)} {InitializeQuiz("\quiz@total", \ifeq@nocorrections0\else1\fi,\Quiz:N,\LikeRef{ans-\Quiz:N}, "(",")")} {QuizEnd("\:bqlabel",\thequestionno,"\quiz@total",\Quiz:N)} {Corrections("\eq@RC","\eq@AC",\Quiz:N)} \Configure{quiz*} {[]} {qthis=this; ProcessQuestion (\ANS,"[]",\thequestionno, 0,"\eq@bqlabel",\Quiz:N)} {InitializeQuiz("\quiz@total", \ifeq@nocorrections0\else1\fi,\Quiz:N, \LikeRef{ans-\Quiz:N},"","")} >>> \<-NOPE\><<< \Configure{quiz*} {qthis=this; ProcessQuestion(\ANS,"\alph{quizno}",\thequestionno, 0,"\eq@bqlabel",\Quiz:N)} >>> \<32,4 exerquiz\><<< \ConfigureEnv{shortquiz} {\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode} {} {}{} \Configure{ReturnTo}{\begin{flushright}}{\end{flushright}} >>> \<4 exerquiz\><<< \ConfigureList{questions}% {\EndP\HCode{<ol type="1" class="questions"\Hnewline >}|<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</li></ol>}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark} {\HCode{<li class="questions">}\AnchorLabel} >>> \<4 exerquiz\><<< \def\a:temp#1#2{% \ifOption{#2}{\def\a:charset{#2}}{} \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \eqOutOf\:tempa \def\A:charset{#2}\ifx \A:charset\empty\else \def\A:charset{#2}% \fi\fi} \a:temp{sur}{charset=iso-8859-2} \a:temp{von}{charset=iso-8859-2} >>> \<exerqz\><<< %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % exerqz.4ht |version % % Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999. % % Donald P. Story & Eitan M. Gurari % |<TeX4ht copyright|> |<exerqz's vars|> |<predefined exerquiz javascript|> >>> \<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<< \JavaScript-$ var QuizInitialized; var EndQuizPushed; var CurrentQuizNo; var Responses; var ResponsesAddr; var Cor; var CorAddr; var qthis; var prev_notify; function InitializeQuiz(qtfield,mark,quizN,ansN,lbrc,rbrc) { Score=0; QuizInitialized=1; CurrentQuizNo=quizN; eval( 'document.form'+qtfield+'.'+qtfield+'.value="$eqScore";' ) RightWrong=new Array(); |<hide sol|> Responses=new Array(); ResponsesAddr=new Array(); |<hide cor|> Cor=new Array(); CorAddr=new Array(); EndQuizPushed=0; for(var i=1; i<=ansN; i++){ RightWrong[i]=0; } } \EndJavaScript >>> \<show sol\><<< if( ResponsesAddr[probno] != null ){ if (notify == 0 ) { ResponsesAddr[probno].value=Responses[probno]; } else { ResponsesAddr[probno].value="("+Responses[probno]+")"; } } qthis.value = "#"; ResponsesAddr[probno]=qthis; >>> \<hide sol\><<< for(var i in Responses){ if (prev_notify == 0 ) { ResponsesAddr[i].value=Responses[i]; } else { ResponsesAddr[i].value="("+Responses[i]+")"; } } >>> % if( Responses != null ){ \<record cor\><<< var k=Cor.length; eval('Cor[k]=thisform'+quizN+'.ans'+quizN+'x'+i+'.value'); eval('CorAddr[k]=thisform'+quizN+'.ans'+quizN+'x'+i); >>> \<hide cor\><<< for(var i in Cor){ CorAddr[i].value=Cor[i]; } >>> % if( Cor != null ){ \<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<< \JavaScript function href(addr) { top.location.href=addr; } \EndJavaScript >>> % function href(addr) { window.navigate(addr); } \<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<< \JavaScript function Corrections(lbl1,lbl2,quizN) { if ( (EndQuizPushed == 1) && ( CurrentQuizNo == quizN ) ){ for(var i in RightWrong){ if( (RightWrong[i]==0) ){ |<record cor|> eval('thisform'+quizN+'.ans'+quizN+'x'+i+'.value= "*"'); } } } } \EndJavaScript >>> \<32,4 exerquiz\><<< \immediate\write16{% ***********************************************************\Hnewline The `\eq@CA' button fails under Netscape, \Hnewline due to a code of the following form.\Hnewline \Hnewline <html><head><title>?\Hnewline \space \Hnewline \space \space \space \Hnewline \Hnewline \space \space \Hnewline \space \space \space \Hnewline \space \space \space \Hnewline \space \space \space \Hnewline \Hnewline \Hnewline \Hnewline \Hnewline \Hnewline If you know how to fix the function f() above for Netscape,\Hnewline without changing the id attribute names, please consider\Hnewline emailing the fix to gurari@cse.ohio-state.edu. Thanks\Hnewline ***********************************************************} >>> \<<< \JavaScript function LinkTo(addr) { } \EndJavaScript >>> \<<< \def\eqXInitQuizMsg{\hbox{% \let\noexpand|=\string \csname eq@InitQuizMsg\endcsname}} \expandafter\ifx \csname eq@InitQuizMsg\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\csname eq@InitQuizMsg\endcsname{ "You must initialize the Quiz! Click on "+bqlabel} \fi \def\eqXQuizTotalMsg{\hbox{% \let\noexpand|=\string \def\thequestionno{"+thequestionno+"}% \csname eq@QuizTotalMsg\endcsname}} \expandafter\ifx \csname eq@QuizTotalMsg\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\csname eq@QuizTotalMsg\endcsname{"Score: ' +Score +' out of '+thequestionno+'"} \fi \def\eqXMadeChoice{\hbox{% \let\noexpand|=\string \csname eq@MadeChoice\endcsname}} \expandafter\ifx \csname eq@MadeChoice\endcsname\relax \expandafter\def\csname eq@MadeChoice\endcsname{ "You have already made a choice. Your choice was (" +Responses[probno]+")." +" Do you want to change it?"} \fi \expandafter\ifx \csname eqScore\endcsname\relax \def\eqScore{Score:} \fi >>> The \verb'Wollen Sie dies \noexpand\344ndern?' is a problem because it takes the \verb'\344' into \verb'44'. A \verb'\string' will properly produce \verb'\344'; hence, the above dirty trick. \begin{verbatim} Doesn't IE escape in the way that Acrobat JavaScript does? Another possibility is to use String.fromCharCode() Convert Octal \344 to decimal 228, then use String.fromCharCode(228) How to deliver browser specific content using JavaScript \end{verbatim} \<<< \JavaScript-$ function QuizEnd(bqlabel,thequestionno,quiztotal,quizN){ if ((QuizInitialized !=1) |||| ( CurrentQuizNo!= quizN )){ alert($eqXInitQuizMsg,3); } else { eval( 'document.form'+quiztotal+'.'+quiztotal+ '.value=$eqXQuizTotalMsg'); QuizInitialized=-1; EndQuizPushed=1; } } \EndJavaScript \JavaScript-$ function ProcessQuestion (key,letterresp,probno,notify,bqlabel,quizN) { if ((QuizInitialized !=1) |||| ( CurrentQuizNo!= quizN )){ alert($eqXInitQuizMsg,3); } else { | prev_notify = notify; } } \EndJavaScript >>> \<<< if (Responses[probno] == null) { if (key==1) { Score++; RightWrong[probno]=1; } else RightWrong[probno]=0; | Responses[probno]=letterresp; } else { if (notify==0) User=true; else User=confirm($eqXMadeChoice); if (User) { if (RightWrong[probno]==1) { if (key==0) { Score -= 1; RightWrong[probno]=0; | Responses[probno]=letterresp; } } else { if (key==1) { Score++; RightWrong[probno]=1; | Responses[probno]=letterresp; } else { RightWrong[probno]=0; | Responses[probno]=letterresp; } } } } >>> \section{tex4ht} \<<< \Configure{TITLE+}{\HCode{\jobname.\:html}} >>> \<0,32,4 latex\><<< \ifTag{TITLE+}{\Configure{TITLE+}{\LikeRef{TITLE+}}}{} >>> Was \verb'\ifTag{TITLE+}{\Configure{TITLE+}{\HCode{\LikeRef{TITLE+}}}}{}', but the \verb'\HCode' leaves \verb'\Protect' in for the latter comamnds which arrive to the title--the original motivation for the \verb'\HCode' was to protect the title from undesirable tags. Something like \verb+H\`ello+ can send it. It now sems to be more trouble than help. \<config tex4ht\><<< |<0,32,4 preambles|> \ifx \a:FontCss:\:UnDef \Configure{FontCss}{Font\string_Css##1} {Font\string_Css\string_Plus\space##1} \fi \expandafter\ifx \csname aa:Css\endcsname\relax \Configure{Css}{Css: ##1} \fi \:CheckOption{edit} \if:Option \Configure{edit}{\HCode{<strong><}}{\HCode{></strong>}} {<strong><}{></strong>} \fi \:CheckOption{hooks++} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{hooks+} \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{hooks} \if:Option \fi\fi\fi \if:Option \Configure{hooks} {\HCode{<strong class="hooks"><}}{\HCode{></strong>}}{}{} \fi \Configure{ExitHPage}{exit}{exit }{} \Configure{TocLink}{\Link{#2}{#3}#4\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndLink} \Configure{MiniHalign}{\hlg:a}{\hlg:b}\hlg:c\hlg:d{\hlg:e}\hlg:f \:CheckOption{no-halign} \if:Option \else \Configure{noalign-}{}{} \fi \Configure{PictureAlt*+} {\let\sv:HtmlPar|=\HtmlPar \let\HtmlPar|=\empty |<postscript for /Picture|>% |<tex halign and cr/crcr|>% \NoFonts\csname PauseMathClass\endcsname \SUBOff \SUPOff \let\HCode|=\:gobble |%\offinterlineskip|% \let\EndPicture|=\empty} {\let\HCode|=\:HCode \let\EndPicture|=\:UnDef \let\HtmlPar|=\sv:HtmlPar \SUBOn \SUPOn \csname EndPauseMathClass\endcsname \EndNoFonts |<tex4ht halign and cr/crcr|>% |<delay postscript|>} >>> Was \verb+\SUBOff \SUPOff+. Any problems? \<postscript for /Picture\><<< \def\PsCode##1{{\ht:special{\PsCodeSpecial##1}}}% >>> \<tex halign and cr/crcr\><<< \iffalse{\fi \let\sv:halign|=\halign \let\sv:cr|=\cr \let\sv:crcr|=\crcr \iffalse}\fi \RecallTeXcr \let\halign |=\TeXhalign >>> \<tex4ht halign and cr/crcr\><<< \iffalse{\fi \let\halign|=\sv:halign \let\cr|=\sv:cr \let\crcr|=\sv:crcr \iffalse}\fi >>> \<delay postscript\><<< \let\PsCode|=\relax >>> \<config tex4ht\><<< \Configure{writetoc}{} >>> \<config tex4ht\><<< \Configure{CutAtTITLE+}{} \Configure{HPageTITLE+}{} \Configure{AtBeginDocument} {\edef\recallcatcodes{% \catcode`\noexpand\_|=\the\catcode`\_ \catcode`\noexpand\^|=\the\catcode`\^ }% \catcode`\_=8\catcode`\^=7} {\recallcatcodes} >>> \<config tex4ht\><<< \Configure{halignTB}{\HCode{<table }}{\HCode{>}} \def\R:HA{\HCode{<tr \Hnewline}\halignTR\HCode{>}} \def\r:HA{\HCode{</tr>}} \def\D:HA{|<td save EndP|> \HCode{<td \ifnum \HMultispan>1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}% \halignTD \HCode{\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\par} \def\d:HA{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP\HCode{</td>}|<td recall EndP|>} \Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{\:nbsp} \Configure{CssFile}{\jobname.css} {/* \aa:CssFile\space from \jobname.tex (TeX4ht) */} \Configure{Picture+}{}{} \Configure{Picture*}{}{} \Configure{Picture-alt}{[Picture]} \Configure{Needs}{l. \the\inputlineno\space--- needs --- #1 ---} \Configure{Needs-}{l. \the\inputlineno\space--- needs --- #1 ---} |<yes css|> >>> \<td save EndP\><<< \SaveEndP >>> \<td recall EndP\><<< \RecallEndP >>> \<config tex4ht\><<< \Configure{moveright}{\leavevmode\endgraf } \Configure{HChar}{x} >>> \<yes css\><<< \def\SPAN:#1{\HCode{<span class="#1">}} \def\EndSPAN:{\HCode{</span>}} \def\DIV:#1{\HCode{<div class="#1">}} \def\EndDIV:{\HCode{</div>}} >>> \section{Interpretation for the Entries} Use \verb'\ ', and not \verb'~', in style files, because some users redefine the latter macro. \<html latex tocs\><<< \def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}} >>> \section{latin1.def} \<configure html-speech latin1\><<< \def\HTitleText#1{% \bgroup \uccode`\~#1% \uppercase{% \egroup \edef~{\string~}% }% } \Configure{@TITLE} {\DeclareInputText{168}{"}% \HTitleText{209}% \HTitleText{194}% \HTitleText{210}% \HTitleText{195}% \HTitleText{211}% \HTitleText{196}% \HTitleText{212}% \HTitleText{197}% \HTitleText{213}% \HTitleText{198}% \HTitleText{214}% \HTitleText{199}% \HTitleText{215}% \HTitleText{200}% \HTitleText{216}% \HTitleText{201}% \HTitleText{217}% \HTitleText{202}% \HTitleText{218}% \HTitleText{203}% \HTitleText{219}% \HTitleText{204}% \HTitleText{220}% \HTitleText{205}% \HTitleText{221}% \HTitleText{206}% \HTitleText{222}% \HTitleText{207}% \HTitleText{223}% \HTitleText{224}% \HTitleText{240}% \HTitleText{225}% \HTitleText{241}% \HTitleText{226}% \HTitleText{242}% \HTitleText{227}% \HTitleText{243}% \HTitleText{228}% \HTitleText{244}% \HTitleText{229}% \HTitleText{245}% \HTitleText{230}% \HTitleText{246}% \HTitleText{231}% \HTitleText{247}% \HTitleText{232}% \HTitleText{248}% \HTitleText{233}% \HTitleText{249}% \HTitleText{234}% \HTitleText{250}% \HTitleText{235}% \HTitleText{251}% \HTitleText{236}% \HTitleText{252}% \HTitleText{237}% \HTitleText{253}% \HTitleText{238}% \HTitleText{254}% \HTitleText{239}% \HTitleText{255}% } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{syntax} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech syntax\><<< \ConfigureEnv{grammar} {\Picture*{}} {\EndPicture} {}{} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{???????????} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<article,report,book\><<< |<quotations|> \Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{} >>> \<quotations\><<< \ConfigureEnv{quotation} {}{} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quotation">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} \Css{.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }} >>> \<PICT dot tabbing\><<< \:CheckOption{pic-tabbing'} \if:Option \edef\:temp{\LikeRef{|<tabbing tag|>.}}% \def\:tempa{.}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \ConfigureEnv{tabbing}{\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture}{}{} \fi \fi >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{titlesec} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech titlesec\><<< \ifx \ttl@assign@ii\:Undef |<pre 2005 titlesec|> \fi >>> \<pre 2005 titlesec\><<< \ConfigureMark{section} {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble \else \csname thetitlesection\endcsname\fi} \Configure{section}{}{} {\IgnorePar \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>} \TitleMark\space} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent\par} \Configure{likesection}{}{} {\IgnorePar \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}} {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent\par} >>> \section{fontmath.ltx} \<configure html-speech-math fontmath\><<< |<html-speech-math plain,fontmath|> >>> \section{tex4ht} \<configure html-speech-math tex4ht\><<< \Css{img.math{vertical-align:middle;}} >>> % \Configure{$$} % {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}% % \HCode{<div class="displaymath">}} % {\HCode{</div>}|<try env inline par|>} {} % \Css{div.displaymath{text-align:center;}} \verb'\endgraf' is safer than \verb'\par', because the latter may be redefined. For instance, see p 262 in texbook. \<configure html-speech-math tex4ht\><<< \let\MathPar|=\empty \Configure{PicDisplay} {\edef\MathPar{\ifvmode par-\fi}\IgnorePar\endgraf\EndP \HCode{<center class="\MathPar math-display" \a:LRdir >}} {\HCode{</center>}} {} {class="\MathPar math-display" } >>> % \Css{img.mathdisplay, div.displaymath, img.par-mathdisplay, % div.par-displaymath { margin-top: 1em; % margin-bottom: 1em; }} % \Css{center img.mathdisplay, td img.mathdisplay, % center img.par-mathdisplay, % td img.par-mathdisplay { margin-top: 0; % margin-bottom:0 ; }} % \<xmlns\><<< xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" >>> \subsection{TeX Engine} The \verb'\trap:base' is to catch empty bases of exponents like, e.g., in \verb'$a^{^b}$'. \<?\><<< \def\MathRow#1{% \Configure{\expandafter\:gobble\string#1*}{*}% {<|.mrow\Hnewline class="\expandafter\:gobble\string#1">}{</|.mrow>}% {\Configure{\expandafter\:gobble\string#1}{}{}{}{}}#1}% >>> \<recall dvimath par\><<< \sv:ignore >>> \<sv dvimath par\><<< \edef\sv:ignore{\if:nopar \noexpand\IgnorePar\else \noexpand\ShowPar\fi}% >>> The \verb'\MathRow' requests a \verb'<|.mrow\Hnewline>...</|.mrow>', instead of the contributions of \verb'\mathop', \verb'\mathrel',...., for the next parameter. \subsection{latex.ltx} Definitions like \verb'\def\mathbf#1{\a:mathbf#1\b:mathbf}' can't be done on a global level, because \verb'\mathbf' is just a name of a font. So, for instance, \verb'\bf' expands to \verb'\mathbf', and so \verb'$\bf R$' indirectly brings up the latter command. \subsection{Palin + LaTeX} The default \verb'\left' and \verb'\right' in their default definition with tex produce multi-part delimiters, from cmex, on large subformulas. Hence, the `'.' below is needed. % \def\:tempa{\{}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \let\:DEL\lbrc: \else % \def\:tempa{\}}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \let\:DEL\rbrc: \else % \def\:tempa{<}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \def\:DEL{\string<}\else % \def\:tempa{>}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL \def\:DEL{\string>}% % \fi\fi\fi\fi } % \edef\lbrc:{\string{} \edef\rbrc:{\string}} % \HCode{\string#1;}% \section{Eqnarray} Had `BASELINE' before `MIDDLE', but changed to conform with math in page 252-- in intro to theory book. \section{Big, BIG, ....} The \verb'\special{t4ht@[}...\special{t4ht@]}' gobble the enclosed stuff. The external pair is provided as grouping mechanism for sub/super-scripts cases like \verb'\bigl(...\bigr)^x' within dvimath mode. The \verb'{\HCode{}}' is neded for creating content delimiters \verb'.' delimiters like in \verb'$\bigl. a_b \bigr)$'; without that mathml gets something wrong there. \verb+\bigl{.}+ et al produce empty para,etr , hence the \verb+\:EMPTY+ is a ompensation for such cases. \section{Exams} \<configure html-speech exam\><<< \ifx \ps@examheadings\:unDef \else |<Meers' exam|> \fi \ifx \@checkqueslevel\:unDef \else |<Hirschhorns' exam|> \fi \ifx \@OneKeyHook\:unDef \else |<Alexanders' exam|> \fi >>> \<Hirschhorns' exam\><<< \Configure{uplevel} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="uplevel">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Configure{fullwidth} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="fullwidth">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{dl .uplevel, .fullwidth{margin-left:-2.5em;}} \Css{dl dl .fullwidth {margin-left:-5em;}} \Css{dl dl dl .fullwidth {margin-left:-7.5em;}} >>> \<Hirschhorns' exam\><<< \ConfigureEnv{questions} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="questions">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{parts} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="parts">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{subparts} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="subparts">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} >>> \<Hirschhorns' exam\><<< \Configure{setpoints} {\HCode{<span class="setpoints">}} {\HCode{</span>}} >>> \<Meers' exam\><<< \ConfigureEnv{exam} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="exam">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \ConfigureEnv{problem} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="problem">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} \Css{.problem{border-bottom: 1px solid black;}} \Configure{scorebox} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="scorebox">} \bgroup\Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode}{}} {\egroup\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} \Css{.scorebox{margin-left:90\%; border: 1px solid black;}} >>> \<Alexanders' exam\><<< \Configure{sectiontitle} {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h4 class="sectiontitle">}\IgnorePar} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</h4>}} >>> \<Alexanders' exam\><<< \Configure{answer} {\HCode{<span class="answer">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{.answer {text-decoration:underline;}} \Configure{question} {\HCode{<span class="question">}} {\HCode{</span>}} >>> \<Alexanders' exam\><<< \Configure{instructions} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="instructions">}} {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{</div>}} >>> \<Alexanders' exam\><<< \ConfigureEnv{examtop} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<table class="examtop"><tr><td>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</td></tr></table>}} {}{} \Configure{namedata} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \Configure{newline}{\HCode{</td><td class="namedata-rule"><hr /></td></tr><tr><td>}}% \HCode{</td><td><div class="namedata"><table><tr><td>}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</td><td class="namedata-rule"><hr /></td></tr></table></div>}} \Css{td.namedata-rule {width:10em; vertical-align:bottom; }} \Css{div.namedata{text-align:right;}} \Configure{classdata} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<h3 class="classdata">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</h3>}} >>> \<Alexanders' exam\><<< \ConfigureEnv{keytop} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="keytop">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} {}{} >>> \<Alexanders' exam\><<< \Configure{frontmatter} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="frontmatter">}} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Etc} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech rotating\><<< \ConfigureEnv{turn} {\Picture+{}} {\EndPicture} {}{} >>> \<configure html-speech manju\><<< \Configure{@TITLE}{\let\@title=\empty} >>> \<configure html-speech mls\><<< \Configure{@TITLE}{\let\@title=\empty} >>> \<configure html-speech ulem\><<< \Configure{uline} {\HCode{<span class="underline">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{uuline} {\HCode{<span class="underline">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Configure{sout} {\HCode{<span class="sout">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.sout {text-decoration: line-through }} \Configure{xout} {\HCode{<span class="xout"><span class="underline">}} {\HCode{</span></span>}} \Css{span.xout {text-decoration: line-through }} \Configure{uwave} {\HCode{<span class="underline">}} {\HCode{</span>}} \Css{span.uwave {text-decoration: line-through }} >>> \<configure html-speech go\><<< \Configure{showdiagram} {\Picture*[go]{}} {\EndPicture} >>> \<configure html-speech pifont\><<< \ConfigureList{dingautolist} {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="dingautolist\expandafter\the \csname @listdepth\endcsname">}% |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="dingautolist">}} {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="dingautolist">}} \ConfigureList{Piautolist} {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="Piautolist\expandafter\the \csname @listdepth\endcsname">}% |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="Piautolist">}} {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="Piautolist">}} \ConfigureList{Pilist} {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="Pilist\expandafter\the \csname @listdepth\endcsname">}% |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="Pilist">}} {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="Pilist">}} >>> \<configure html-speech paralist\><<< \ConfigureList{asparaitem}% {\EndP\HCode{<div class="asparaitem">}\ShowPar\ShowIndent} {\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} {\par\ShowPar{\parindent=10pt\leavevmode}} {} \ConfigureList{asparaenum}% {\EndP\HCode{<div class="asparaenum">}\ShowPar\ShowIndent} {\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} {\par\ShowPar{\parindent=10pt\leavevmode}} {} \ConfigureList{asparadesc}% {\EndP\HCode{<div class="asparadesc">}\ShowPar\ShowIndent} {\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar} {\par\ShowPar{\parindent=10pt\leavevmode}} {} \ConfigureList{compactdesc}% {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="compactdesc">}% |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="compactdesc">}\bgroup \bf} {\egroup\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="compactdesc">}} \ConfigureList{compactitem}% {\EndP\HCode{<ul>}% |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty} {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar} {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark} {\HCode{<li class="compactitem">}} \ConfigureEnv{enumerate} {}{|<try env inline par|>}{}{} \ConfigureList{enumerate}% {\if@plalwaysadjust \EndP \HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="enumerate">}% |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty \def\para:enumII{|<recall end:itm|>\EndP \HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}% \def\para:enumIII{\end:itm \global \def\end:itm{\EndP \Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="enumerate">}}% \def\para:enumIV{\EndP \HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="enumerate">}}% \else |<enumerate I|>% \def\para:enumII{|<enumerate II|>}% \def\para:enumIII{|<enumerate III|>}% \def\para:enumIV{|<enumerate IV|>}% \fi } {\para:enumII} {\para:enumIII} {\para:enumIV} >>> \<configure html-speech alphanum\><<< \def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{% \ConfigureMark{toclvl#1} {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\csname thelvl#1\endcsname \HCode{</span>}}% \Configure{toclvl#1} {}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<#4 class="toclvl#1Head"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</#4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}% \ConfigureToc{toclvl#1} {|<alphanum toc spaces|>\def\:temp{\J@INumberRoot{#2}{\tmp:cnt}}% \afterassignment\:temp \tmp:cnt} {#3 \HCode{<span class="toclvl#1">}}{} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}% \ConfigureToc{liketoclvl#1} {} {|<alphanum toc spaces|>\HCode{<span class="liketoclvl#1">}}{} {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}% } \:tempc a1{.}{h3} \:tempc b2{.}{h4} \:tempc c3{.}{h5} \:tempc d4{)}{h5} \:tempc e5{)}{h5} \:tempc f6{)}{h5} \:tempc g7{)}{h5} \:tempc h8{)}{h5} \:tempc i9{)}{h5} \:tempc j{10}{)}{h5} \:tempc k{11}{)}{h5} \:tempc l{12}{)}{h5} >>> \<alphanum toc spaces\><<< \tmp:cnt=0 \loop \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \ifnum \tmp:cnt<#2 ~~\repeat >>> \<\><<< \ConfigureMark{toc} {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\csname thelvl\alph{tiefe}\endcsname \HCode{</span>}} \Configure{toc} {}{} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar \HCode{<h5 class="tocHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff} {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par} >>> \<configure html-speech alphanum\><<< \bgroup \let\ifx=\relax \let\:temp=\relax \let\:tempa=\expandafter \let\expandafter=\relax \let\:TableOfContents=\relax \let\else=\relax \let\if=\relax \let\fi=\relax \def\Auto:ent#1{\noexpand\Auto:ent{#1,toclvla,liketoclvla,toclvlb,% liketoclvlb,toclvlc,liketoclvlc,toclvld,liketoclvld,toclvle,% liketoclvle,toclvlf,liketoclvlf,toclvlg,liketoclvlg,toclvlh,% liketoclvlh,toclvli,liketoclvli,toclvlj,% liketoclvlj,toclvlk,liketoclvlk,toclvll,liketoclvll}} \edef\:TOC{\def\noexpand\:TOC{\:TOC}} \:tempa \egroup \:TOC >>> \<configure html-speech gloss\><<< \ConfigureList{glosslist}{}{}{}{} \Configure{gloss} {\Link{\gls@b}{}} {\EndLink} \Configure{glosslist}% {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="glosslist">}\global\let\end:glitm=\empty} {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar} {\end:glitm\gdef\end:glitm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="glosslist">}\Link{}{\GlossLabel}\EndLink } {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="glosslist">}} \Css{dl.glosslist {margin-left:2em;}} >>> \<configure html-speech booktabs\><<< \Configure{toprule} {|<booktabs rule mag|>% \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\ifnum \HRow=0 1- td{border-top:|<booktabs rule height|> solid} \else \HRow- td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid} \fi }} \Configure{bottomrule} {|<booktabs rule mag|>% \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\HRow- td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}}} \Configure{midrule} {|<booktabs rule mag|>% \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\HRow- td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}}} \Configure{cmidrule} {|<booktabs rule mag|>% \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\HRow- td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}}% \HCode{<!--cmidrule-->}} >>> The cmidrule introduces ruler segments at different rows, instead of all of them in the same row. \<booktabs rule height\><<< \expandafter\x:Em \the\@thisrulewidth em >>> \<booktabs rule mag\><<< \@thisrulewidth=\csname a:rule-mag\endcsname\@thisrulewidth >>> \<configure html-speech booktabs\><<< \NewConfigure{rule-mag}{1} \Configure{rule-mag}{0.14} { \def\x:Em{% \catcode`\p=12 \catcode`\t=12 \gdef\x:Em} \x:Em#1pt{#1} } >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \section{Endnotes.sty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \<configure html-speech endnotes\><<< \Configure{makeenmark} {\Link{ennote-\endnoteN}{enmark-\endnoteN}} {\EndLink} \Configure{enoteformat} {\Link{enmark-\endnoteN}{ennote-\endnoteN}} {\EndLink} >>> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \chapter{Shared} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% \OutputCode[4ht]\<exerqz\> \OutputCodE\<onmouseover.4ht\> \endinput